General ledger /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger General ledger - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-overview page The General ledger workspace is the central financial application of Visma Net, offering integration with other workspaces and giving instant access to mission-critical financial data. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger - overview The General ledger workspace is the central financial application of Visma Net, offering integration with other workspaces and giving instant access to mission-critical financial data. The General ledger workspace is the central financial application of Visma Net, offering integration with other workspaces and giving instant access to mission-critical financial data. By using this workspace, you can monitor all transactions that are entered or automatically generated in the General ledger workspace. Each time a transaction is released in any other workspace, the information is posted to the general ledger. The primary functionalities of the General ledger workspace are described briefly below and in detail in other topics in this section. ## The chart of accounts You can establish the system of accounts that best supports your company's operations. The chart of accounts allows four account types: assets, liabilities (balance sheet accounts), income, and expenses (income statement accounts). The accounts can be categorised into user-defined account classes, such as petty cash and travel expenses, for convenient grouping of accounts on reports and for budgeting. Visma Net also allows you to configure and use two special system-maintained accounts: **YTD net income** and **Retained earnings**. ## User-defined subaccounts In Visma Net, you can use subaccounts with your accounts. The user-defined subaccounts reflect your operational needs, support reporting and analytical needs and enable you to keep the number of your accounts manageable. For details, see: [Manage subaccounts - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/manage-subaccounts-overview/). To use subaccounts, the **Subaccounts** functionality must be enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. ## Flexible account and subaccount IDs Visma Net accommodates flexible configuration of account and subaccount (if the **Subaccounts** functionality is enabled in your system) IDs. To make account and subaccount IDs meaningful for users of the system, you may compose the IDs of multiple segments. The total length of IDs may be up to 30 characters. For details, see: [About account IDs](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/about-account-ids/) and [About subaccount IDs](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/about-subaccount-ids/). ## Account and subaccount security To restrict access to sensitive accounts and subaccounts, assign them to a restriction group. Only the users assigned to the same restriction group will have permission to work with the applicable accounts and subaccounts. ## User-definable financial year and periods A financial year is a year-long period with the start date you have specified. You can define any number of accounting periods within the financial year, and you can add a special adjustment period. Once you have defined financial periods, they will be generated for each subsequent financial year. ## Flexible period-end closing procedures Visma Net provides multiple options so that you can configure period closing procedures in accordance with your company policies. At any point in time, you can have multiple active periods. Activating a period doesn't require closing a previous one. For details, see: [About period-end closing procedures](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-financial-periods/about-period-end-closing-procedures/). ## Batch processing and scheduling of transactions General ledgertransactions are organised in batches. ransactions posted to the General ledger workspace can be manually entered or system-generated, posted from other workspaces, such as Supplier ledger, Customer ledger, Cash management, or Inventory. Batches with recurring transactions may be assigned to easy-to-configure schedules to be repeated periodically. Period-end adjustment transactions can generate auto-reversing batches. ## Support for multiple ledgers Visma Net supports the following types of ledgers: **actual**, **budget**, **reporting**, and **statistical**. If your company has multiple branches, each of the branches may have one actual ledger and an unlimited number of ledgers of other types. ## Multi-currency support If multi-currency support is enabled, the system will use the base currency for updating account balances, but users can enter transactions in a foreign currency. Also, you can maintain accounts denominated to foreign currencies. The system will keep the balance of such accounts in the base currency and the currency of denomination. You can define default currency exchange rate types, to make data entry easier. For details, see: [About denominated accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/about-denominated-accounts/) and [About foreign currency transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/about-foreign-currency-transactions/). ## Trial balance import capabilities By using Visma Net, you can import trial balance data from consolidation units for reporting, or from third-party software to initialise the system during implementation. You can export the data in.csv or.xlsx format and import the data to Visma Net, thus saving time and preventing input mistakes. For details, see: [Import trial balances - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/import-trial-balances/import-trial-balances-overview/). ## Automation of allocations With Visma Net, you can use allocation templates to automate multiple allocations. You create an allocation source by specifying a group of accounts and subaccounts, with the help of grouping masks. Visma Net lets you automatically post amounts to multiple destination accounts and distribute the source amount by percentages, quantities, and PTD or YTD balances of the destination account. For details, see: [About allocation rules](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-allocations/about-allocation-rules/). ## Flexible budgeting capabilities Visma Net makes creating budgets an easy task. You can create a single budget structure that will be used by all branches and that consists of multiple levels of articles and subarticles. You can create a virtually unlimited number of budgets and budget scenarios, and you can compare budgets to other budgets or to actual data. Access to budget articles is managed by using restriction groups. For details, see: [Manage budgets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/manage-budgets-overview/). ## General ledger consolidations By using the General ledger workspace, you can perform various consolidation tasks. If your organisation is a consolidation unit, you can configure mapping of the accounts and subaccounts to the parent company accounts and subaccounts, as well as specify which ledgers contain consolidation data. If your organisation is a parent company, you can: + Configure remote access to the websites of each of the consolidation units. + Create a ledger to hold the consolidated data. + Periodically import consolidation data from the website of each consolidation unit. + Run consolidated reports. For details, see: [General ledger consolidation - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/general-ledger-consolidation-overview/) and [About account mapping for consolidations](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/about-account-mapping-for-consolidations/). ## The analytical report manager Use the analytical report manager to define and edit the analytical reports that consolidate and summarise data in meaningful ways that suit your business. To generate the reports for specific periods or to limit the volume of data displayed in the report, you can use data filters. ## Audit trail The General ledger workspace provides a full audit trail of journal transactions, along with information on the user who entered the transaction and the user who modified the record. The system does not allow any user to delete or cancel posted general ledger transactions. The only possible way to correct general ledger balances is to enter a correcting general ledger transaction with appropriate comments. The system can also be configured to keep modification history for any transaction. ## Other functionalities and options The General ledger workspace also supports the following functionalities: + Subaccounts along with accounts in every transaction record, for in-depth analysis + Transaction posting in summary or in detail + Multiple options for configuring financial periods, and the possibility to define custom periods + Extensive drill-down capabilities available for inquiries, reports, and processing windows + Data consolidation for any number of reporting units + Efficient data entry with many user-defined default values + Ability to perform allocations at any period-end time Manage accounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts section Each company has its own structured list of general ledger accounts. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage accounts Each company has its own structured list of general ledger accounts. Each company has its own structured list of general ledger accounts. When your accounts have been designed to capture the financial information you need, you are better positioned to make good financial decisions. Visma Net provides you with the ability to configure the chart of accounts that suits your company's needs. You add accounts of the required types by using the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. About account types and classes /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/about-account-types-and-classes page When you make decisions about how to structure the chart of accounts for your company, you must consider a number of questions that will help you to establish the system of accounts that matches your company's operations, such as: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About account types and classes When you make decisions about how to structure the chart of accounts for your company, you must consider a number of questions that will help you to establish the system of accounts that matches your company's operations, such as: + What are the reporting requirements of the country and state (or province) where the company is located? + What level of detail do you actually need? The chart of accounts is created in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. Accounts in the chart of accounts are grouped by account types and, independently, by user-defined account classes. ## Types of accounts Four types of general ledger accounts are supported by the system: assets, liabilities (balance sheet accounts), income, and expenses (income statement accounts). Assigning accounts to specific types implements accounting logic. We recommend that you make the account types recognisable by the account IDs. ## Account classes The user-defined account class is used as a property of any general ledger account. Visma Net provides a list of predefined account classes that can be modified if needed. Account classes can be used in reports and inquiries for convenient grouping, sorting, and filtering of the financial information associated with general ledger accounts. For example: Liability accounts can be divided into the following classes: + Current liabilities, Supplier ledger + Current liabilities, Wages payable + Current liabilities, Interest payable + Long-term liabilities, Bonds payable + Long-term liabilities, Mortgage loan payable ## Populating the chart of accounts You use the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window to populate the chart of accounts. Account IDs should be set in a logical way and should comply with national standards and any held by the specific industry. For example: You might use the following account IDs: + 1000-1999: Assets accounts + 2000-2999: Liability accounts + 3000-3999: Income accounts + 4000-4999: Cost of goods sold accounts + 5000-6999: Expense accounts + 7000-7999: Other expenses accounts The order of accounts in each type of accounts may depend on the industry and differ from country to country. In some cases, part or all of the expense accounts are listed in alphabetical order. Set up account numbers in each type of accounts with gaps between them so you can insert new accounts if necessary. ## Special accounts Visma Net supports two special liability general ledger accounts: **Year-to-date net income** and **Retained earnings**. These accounts, which should be specified during General ledger setup in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window, are system-maintained. Related reference [Subaccounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/subaccounts-gl203000/) [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) [Segment values (CS203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-values-cs203000/)

Related pages

Concepts

About account IDs /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/about-account-ids page Accounts of different types should be easily recognisable to users by their IDs. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About account IDs Accounts of different types should be easily recognisable to users by their IDs. Account IDs must comply with the following terms: + National generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) + Accounting best practices + Restrictive rules of financial reporting (in some countries) Well-planned design of account IDs increases users' efficiency. When IDs are meaningful, users can make fewer errors and enter data more quickly. Visma Net accommodates flexible configuration of account IDs with the help of segmented keys. Before you start creating a chart of accounts, take the time to think through the whole system of accounts (and subaccounts, if the **Subaccounts** functionality is enabled in your system) and the ways their IDs will be composed. Although you may add a segment to a segmented key or remove it from the key after some accounts have been created, these actions may have unpredictable results. ## Configuration of account IDs A **segmented key** is a system entity that you use to define the structure of IDs used in the system. The segmented key then serves as a template when a user creates an ID, such as for an account in the system. To configure the general ledger account IDs, in the [Segment values (CS203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-values-cs203000/) window, select the segmented key **ACCOUNT** and specify the settings for this key. The segmented key may contain an alphanumeric string of up to 10 characters. It may be divided into multiple segments or may be non-segmented. In accounting, accounts are divided into multiple types: **asset**, **liability**, **equity**, **income**, and **expense**. In Visma Net, each accounts has a corresponding account type (**Asset**, **Liability**, **Income**, and **Expense**), associated with it. The account type can also be reflected in account IDs to make them recognisable to users. For example: By using a non-segmented account ID, you may set certain rules to associate the first character in the account ID with the account type as follows: **1** for asset accounts, **2** for current and long-term liabilities, **3** for income accounts, **4** through **7** for expense accounts, and so on. Alternatively, you could create a two-segment account ID, reserve the first one-character segment for account type, and reserve the second segment for the account number within the particular type. You should create logical and systematic account IDs to make them easy for users to recognise. This reduces the possibility of errors during data entry. ## Validation of account IDs Visma Net offers validation functionality, which you can use to reduce errors that could occur when the account IDs are defined. Before you add accounts by using the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) windows, you can turn on the validation for each particular segment of the segment key that is used for accounts. To turn on the validation, in the [Segment values (CS203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-values-cs203000/) window, you need to select the **Validate** check box for a particular segment or all segments of the **ACCOUNT** segmented key. Once you have configured the **ACCOUNT** segmented key, in the [Segment values (CS203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-values-cs203000/) window, you specify the list of segment values for the segmented key. As a result, when you create an account ID, for a segment for which the **Validate** check box is selected, you can add a segment value only by selecting an appropriate one from the list of existing segment values. You open this list by pointing at any segment in the input mask that appears (such as ****_/**/____**, which indicates the number of segments and their lengths) and pressing**F3**. If the **Validate** check box is not selected for some segments, values for those segments will not be validated. When you enter new values for a non-validated segment, the values will not be added to the list of segment values automatically. About YTD net income and retained earnings accounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/about-ytd-net-income-and-retained-earnings-accounts page In Visma Net, there are two special system-maintained accounts: YTD (Year-to-date) net income and Retained earnings. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About YTD net income and retained earnings accounts In Visma Net, there are two special system-maintained accounts: YTD (Year-to-date) net income and Retained earnings. In Visma Net, there are two special system-maintained accounts: **YTD (Year-to-date) net income** and **Retained earnings**. Both accounts are of the **Liability** type and must be created in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window before any actual data is entered. The **YTD net income** account tracks net income accumulated since the beginning of the financial year or the difference between amounts posted to income and expense accounts. This account is updated by every transaction posted. During closing of the financial year, the balance of **YTD net income** account is transferred to the **Retained earnings** account, and the balance of **YTD net income** is reset to zero for a new financial year. > [!NOTE] > Transactions cannot be posted directly to the **YTD net income** account. The account itself cannot be changed once any journal transactions have been posted. The **Retained earnings** account accumulates the company’s net income (or loss) that is retained by the company after the dividends have been paid. Retained earnings are summarised over the years since the first year of company operations. During the financial year closing, this account is updated by the amount accumulated on **YTD net income** account. You can post direct transactions to this account, such as dividends paid to shareholders. This account is normally reported in the Shareholders' equity section of the balance sheet. Related reference [Chart of accounts - reference information](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) About denominated accounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/about-denominated-accounts page If multi-currency support is activated (the Multi-currency accounting functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window), a general ledger account may be marked as denominated. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About denominated accounts If multi-currency support is activated (the Multi-currency accounting functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window), a general ledger account may be marked as denominated. For more information: [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/). If multi-currency support is activated (the **Multi-currency accounting** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window), a general ledger account may be marked as denominated. A **denominated** account is one with a balance maintained in two currencies: the currency of denomination and the base currency. The currency of denomination is often a foreign currency, but it can be the base currency too. The foreign currency balance represents the actual holding of the company, whereas the base currency balance is just its reporting equivalent. In comparison with ordinary accounts, denominated accounts have a few specific restrictions: + You can enter and post to denominated accounts only journal entries in denominated currency. + Denominated accounts cannot be used as direct or contra source accounts or destination accounts for allocations. + You cannot mark an accounts as denominated if it has at least one journal entry in a currency other than the currency of denomination. + Due to currency rate fluctuations, you may need to revalue balances of denominated accounts at the end of the period. Because of these restrictions, you should denominate only accounts that absolutely must be denominated. Generally, these are the base accounts for cash accounts. You can always cancel the account denomination by clearing the **Currency** field in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. ## Revaluation of foreign currency accounts A denominated account has two balances: one in the currency of denomination, and another in the base currency. Each posted transaction updates both balances: foreign currency amounts update the foreign currency balance, and their base currency equivalents update the base currency balance. Because different transactions may use different exchange rates and even different rate types, the two balances of the denominated account do not relate to one another by any particular exchange rate or rate type. The rates of nearly all major foreign currencies fluctuate frequently due to changing market conditions. At the period end, cash, assets, and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are revalued to reflect their current values. During the revaluation process, the base currency balance is recalculated using an exchange rate effective at the date of revaluation. The default rate type for revaluation is specified for each denominated account in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. The difference between the accumulated base currency balance and the calculated value is posted to the revaluation gain account or revaluation loss account, depending on the sign of the difference. Revaluation gains and losses are included in the net income for the current period. Generally, revaluation is performed at the end of each financial period, but you can run it as often as needed, each time the results are adjusted with respect to the previous revaluation. For each account denominated to a foreign currency, a rate type to be used for revaluations is specified in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. Related reference [Currency rates (CM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/currency-management/currency-management-windows/currency-rates-cm301000/)

Related pages

Concepts

Create an account class /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/create-an-account-class section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create an account class 1. Go to the [Account classes (GL202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-classes-gl202000/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Account class ID** field, type a unique identifier for the account class. 1. In the **Description** field, briefly describe the class. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). You can later delete the account class only if no accounts have been associated with it. View an account summary /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/view-an-account-summary page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View an account summary 1. Go to the [Account summary (GL401000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-summary-gl401000/). 1. In the **Ledger** field, select the ledger. 1. In the **Financial period** field, select a period. (By default, the current period is selected.) 1. To inquire about the accounts of specific class, select an **Account class**. 1. In the **Subaccount** field, do one of the following: + Specify a subaccount. + Specify a mask to view a group of subaccounts. To define a mask, specify the values for only some of the segments. The system will select all the different subaccounts that have the specified segment values. + Leave this field blank to view transactions on the account detailed by all relevant subaccounts. 1. Select the **Show currency details** check box if you want to view currency details. This option appears only if multi-currency support is activated for your system. 1. In the table, view the summary balance for general ledger accounts and subaccounts that meet the selection criteria you have entered. 1. Optional: View more information by doing any of the following: + To view account details, select an account and click **Account details** on the table toolbar. + To view account balances by subaccount, select an account and click **Account by sub** on the table toolbar. + To view account information by financial period, select an account and click **Account by period** on the table toolbar. + To view account activity for the previous period, click **Go to previous record** on the window toolbar. + To view account activity for the next period, click **Go to the next record** on the window toolbar. View account details /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/view-account-details page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View account details 1. Go to the [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) window. 1. In the **Ledger** field, select the ledger. 1. In the **From period** field in the top part, select the financial period that begins the time range of the batches you want to view. 1. In the **To period** field, select the financial period that ends the time range of the batches you want to view. 1. If you have a lot of data that you want to view, select the **Manually started search** check box. When you have entered the account in the **Account** field.and selected the filter options listed below, you can click the **Search** button. The system will list the first transactions that matches your search filter. If you want to see more search results in the list, click the **Search** button again. 1. If you want the search to start automatically, select an account from the list of existing accounts in the **Account** field. 1. In the **Subaccount** field, do one of the following: + Specify a subaccount. + Specify a mask to view a group of subaccounts. To define a mask, specify the values for only some of the segments. The system will select all the different subaccounts that have the specified segment values. + Leave this field blank to view transactions on the account detailed by all relevant subaccounts. 1. To specify an interval within the selected financial period, specify an appropriate start date and end date. 1. Use the check boxes on the right side of the top part to adjust the information you want to view in the list: + To view only daily total credits and total debits, select the **Show summary** check box. Totals are calculated over all the transactions that occur during a day of the period. Per default, seven columns are displayed: **Transaction date**, **Period**, **Beginning balance**, **Quantity**, **Debit amount**, and **Credit amount**, **Ending balance**. + To add the batches with the **Unposted** status, select the **Include unposted** check box. + To add the batches with the **Balanced** status, select the **Include unreleased** check box. + To add the batches with the status **Posted** that have been reclassified, select the **Include reclassified** check box. You can only select this check box when the **Show summary** check box is clear. + To view currency details, select the **Show currency details** check box, which appears only if multi-currency support was activated for your system. 1. In the list in the table, view the transactions that updated the account balance (for the selected subaccount or a group of subaccounts) during the selected financial period. 1. Optional: View more data as follows: + To view similar information for the financial period preceding the current one, click **Go to previous record** in the window toolbar. + To view similar information for the financial period after the current one, click **Go to the next record**. View account balances by period /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/view-account-balances-by-period page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View account balances by period 1. Go to the [Account by period (GL402000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-by-period-gl402000/) window. 1. In the **Ledger** field, select the ledger. 1. In the **Financial year** field, select a year. 1. In the **Account** field, select an account from the list of existing accounts. 1. In the **Subaccount** field, do one of the following: + Specify a subaccount. + Specify a mask to view a group of subaccounts. To define a mask, specify the values for only some of the segments. The system will select all the different subaccounts that have the specified segment values. + Leave this field blank to view transactions on the account detailed by all relevant subaccounts. 1. Select the **Show currency details** check box if you want to view currency details. This option appears only if multi-currency support is activated in your system. 1. In the table, view the account balances calculated for the financial periods of the year. 1. Optional: View more information on the account as follows: + To view account details, click **Account details** in the table toolbar. + To view account balances by subaccount, click **Account by subaccount** in the table toolbar. + To view account balances in the previous year, click **Go to previous record** in the window toolbar. + To view the data for the next year, click **Go to the next record**. View the trial balance on reports /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/view-the-trial-balance-on-reports page The trial balance is the listing of all active accounts with their beginning and ending balances, and the debit and credit transactions for the period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View the trial balance on reports The trial balance is the listing of all active accounts with their beginning and ending balances, and the debit and credit transactions for the period. The trial balance is the listing of all active accounts with their beginning and ending balances, and the debit and credit transactions for the period. You use the trial balance report to ensure that accurate data is maintained in the actual ledger, so this data can be used in the financial reporting for your business. If the total value of all debit entries equals the total value of the credit entries, the data is accurate and can be used to prepare a profit and loss statement and a balance sheet. If the totals are not equal, by using the functionality of inquiries and reports, you can drill down to the transaction that caused the error. ## Use the account summary window 1. Go to the [Account summary (GL401000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-summary-gl401000/) window. 1. In the **Ledger ID** field, select the actual ledger. 1. In the **Financial period** field, select a period. View the trial balance. 1. Optional: By using the **Account class** and **Subaccount** fields, filter the balances. 1. Optional: By using the **Account details**, **Account by subaccount**, and **Account by period** buttons, drill down to particular debit and credit transactions. 1. Optional: By using the filter text field, set up criteria to display only specific accounts on the list. ## Use the trial balance summary report 1. Go to the [Trial balance summary (GL63200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/trial-balance-summary-gl63200s-report/) window. 1. In the **Ledger ID** field, select the actual ledger. 1. In the **Financial year** field, select a financial year. 1. In the **From period** and **To period** fields, select the period to include. 1. In the **From account** and **To account** fields, select the series of accounts to include. 1. Optional: Select the **Combine totals** check box if you want debits and credits to be calculated to one value. 1. Select the **Suppress zero balances** check box if you want to exclude accounts with zero balances from the report. 1. Click **Run report**. 1. Review the company trial balance information grouped by general ledger account. ## Use the trial balance detailed report 1. Go to the [Trial balance detailed (GL632500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/trial-balance-detailed-gl632500/) window. 1. In the **Ledger ID** field, select the actual ledger. 1. In the **Financial period** field, select a financial period. 1. Optional: Select the **Combine totals** check box if you want debits and credits to be calculated to one value. 1. Select the **Suppress zero balances** check box if you want to exclude accounts with zero balances from the report. 1. Click **Run report**. 1. Review the company trial balance information, grouped by the type of general ledger accounts and detailed to a particular subaccount.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

View reconciled accounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/view-reconciled-accounts page The steps of how to view accounts that has been reconciled in the Journal reconciliation (GL30201S) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View reconciled accounts The steps of how to view accounts that has been reconciled in the Journal reconciliation (GL30201S) window. For more information: [Journal reconciliation (GL30201S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-gl30201s/). 1. Go to the [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) window. + If you have a lot of data that you want to view, select the **Manually started search** check box, enter the account that you use to reconcile transactions and click the **Search** button. 1. Optional: If you want to view a reconciliation document, click the number in the **Reconciliation ref. no.** column. You will now be redirected to the [Journal reconciliation (GL30201S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-gl30201s/) window.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Manage subaccounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage subaccounts Manage subaccounts - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/manage-subaccounts-overview page General ledger accounts hold all financial data for your organisation. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage subaccounts - overview General ledger accounts hold all financial data for your organisation. In Visma Net, in addition to accounts, you can use subaccounts. To use subaccounts in your system, the **Subaccounts** functionality must be enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. Subaccounts are usually used to compartmentalise large accounts for better tracking of various company earnings and expenses, or for budget allocation. For example: A company might set up a subaccount for each of its departments to clarify the record keeping. If subaccounts are activated in your system, they are always required with accounts; that is, when you specify an account, you need to specify the corresponding subaccount. Subaccounts can be based on the structure of your organisation, such as the department, cost centre, or product. You use subaccounts to virtually split accounts into smaller, more specific accounts to achieve finer classification for reporting and internal management purposes. These topics provide an example of configuring subaccount identifiers and includes the procedures related to subaccounts in the system. ## Topics + [About subaccount IDs](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/about-subaccount-ids/) + [Example of a subaccount definition](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/example-of-a-subaccount-definition/) + [About combined subaccounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/about-combined-subaccounts/) + [Add a subaccount](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/add-a-subaccount/) + [Deactivate a subaccount](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/deactivate-a-subaccount/) + [View account balances by subaccount](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/view-account-balances-by-subaccount/) About subaccount IDs /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/about-subaccount-ids page In the General ledger workspace, you can use either only accounts, or both accounts and subaccounts. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About subaccount IDs In the General ledger workspace, you can use either only accounts, or both accounts and subaccounts. In the General ledger workspace, you can use either only accounts, or both accounts and subaccounts. In the latter case, each subaccount is used in a pair with the corresponding account. Subaccounts are usually used to meet internal management needs. By using subaccounts, your organisation can virtually break down an account into multiple accounts that are smaller and more specific, for better tracking of budgets or expenses for reporting. In Visma Net, you can configure subaccount IDs so that the users can easily recognise each particular subaccount in the system. You configure a subaccount ID with the help of the **segmented key** that lets you define the structure of the ID, and serves as a template for creating the subaccount ID. Before you start creating the list of required subaccounts, take the time to think through the whole system of accounts and subaccounts and the ways their IDs will be composed. If you add a segment to a segmented key or remove it from the key after some subaccounts have been created, these actions may have unpredictable results. ## Configuration of subaccount identifiers To configure the subaccount IDs, in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window, select the **SUBACCOUNT** segmented key and specify the settings for this key. he segmented key may contain an alphanumeric string of up to 30 characters. It may be divided into several segments or may be non-segmented. To make subaccount IDs meaningful for users of the system, you could compose IDs of several segments with different meanings. For example: The general ledger subaccount IDs could contain a two-character regional branch code, a one-digit department number, and a three-character product type, resulting in an ID such as CA-1-T32. ## Validation of subaccount segment values You can turn on the validation that will be applied while adding each particular segment value when you create a subaccount in any data entry window (in which a subaccount can be added). In the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window, select the **Validate** check box for a required segment (or segments) of the **SUBACCOUNT** segmented key. As a result, when you create a subaccount, for a segment with the **Validate** check box selected, you select a segment value from the list of existing segment values. You open this list by pointing to any segment in the input mask (such as ****_/**/____**, which indicates the number of segments and their lengths), and pressing F3. If the **Validate** check box is not selected for a segment, you can enter any segment value. In that case, the new values are not added to the list of segment values automatically. ## Validation of subaccounts entry You can turn on the validation that will be applied when you add a subaccount in a data entry window (in which a subaccount can be added). This validation controls whether a subaccount is entered by selecting an existing subaccount from the list of subaccounts. To turn on the validation of subaccount entry, clear the **Allow adding new values on the fly** check box in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window. The **Allow adding new values on the fly** check box works as follows: + If the check box is cleared, users can add a subaccount only by selecting an existing one from the list of subaccounts. + If the check box is selected, users can enter a subaccount by specifying the values segment by segment. Selecting the **Allow adding new values on the fly** check box is helpful when the number of segments and the number of values in each segment could produce too many combinations to enter them in advance. Parent topic: [Manage subaccounts - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/manage-subaccounts-overview/)

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Example of a subaccount definition /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/example-of-a-subaccount-definition page Consider an example that is explored in other articles in this section. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Example of a subaccount definition Consider an example that is explored in other articles in this section. North Serpent Company, with stores in the mountainous areas of California and Nevada, sells skis and snowboards and offers rental services. Each sale transaction of a ski or a snowboard is recorded to sales account 40000, but later, at the period closing, management would like to know the total sales on skis in Nevada store and the total sales on snowboards in California store, as well as the total rental of snowboards in California store and the total rental of skis in Nevada store. Thus, we can split the sales account into eight more specific accounts, for example, as shown below: + 40100: Ski sales in the Nevada store + 40200: Snowboard sales in the Nevada store + 40300: Ski rentals in the Nevada store + 40400: Snowboard rentals in the Nevada store + 40500: Ski sales in the California store + 40600: Snowboard sales in the California store + 40700: Ski rentals in the California store + 40800: Snowboard rentals in the California store To enter a transaction, a user has to remember all the accounts, but it is easy to mistype the account. The following section explores some ways Visma Net makes this process easier and less error-prone. ## Subaccount identifiers In Visma Net, accounts and subaccounts are referred to by their identifiers. Generally, account identifiers must follow the regulations used in your country. Because subaccounts are mostly used for internal management purposes, greater flexibility is allowed for their design. Identifiers can be segmented. Segmented identifiers with meaningful, recognizable segment values, because they are easier to enter, reduce the input error rate. For the North Serpent Company, you could define a three-segment subaccount in the following way: + First segment: Company division - **NV** (Nevada) and **CA** (California) + Second segment: Profit centre - **RENT** (rentals) and **SALE** (sales) + Third segment: Product type - **SK** (skis) and **SB** (snowboards) All sales and rental transactions can then be posted to the sales account 40000 with the following subaccounts: NV-SALE-SK : To enter sales amounts on skis in Nevada NV-SALE-SB : To enter sales amounts on snowboards in Nevada NV-RENT-SK : To enter amounts received on ski rentals in Nevada NV-RENT-SB : To enter amounts received on snowboard rentals in Nevada CA-SALE-SK : To enter sales amounts on skis in California CA-SALE-SB : To enter sales amounts on snowboards in California CA-RENT-SK : To enter amounts received on ski rentals in California CA-RENT-SB : To enter amounts received on snowboard rentals in California Later, the documents and records can be filtered by any combination of subaccount segment values to produce the requested balances. Subaccounts simplify data analysis as follows: + If you do not specify any subaccount, you will see the balances of natural accounts, reflecting the overall company performance. + If you select a particular subaccount, you will see the result of specific transactions. Parent topic: [Manage subaccounts - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/manage-subaccounts-overview/) Related reference [Chart of accounts - reference information](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) [Subaccounts - reference information](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/subaccounts-gl203000/) [../shared-files/cs202000-ref.html](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/)

Related pages

Concepts

About combined subaccounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/about-combined-subaccounts page Parent topic: Manage subaccounts - overview 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About combined subaccounts Parent topic: Manage subaccounts - overview For more information: [Manage subaccounts - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/manage-subaccounts-overview/). With the combined subaccount functionality provided by Visma Net , you can define rules for combining a subaccount from multiple subaccounts to keep the most detailed records. For example, when you enter a document, such as a purchase invoice or a sales, in the system, multiple subaccounts are involved, such as the subaccount associated with the product being purchased or sold, the subaccount associated with the employee handling the operation, and the subaccount associated with the supplier or customer involved. With the combined subaccount functionality, you can use a particular subaccount that is a combination of the involved subaccounts that you select or you configure a rule that the system uses to compose a new subaccount identifier by using the segment values of each of the selected subaccounts.The combined subaccounts functionality is available in the following workspaces: Supplier ledger , Customer ledger , Projects , Time and expenses , Inventory , and Sales orders . For the Supplier ledger , Customer ledger , Projects , and Time and expenses workspaces, you specify the combined subaccount in the Combine [type] sub. from field in the Visma Net window where you specify preferences for that workspace. For example, to specify the combined expense subaccount to be used for non-stock items in data entry windows in the Supplier ledger workspace, you use the Combine expense sub. from field in the [Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-ledger-preferences-ap101000/) window. If you use the Inventory module in your system, you can configure most of the combined subaccounts in the [Posting classes (IN206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/posting-classes-in206000/) window of the Inventory workspace. ## Configuration of a combined subaccount A field for a combined subaccount contains a subaccount mask, such as **––––.––.–––.––––**, in accordance with the segmented structure of subaccounts defined in your company. You can specify the rule for selecting the values for the segments of a combined subaccount from the subaccounts involved. Note: We recommend that you select the **On-the-fly entry** check box for the **SUBACCOUNT** segmented key in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window, so that the system can generate valid subaccounts segment by segment. Otherwise, all the subaccounts that may result from combining segments from multiple sources must be predefined in the system or added to the list of valid subaccounts in the [Subaccounts (GL203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/subaccounts-gl203000/) window. To set up a rule for combined subaccounts, do the following: 1. Point to the required segment, press F3, and select the required segment value, which determines the source of the value that will be used for a subaccount. You can select one of the following options (the available options in the list vary depending on the workspace and on the document type): For a segment, the character designating the option is repeated as many times there are characters in the segment (for example, **CCCC**, **EEEE**, **IIII**, or **LLLL** for a four-character segment, and **CC**, **EE**, **II**, or **LL** for a two-character segment). + **C**: The subaccount associated with the company branch + **E**: The subaccount associated with the employee + **I**: The subaccount associated with the stock or non-stock item + **L**: The subaccount associated with the customer location or a supplier location + **P**: The subaccount associated with the project + **T**: The subaccount associated with the project task + **S**: The subaccount associated with the salesperson + **W**: The subaccount associated with the warehouse 1. Repeat Step 1 for each segment of the combined subaccount. ## Example of a combined subaccount Suppose that a company uses the **XX-XX-XXXX** subaccount structure, with the segments used as follows: 1. **XX**: A two-character segment designating a branch. Possible values are **MN** (a branch on Main Street), **BW** (a branch on Broadway Street), **CA** (a branch on California Street), and **00** (not applicable or a non-specific value). 1. **XX**: A two-character segment designating a product line. Possible values are **B1, B2, B3**, and **00** (not applicable or a non-specific value). 1. **XXXX**: A four-character segment to specify a department involved. Possible values are **DEVP, PRDC**, and **0000** (not applicable or a non-specific value). The company buys specific services required for the product line **B1** from the supplier VENDOR Inc. The company's default expense accounts involved in this transaction are listed below with the characters used to designate the respective subaccount or a segment of the subaccount in the combined subaccount: 00-B1-PRDC : For the supplier location ( **L** ) BW-00-DEVP : For the employee monitoring the services provided by the suppliers ( **E** ) CA-00-0000 : For the company's receiving branch ( **C** ) 00-B1-0000 : For the non-stock item featuring the service provided ( **I** ) For this company, the combined subaccount would be specified as follows: **EE-II-LLLL** . Here, **EE** means that the value for the first segment is copied from the first segment of the default subaccount associated with the employee. The **II** means that the value for the second segment is copied from the second segment of the default subaccount associated with the stock item. The **LLLL** means that the value for the third segment is copied from the third segment of the subaccount associated with the supplier's default location. The resulting subaccount is **BW-B1-PRDC** . Parent topic: [Manage subaccounts - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/manage-subaccounts-overview/)

Related pages

Concepts

Add a subaccount /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/add-a-subaccount section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Add a subaccount ## Before you proceed 1. In the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window, be sure the structure of the subaccount has been configured. 1. Review the meanings of the subaccount segment values in your organisation. You define valid values by using the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window for segments requiring validation. 1. Got to the [Subaccounts (GL203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/subaccounts-gl203000/) window. 1. In the table toolbar, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to append a blank row to the table. The input mask for subaccounts is shown in the **Subaccount** column for the new row. 1. Create the subaccount segment by segment by using one of the following methods, depending on whether the **Validate** check box is selected for the segment in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window: + If the **Validate** option is selected, select the segment value from the list of predefined values. + If the option is not selected, type a value for the segment. Only the number of characters and the type of string (specified in the **Edit mask** field in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window) will be validated. 1. Make sure the **Active** check box is selected for the subaccount. 1. Optional: In the **Description** column, briefly describe the subaccount. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)** in the window toolbar. Deactivate a subaccount /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/deactivate-a-subaccount section A subaccount for an account that has transactions posted cannot be deleted; if such a subaccount is not used any more, you can deactivate it. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Deactivate a subaccount A subaccount for an account that has transactions posted cannot be deleted; if such a subaccount is not used any more, you can deactivate it. A subaccount for an account that has transactions posted cannot be deleted; if such a subaccount is not used any more, you can deactivate it. The subaccount, after deactivation, remains in the database but does not appear on the list of subaccounts for selection. 1. Go to the [Subaccounts (GL203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/subaccounts-gl203000/). 1. To quickly find a subaccount, type a segment value in the **Search** field at the bottom left of the window and review the results. 1. Click anywhere in the row with the subaccount you want to deactivate. 1. Clear the **Active** check box for the subaccount. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. View account balances by subaccount /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-subaccounts/view-account-balances-by-subaccount page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View account balances by subaccount 1. Go to the [Account by subaccount (GL403000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-by-subaccount-gl403000/) window. 1. In the **Ledger** field, select the ledger where the account you want to view is located. 1. In the **Financial period** field, select the period. 1. In the **Account** field, select the account. 1. In the **Subaccount** field, do one of the following: + Specify a subaccount. + Specify a mask to view a group of subaccounts. To define a mask, specify the values for only some of the segments. The system will select all the different subaccounts that have the specified segment values. + Leave the field blank to view transactions on the account broken down by all relevant subaccounts. 1. Select the **Show currency details** check field if you want to view currency details. This option appears only if multi-currency support is activated in your system. 1. In the table, view the account balances for the selected subaccount or group of subaccounts. 1. Optional: View more information as follows: + To view the account balances by subaccount in the previous period, click **Go to previous record** in the window toolbar. + To view the data for the next period, click **Go to the next record**. + To view the account details, select a subaccount and click **Account details**. Import trial balances /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/import-trial-balances section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Import trial balances Import trial balances - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/import-trial-balances/import-trial-balances-overview page In Visma Net, to initialise the system during initial implementation, you can import either a trial balance (or balances) or a number of general ledger transactions from third-party software. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Import trial balances - overview In Visma Net, to initialise the system during initial implementation, you can import either a trial balance (or balances) or a number of general ledger transactions from third-party software. In Visma Net, to initialise the system during initial implementation, you can import either a trial balance (or balances) or a number of general ledger transactions from third-party software. If you import the general ledger transactions, you do not need to import the trial balance because the trial balance will be computed by the system automatically according to imported general ledger transactions. If you do not need to keep the history of general ledger transactions in Visma Net, you can import the trial balance only. Before importing the trial balance, you need to select the period to start keeping records in Visma Net, and decide whether you want to import the history of balances for multiple preceding periods or just one period. We recommend that you import the trial balance for at least one period prior to the period in which you start using Visma Net. For example: If you start using Visma Net in 01-2021, you import the trial balance for at least 12-2020. In the third-party software, you should prepare the data to be imported. For each required period, you should run the trial balance report. If the third-party software has no such report, you need to use a traditional trial balance report and calculate the balances of accounts by using information about the account types. ## Prepare and edit the file to be imported From the third-party software, you should export the prepared trial balance data to a CSV file (.csv) or to an Excel spreadsheet (.xlsx). The file should have the following columns: + **Account**: The account ID of the account to be imported. + **Subaccount**: The subaccount ID of the subaccount to be imported. If there is no specific subaccount for a particular account, specify a non-specific subaccount that fits the **SUBACCOUNT** segmented key in your system, for example, **000-00-00**. This column is required only if you plan to use subaccounts with your accounts. In that case, the **Subaccounts** functionality should be enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. + **YTD balance**: The ending balance of the account for the period. The balance can be provided either with the positive or with negative sign. For details about the signs of the balance, see sections below in this topic. For this column, the **Currency** or **Text** format setting can be specified in the Excel file. The file can contain multiple columns with the balances for different financial periods. + **Description** (optional): Any meaningful description of the account that you can add for convenient working with the file. You should not import the balance of the **YTD net income** account; Visma Net calculates this balance automatically from the imported balances of income and expense accounts. ## Specify the sign of the trial balance The following types of trial balances can be used in different accounting software: + Normal trial balances are those that have debit balances for asset and expense accounts and credit balances for liability and income accounts, and these balances are displayed with the plus sign if the respective debit or credit balances are positive. + Reversed trial balances are those that have normal balances of asset and expense accounts or positive amounts are displayed with the plus sign. The balances of liability and income accounts are reversed: the credit balances of these accounts are positive, but they are displayed with the minus sign. From the third-party software, you have exported either the normal or the reversed type of the balance, so before you start importing the trial balance to Visma Net, you need to specify an appropriate option in the **Sign of the trial balance** field in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window: Normal : To keep the signs of account balances while importing a trial balance Reversed : To reverse the signs of credit balances of the liability and income accounts while importing a trial balance ## Import normal balances Normal balances satisfy the following validation criterion. `Total debit balance of the (assets + expense)accounts = Total credit balance of the (income + liabilities) accounts` The example below demonstrates a trial balance with normal account balances. |Account|Type|Balance| |---|---|---| |Cash|Asset|100| |Customer ledger|Asset|400| |Supplier ledger|Liability|100| |Shareholders' equity|Liability|100| |Retained earnings|Liability|100| |Sales|Income|400| |COGS|Expense|100| |Other expense|Expense|100| |**Totals:**||| |**Debit total (asset accounts +expense accounts)**||**700**| |**Credit total (income accounts + liability a ccounts)**||**700**| For a normal trial balance, you select **Normal** as the **sign of the trial balance** in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. ## Importing reversed credit balances The reversed credit balances, implemented in some applications, satisfy the following validation criterion. `Total debit balance of (assets + expense)accounts = - (Total credit balance of (income + liabilities)accounts)` This criterion can also be expressed as follows. `Total debit balance of (assets + expense)accounts + Total credit balance of (income + liabilities)accounts = 0` The example below demonstrates a valid trial balance with reversed credit balances for liability and income accounts. |Account|Type|Balance| |---|---|---| |Cash|Asset|100| |Customer ledger|Asset|400| |Supplier ledger|Liability|-100| |Shareholders' equity|Liability|-100| |Retained earnings|Liability|-100| |Sales|Income|-400| |COGS|Expense|100| |Other expense|Expense|100| |**Totals:**||| |**Debit total (asset accounts +expense accounts)**||**700**| |**Credit total (income accounts + liability accounts)**||**-700**| Before importing a reversed trial balance, you should select the **Reversed** option in the **Sign of the trial balance** box in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window, so that the balances of liability and income accounts will be imported properly. ## Process imported data You import data by uploading a specially prepared Excel or CSV file with the trial balance in the[Trial balance (GL303010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/trial-balance-gl303010/) window. You import data to a selected target branch into its posting ledger to the specified financial period. For the import to complete successfully, you have to map the imported list of accounts (and subaccounts, if any) to the internal accounts (and subaccounts) used in Visma Net. After you have uploaded the file with the trial balance, the list of accounts (and subaccounts) to be imported are displayed on the **Transaction details** tab. Visma Net performs most of the mapping of the imported accounts (and subaccounts) and the internal accounts (and subaccounts) automatically when you select the **Validate** action and click **Process** or **Process all** in the table toolbar. However, after the mapping process is finished, some lines can contain unmapped accounts (and subaccounts). Such records are marked as errors and displayed in red font. The system also marks the duplicate records as errors. In this case, you need to perform the mapping of accounts and subaccounts manually, and merging the duplicate records (by processing the **Merge duplicates** action on the table toolbar). If you import the trial balance data for system initialisation, the **Exceptions** tab will be empty because the target ledger contains no records. If you perform periodic imports, the **Exceptions** tab contains the list of accounts (and subaccounts) with their balances (as currently recorded in the ledger for the specified period) that are not present in the data being imported. In this case, you should review this list carefully and make sure that the balances of these accounts should be equal to zero in the period for which you are importing the trial balance. This review is needed because on release of the trial balance entry, for each account listed on the **Exceptions** tab, the system generates a transaction that makes the account balance zero for the period you are importing the trial balance for. If these accounts balances should be non-zero, verify and correct the list of accounts in the file from which you are importing the trial balance. Once you are done mapping the accounts and adjusting the records, clear the **Hold** check box and release (**Release**) the trial balance entry. After the release, the system will generate a batch of general ledger transactions that adjusts account balances in the ledger to match the imported trial balance. Only the **Balanced** trial balance entry can be released. If you import the trial balance for the second financial period and all subsequent financial periods, the system generates journal entries in the amount of the difference between the ending balances of the previous period and the imported balance of the next period. Therefore, if you import the trial balance for more than one financial period, you have to release each generated batch and post the transactions before you import the trial balance for the next period; otherwise, the transactions might be generated incorrectly. During the release of the trial balance entry, the system generates a general ledger batch with the **On hold** status. For normal balances, for each asset and expense account, the system generates a debit entry if the imported balance is positive, or a credit entry if the imported balance is negative. For each liability and income account, the system generates a credit entry if the imported balance is positive, or a debit entry if the imported balance is negative. For the reversed balances, for each liability and income account, the system generates a credit entry if the imported balance is negative, or a debit entry if the imported balance is positive. If you have imported the trial balance incorrectly, or you have had some inconsistencies during the importing process, you can repeat the importing procedure once again. After you release and post the general ledger batch, the account balances will be adjusted.

Related pages

Tasks

Import trial balance /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/import-trial-balances/import-trial-balance page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Import trial balance ## Before you proceed Before importing trial balances, make sure of the following: + The CSV file (.csv) or the Excel file (.xlsx) is correctly prepared for importing trial balance data in the system. For details, see: [Import trial balances - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/import-trial-balances/import-trial-balances-overview/). + The chart of accounts is configured, and all required accounts are defined in Visma Net. + If the trial balance file to be imported contains subaccounts, the **Subaccounts** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. + In the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window, in the **Sign of the trial balance** field, the selected option corresponds to the balances that you are going to import ( **Normal** or **Reversed** ). 1. Go to the [Trial balance (GL303010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/trial-balance-gl303010/) window. 1. In the **Import date** field, specify the date of import. By default, the system business date is specified in this field. 1. In the **Period** field, specify the financial period to which the imported data should be posted. We recommend that you import the trial balance for at least one period prior the period in which you start using Visma Net. For example: If you start using Visma Net in 01-2021, you import the trial balance for at least 12-2020. 1. In the **Branch** field, select the branch of the organisation whose trial balance is to be imported. 1. In the **Ledger** field, select the ledger to which the imported data should be posted. By default, this is the default posting ledger specified in the [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) window. 1. In the **Control total** field, enter the control amount to be used to validate the total amount of the balance to be imported. This amount is equal to the sum of the debit totals (of the asset and expense accounts) and the credit totals (of the liability and income accounts) of the trial balance. This field is available only if the **Validate batch control totals on entry** check box is selected in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. 1. On the **Transaction details** tab, perform the following steps to prepare for the import: 1. In the table toolbar, click **Load records from file**. 1. In the **File upload dialog box**, select the required file and click **Upload**. 1. In the **Common settings dialog box**, do the following and click **OK**: + In the **Null value** field, type the character that is used as the null value in the source file, or leave this field empty. + In the **Culture** field, select the locale in which the data is presented in the source file. + In the **Mode** field, select the **Insert all records** option to update records existing in the system. 1. In the **Columns dialog box**, for the columns in your file, select the appropriate property name. Click **OK**. The records are exported from the file to the table area of the **Transaction details** tab. 1. In the table, select the unlabelled check box next to a record or all records. 1. In the table toolbar, select the **Validate** action, and click **Process** (to validate selected accounts) or **Process all** (to validate all accounts in the list). The system performs most of the mapping automatically. 1. If there are unmapped accounts or subaccounts, map them manually to the corresponding internal accounts or subaccounts. 1. If there are duplicate accounts or subaccounts, on the table toolbar, select the **Merge duplicate** action, and click **Process** or **Process all**. After that, select and process the **Validate** action once again. 1. Review the list on the **Exceptions** tab. If you perform periodic imports and the target ledger contains records, this tab displays the list of accounts and subaccounts (with their balances) that currently exist in the ledger for the period you are importing the trial balance for and that are not present in the data being imported. For details, see: [Import trial balances - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/import-trial-balances/import-trial-balances-overview/). 1. Check the **Debit total** amount and the **Credit total** amount in the top part. Clear the **Hold** check box. The import entry gets the **Balanced** status. 1. Click **Save** in the window toolbar. 1. Click **Release** in the window toolbar. 1. In the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window, release and post the batch generated for the imported trial balance. If you are going to import the trial balance for more than one financial periods, you have to import the trial balances one by one successively, and release and post each generated batch before you import the trial balance for the next period. It is required because the system generates journal entries in the amount of the difference between the ending balances of the previous period and the imported balance of the next period. Set up a financial year /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set up a financial year Set up a financial year - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/set-up-a-financial-year-overview page One of the first tasks of system configuration is setting up the financial year and financial periods. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set up a financial year - overview One of the first tasks of system configuration is setting up the financial year and financial periods. One of the first tasks of system configuration is setting up the financial year and financial periods. The system provides flexibility for setting up the financial year and its periods because the start date and required number of periods of the financial year vary across businesses and countries. The following topics provide information and step-by-step instructions on initial configuration of the financial year and financial periods in the system. ## Topics + [About the financial year and financial periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/about-the-financial-year-and-financial-periods/) + [Configure week-based financial periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/configure-week-based-financial-periods/) + [Configure a fiscal year and its periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/configure-a-fiscal-year-and-its-periods/) + [Configure a financial year that matches the calendar year](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/configure-a-financial-year-that-matches-the-calendar-year/) + [Shift the first year one year earlier](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/shift-the-first-year-one-year-earlier/) + [Add an adjustment period](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/add-an-adjustment-period/) About the financial year and financial periods /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/about-the-financial-year-and-financial-periods section Parent topic: Set up a financial year - overview 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About the financial year and financial periods Parent topic: Set up a financial year - overview For more information: [Set up a financial year - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/set-up-a-financial-year-overview/). ## The financial year Generally, a financial year is defined by its start date and lasts twelve months. The financial year may be set as a calendar year starting January 1, or it may be different. For example: The company's financial year begins on October 1 of the previous calendar year and ends on September 30 of the year that gives the financial year its number—so the financial year 2020 ran from October 1, 2019, to September 30, 2020. You select the **Belongs to next year** option in the [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/) window when the financial year starts late in the calendar year and gets its number from the next year. The system calculates the end date of the financial year automatically as the end date of the last period. For details, see: [Configure a financial year that matches the calendar year](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/configure-a-financial-year-that-matches-the-calendar-year/) and [Configure a fiscal year and its periods.](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/configure-a-fiscal-year-and-its-periods/) If you have configured a financial year, and then you have discovered that this is not the year that you need, the system allows you to delete your financial year setup by clicking **![icon-delete](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete.png)** in the window toolbar and create the new one. You can delete the financial year setup only if there are no financial periods generated for this year in the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. ## The first financial year The first financial year usually designates the year when the company starts processing its operations in Visma Net. However, if you plan to transfer beginning balances for the accounts, activate at least one period that precedes the first period of actual operations. For example: If you plan to start using Visma Net from the first period of a new financial year, select the previous year as the first year, generate all periods, activate only the last period of that year, and enter initial balances in the last period of the "first" year. If your company starts operations in Visma Net after the year's first financial period, activate only the period when you actually start entering transactions. You cannot post transactions with dates earlier than the start date of the first active period of the first financial year in Visma Net. You should not change the start date of the first financial year if any financial periods have been generated and transactions have been posted to them. Nevertheless, if needed, during system implementation and initiation, you can shift the start date one year earlier. For details, see [Shift the first year one year earlier](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/shift-the-first-year-one-year-earlier/). ## The financial year periods The financial year is divided into financial periods, which may have equal or different durations. The total length of all periods may or may not be equal to the year. When setting up periods, you can select an option based on months or weeks, or you can define custom-length periods. If you select one of the options based on months (**Month**, **Two months**, or **Quarter**), the periods will start and end on the same dates each year, and each successive financial year will start and end on the same date. However, if you define periods by using an option based on weeks ( **Week**, **Two weeks**, **Four weeks**, **4-4-5 weeks**, **4-5-4 weeks**, or **5-4-4 weeks** ), the start and end dates of same-name periods will vary with the year, and the number of periods per year may vary. Financial periods based on weeks start on the same day of the week and end on the same day of the week. However, a calendar year has 365 or 366 days, while the maximum length of the a year's periods based on weeks is 364 days. For a financial year based on the **4-4-5**, **4-5-4**, or **5-4-4** option, the system automatically adds an additional week to the last period if the gap between the end of the financial year and the end of the last period exceeds three days. For a financial year with week-long periods, to process the difference between the length of a calendar year and the length of all week-long periods, you can select one of the following year-end calculation options: Last day of the financial year : The system adds an additional (53rd) week-length period if the last period ends four or more days earlier than the financial year ends. If the last period ends fewer than four days earlier, no additional period is added. Include the Last <Day of week> of the financial year : You can select a specific day of the week (Sunday, Monday, or any other day of week) for this method, and the system will add an additional (53rd) week-length period if the year's last period doesn't include the last in the financial year specific day of the week, and adds no additional period if the last period includes the last in the financial year specific day of week. Include <Day of week> nearest to the end of financial year : The system defines the end of the year so that its last period includes the selected day of the week that is nearest to the end of the financial year. An additional (53rd) period is added if the specific day of the week is closer to the end of the year than to the end of the last period. The financial periods for each new financial year can be generated in the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. ## Modification of the periods for the current year Once financial periods are defined, the same periods will be used for all subsequent financial years. If needed, you can modify the financial periods of the upcoming year by using the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. You can change the financial period settings if all previous financial years are closed and you did not post any transaction to any period of the current financial year. However, modifying periods is **highly inadvisable**, since it will affect all budgets and reports that compare information about the previous and current year. Such a change may result in reporting errors and formatting problems. If you need to modify the periods of the upcoming year, generate the periods for this year and select the **User-defined periods** check box. After that, you can edit the end date for any of the periods, with the start date of the next period adjusted automatically. It may happen that after you have modified the periods, the last period ends on a different date than the financial year does. Then, once you attempt to save the periods, the system lets you select a method to make the year end on the end date of the last period. You can select one of the following options: Modify start date of the next year : To move the start date of the next financial year to the end of the last period. Modify financial year settings : To modify the settings of the financial year to make the last period end when the year ends. Extend the last period : To extend the last period so that it will include the end of the year. If you modify one-week periods, the day of week on which the last period ends may not be the same day of the week on which other periods of the year end, and once you save the modified periods, the system will let you choose whether to move the start day of the week for periods of the next year. Make sure that you move the start day of periods to another day of week only if it is absolutely necessary; the change of the start day will affect budgets and reports that compare the data of successive financial years. ## Adjustment period An adjustment period is a special one-day period added after the last period in a year. Its end date is the same as its start date. An adjustment period can be used for posting only adjustment transactions. If you need to, you can add an adjustment period during the initial financial year setup. For details, see: [Add an adjustment period.](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/add-an-adjustment-period/) Later, you can add an adjustment period for a particular financial year or delete it for a particular financial year (if it was configured) by using the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. To enable modification of periods, select the **User-defined periods** check box and add an adjustment period (with the end date the same as the start date) after the last period. Alternatively, you can select the last period and select a check box in the **Adjustment period** column for this period. When you click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**,the last period will become an adjustment period with the new end date equal to initial start date of the period. Parent topic: [Set up a financial year - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/set-up-a-financial-year-overview/)

Related pages

Concepts

Create a new financial year /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/create-a-new-financial-year section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a new financial year To go back to the main process, click outside this pop-up window. ## Before you start Before a new financial year starts, you must create the new periods for this financial year. Once this is done, account balances will be transferred and updated continuously while you still post into the old year. The new financial year will be created with the same settings as the existing financial year. 1. At the top of the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). The new financial year is created. 1. Click **Generate periods**. The periods for the new financial year are created. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). Configure week-based financial periods /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/configure-week-based-financial-periods section In Visma Net, you can configure a financial year with weeks as financial periods by using the Financial year (GL101000) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Configure week-based financial periods In Visma Net, you can configure a financial year with weeks as financial periods by using the Financial year (GL101000) window. For more information: [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/). ## Configure a financial year 1. Go to the [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/) window. 1. In the **Start financial year** field, specify the start date of the first financial year in which your company wants to keep records in Visma Net. 1. In the **First financial year** field, review the first year based on the start date. If you want to change the first financial year, change the start date, as described in Step 2. If you plan to start recording operations at the very start of the financial year, select the previous year as the first financial year. This will allow you to enter initial account balances in the period before the first period of actual transactions. 1. Make sure the **Belongs to next year** check box is cleared if your financial year gets its name from the current year. 1. To define periods, in the **Period type** field, select **Week**. 1. In the **Periods start day of week** field, select the day of week on which periods will start. 1. In the **Year end calculation method** field, select one of the following options, which will be used to define the end of each financial year: + **Last day of the financial year**: To add an additional (53rd) week-length period if the last period ends four or more days earlier than the financial year ends. If the last period ends less than four days earlier, no additional period will be added. + **Include last <Day of week> of the financial year** (here, **<Day of week>** is the day of week that is the last in your week period): To add an additional (53rd) week period if there is a complete week between the end day of the last period and the end of the year. + **Include <Day of week> nearest to the end of financial year**: To add an additional period if the last period ends four or more days earlier than the financial year ends. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. ## Generate financial periods 1. Go to the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. 1. In the table toolbar, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add a new year. 1. Click **Generate periods**. The system will display the periods for the newly added year, which are generated according to the settings of the financial year. Review the periods and the last date of the financial year. 1. If the periods have not been generated as you expected, click **![icon-delete](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete.png)** to remove the generated periods and return to the [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/) window to select another method of end-year calculation. 1. If the periods have been generated as you planned, click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. Configure a fiscal year and its periods /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/configure-a-fiscal-year-and-its-periods section You use the Financial year (GL101000) window to configure a fiscal year that has month-based periods (each consisting of one, two, or three months) in Visma Net. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Configure a fiscal year and its periods You use the Financial year (GL101000) window to configure a fiscal year that has month-based periods (each consisting of one, two, or three months) in Visma Net. For more information: [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/). If your financial year matches the calendar year, see [Configure a financial year that matches the calendar year](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/configure-a-financial-year-that-matches-the-calendar-year/). 1. Go to the [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/) window. 1. In the **Financial year starts on** field, specify the start date of the first financial year in which your company wants to keep records in Visma Net. 1. In the **First financial year** field, review the first year based on the start date. If you want to change the first financial year, change the start date, as described in the previous step. 1. Select the **Belongs to next year** check box if the fiscal year gets its number from the year when the fiscal year ends. 1. Define the periods of the year. In the **Period type** field, select one of the following options: + **Month**: Each financial period lasts one month, and there are 12 periods per year. + **Two months**: Each financial period lasts two months, and there are 6 periods per year. + **Quarter**: Each financial period lasts a quarter (four months), and there are 3 periods per year. 1. Select the **Add adjustment period** check box if you want the system to generate an adjustment period. 1. Make sure the **Adjust to period start** check box is cleared. 1. Click **Generate periods**. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. Configure a financial year that matches the calendar year /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/configure-a-financial-year-that-matches-the-calendar-year section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Configure a financial year that matches the calendar year 1. Go to the [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/) window. 1. In the **Start financial year** field, specify the start date as **January 1** of the first financial year for which your company wants to keep records. 1. In the **First financial year** field, review the first year based on the start date. If you want to change the first financial year, change the start date, as described in the previous step. If you plan to start recording operations at the very start of the financial year, select the previous year as the first financial year. This will allow you to enter initial account balances in the period before the first period of actual transactions. 1. Make sure the **Belongs to next year** check box is cleared. 1. To define periods, in the **Period type** field, select one of the following options: + **Month**: To define 12 month-long periods + **Two months**: To define six equal periods per year + **Quarter**: To define four periods per year, with each period to last three months 1. Make sure the **Adjust to period start** check box is cleared. 1. Select the **Use adjustment period** check box if you want to add an adjustment period. 1. Click **Generate periods**. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. Shift the first year one year earlier /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/shift-the-first-year-one-year-earlier section When you start to use Visma Net, if you realise that some financial data (such as beginning balances for general ledger accounts) should be posted before the start date, you may need to shift the first financial year earlier. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Shift the first year one year earlier When you start to use Visma Net, if you realise that some financial data (such as beginning balances for general ledger accounts) should be posted before the start date, you may need to shift the first financial year earlier. You can shift the first year by using the [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/) window. ## Shift the first year 1. Go to the [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/) window. Review the information about the first financial year configured in the system. 1. Click **Shift the first year**. This brings up a message that warns you about the consequences of such an action. CAUTION: Shifting the first year to an earlier date can affect statistics and data on reports. 1. Click **Yes** to shift the first year and close the message window. 1. On the window toolbar, click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. ## Generate periods for the first year 1. Go to the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. 1. Click **Add year before the first**. This brings up a message that warns you about the consequences of such an action. 1. Click **Yes** to add the first year and close the message window. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. 1. Click **Generate periods**. 1. On the list of periods, select the **Active** check box only for the period or periods for which you will enter the data. Now you can enter the required transactions to the active periods of the new first year. To be able to close any of the later periods, you should close the periods of the first year first. Add an adjustment period /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/add-an-adjustment-period section In Visma Net, you can add an adjustment period for each year only during initial setup, when you configure your financial year and its periods. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Add an adjustment period In Visma Net, you can add an adjustment period for each year only during initial setup, when you configure your financial year and its periods. However, when you are generating financial periods for the next year, you can easily add an adjustment period for this particular year. In Visma Net, you can add an adjustment period by using the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. 1. Go to the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. 1. Click **![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png)** to add a new year. 1. Click **Generate periods**. The system will display the periods for the newly added year, which are generated according to the settings of the financial year. 1. Select the **User defined periods** check box. This brings up a message that warns you about the consequences of such an action: Modifying periods may affect statistics, budgets, and reports. 1. Click **Yes** in the warning dialog box. You will see the list of financial periods in the table. Two new columns appear in the table ( **Adjustment period** and **Period length** ). 1. Click **![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png)** in the table toolbar. The system adds a new period as an adjustment period. Review the values that appear in the new row by default. The start and end dates of the adjustment period should be the same as the end date of the previous period. 1. Make sure the check box in the **Adjustment period** column is selected for the last period. Type a new description for the period that would indicate that this is an adjustment period. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. Manage financial periods /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-financial-periods section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage financial periods Generate periods for a new financial year /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-financial-periods/generate-periods-for-a-new-financial-year section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Generate periods for a new financial year ## Before you proceed Make sure the financial year and its periods have been configured in the [Financial year](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/inter-branch-account-mapping-gl101010/) window. 1. Go to the [Financial periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. 1. In the window toolbar, click **Add new record**. The new year will appear in the **Financial year** field. Note the information in the **Start date** and **Number of periods** info fields. These settings, determined in the [Financial year](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/inter-branch-account-mapping-gl101010/) window, are used for the generation of new periods. 1. In the window toolbar, click **Generate periods**. 1. In the table, select the **Active** check box for each of the periods to which you are going to post transactions. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). Activate a financial period /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-financial-periods/activate-a-financial-period section When a new financial period starts, you may need to activate (open) it to be able to select this period in documents. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Activate a financial period When a new financial period starts, you may need to activate (open) it to be able to select this period in documents. When a new financial period starts, you may need to activate (open) it to be able to select this period in documents. A financial period can be activated by using the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. You can open more than one period at a time. 1. Go to the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. 1. In the table, review the list of financial periods. 1. Select the **Active** check boxes for periods you want to open for posting transactions 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). Close financial periods /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-financial-periods/close-financial-periods page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Close financial periods ## Before you start Before you close the period for the workspaces Customer ledger and General ledger, the VAT period must be closed for the financial period you want to close. When all batches are posted, you can close a financial period. Follow the steps below to close a financial period in one operation via the General ledger. 1. Select the periods you want to close. You can multi-select periods by selecting the check box of the last period you want to close. 1. Click **Close periods**. 1. If there are still open periods in other workspaces, confirm that you want to close them together with the general ledger periods. If there are still open batches you will get an error message. Normally you cannot post into closed periods, but you can change this if you go to the[General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) and select the option **Allow posting to closed periods**. This is also possible during an on-going financial year.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

About period-end closing procedures /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-financial-periods/about-period-end-closing-procedures page Visma Net provides multiple options to let you configure period-closing procedures in accordance with your company's policies. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About period-end closing procedures Visma Net provides multiple options to let you configure period-closing procedures in accordance with your company's policies. Employees at your company can decide when to perform period-end closing procedures. You do not need to postpone period-end closing to allow recording of certain transactions dated in the period to be closed. Posting transactions to closed periods is possible if the **Allow posting to closed periods** option in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window is selected. At any point in time, you can have multiple active periods. Activating a period doesn't require closing a previous one. ## Perform period-end closing Follow your company's internal procedures to determine the prerequisites to closing a financial period. Your company might require the following tasks to be completed before a period is closed: + Performing allocations + Generating recurring documents and releasing them + Performing revaluation of foreign currency accounts + Generating and reviewing the trial balance To close a period in General ledger, you first have to perform the closing operations in the subledger workspaces you are using. These include the following: + Customer ledger + Supplier ledger + Cash management + Inventory + Fixed assets A period is considered closed only when it has been closed in the General ledger workspace by using the [Close financial periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/close-financial-periods-gl503000/) window. This window gives you information about the status of periods in the Supplier ledger, Customer ledger, Cash management, Inventory, and Fixed assets workspaces. If a period has not been closed in any of the workspaces, you can close it there. Closing a period in general ledger initiates the generation of auto-reversing batches if the **Generate auto-reversing entries on period closing** check box is selected in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. You should never close the last activated financial period; always activate one or more financial periods before you close a period. ## Close a period in a subledger workspace A financial period can be closed in the General ledger workspace only if it has been closed in the Supplier ledger, Customer ledger, Cash management, Inventory, and Fixed assets workspaces. You need to perform the closing procedure in only the subledger workspaces that are activated in your system. A period can be closed in Customer ledger, Supplier ledger, Cash management, Inventory, and Fixed assets as follows if in the workspace there are no documents with the **Released**, ( **Unposted** ), **Balanced**, or **On hold** status that are to be posted to this period: + To close a period in Supplier ledger, use the [Close financial periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/close-financial-periods-gl503000/) window. + To close a period in Customer ledger, use the [Close financial periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/close-financial-periods-gl503000/) window. + To close a period in the Cash management workspace, use the [Close financial periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/close-financial-periods-gl503000/) window. + To close a period in the Inventory workspace, use the [Close financial periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/close-financial-periods-gl503000/) window. + To close a period in the Fixed assets workspace, use the [Close financial periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/close-financial-periods-gl503000/) window. When you close a given financial period, all preceding active periods will be closed as well. During the initial stage of using Visma Net, if you decided to add one or more periods before the first financial period, you can activate those periods (even if you have one or more closed periods) and post the required transactions to them. Later, to be able to close any of the later periods, you should close those periods first. ## Perform year-end closing In Visma Net, year-end closing is performed automatically when you close the last period of the financial year. Thus, closing the last period of the financial year should be done only when the company is ready to close the general ledger financial year. Period-end closing for the last period of the financial year must be completed in all other active workspaces before users can perform year-end closing in the General ledger workspace. The year-end closing may include the following stages: + At the end of the financial year, generating periods for the new year and activating at least one of them + Carrying out the operations according to your company's "year-end" check list + Closing the last period in general ledger and fulfilling all the requirements During closing of the financial year, the balance of YTD net income account updates the Retained earnings account, which accumulates the net income over years. After that, the balance of the YTD net income account is reset to zero for a new financial year. The balances of the balance sheet accounts are simply transferred into the new financial year, while balances of other accounts are reset to zeros. Related reference [Financial year](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/)

Related pages

Concepts

Close a financial period from any workspace /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-financial-periods/close-a-financial-period-from-any-workspace page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Close a financial period from any workspace ## Before you start Before you close the period for the workspaces Customer ledger and General ledger, the VAT period must be closed for the financial period you want to close. When all batches are posted, you can close a financial period. Many companies might choose to close the financial periods for the different workspaces separately. 1. Select the periods you want to close. You can multi-select periods by selecting the check box of the last period you want to close. 1. Click **Close periods**. If there are still open batches you will get an error message. Reconcile general ledger before closing the financial period /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-financial-periods/reconcile-general-ledger-before-closing-the-financial-period page Before you close the active financial period or when you want to reconcile financial periods, you should check possible differences between the General ledger and certain other workspaces. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reconcile general ledger before closing the financial period Before you close the active financial period or when you want to reconcile financial periods, you should check possible differences between the General ledger and certain other workspaces. You can also check how many outstanding invoices you have, how many incoming payments you have received, and if there are unreleased VAT transactions in the system. ## Reconcile Customer ledger and General ledger + To see the differences between Customer ledger and General ledger, run the [Balance sheet specification/Open entries (GL63309S) report](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-specification-open-entries-gl63309s/) to see the difference between the open invoices total and account total values. + To view how many outstanding invoices you had in the end of a period, run the [Customer summary (AR65050S) report](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-reports/customer-summary-ar65050s/) to see the beginning balance of the following period. Also check the [Aged outstanding (AR631500) report](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-reports/aged-outstanding-ar631500/). + To see how many incoming payments your company has received, run the [Process incoming payments (AR305000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/process-incoming-payments-ar305000/) report that shows all received payments. ## Reconcile Supplier ledger and General ledger + To see the differences between Supplier ledger and General ledger, run the [Balance sheet specification/Open entries (GL63309S) report](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-specification-open-entries-gl63309s/) to see the difference between the open invoices total and account total values. + To see how many outstanding invoices you had in the end of a period, run the [Supplier summary (AP401000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-summary-ap401000/). Also check the [Aged outstanding (AP631500)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-reports/aged-outstanding-ap631500/) report. + To see the payments you have sent via AutoPay, run the [Sent payments (AP61300S) report](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-reports/sent-payments-ap61300s/). ## Reconcile VAT and General ledger + You will get a warning when you are preparing the VAT report and there are unreleased transactions with a VAT ID in the system. You can run the **All unreleased transactions** report in the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window to see these transactions. + You can also run the [VAT account control details (TX40400S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-account-control-details-tx40400s/) inquiry or the [VAT specification (TX62050S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-specification-tx62050s/) report. ## Reconcile Cash management and General ledger + Use the reconciliation statement process, see [Reconcile statements](/visma-net-erp/help/work-processes/reconcile-statements/). ## Reconcile Fixed assets and General ledger + Print the [Balance (FA630000)](/visma-net-erp/help/fixed-assets/fixed-assets-reports/balance-fa630000/) report, compare the different books manually, and create journal transactions for the differences between the books. Beginning balance when starting a new period /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-financial-periods/beginning-balance-when-starting-a-new-period page When you are starting a new financial period or year, you can see its beginning balance as follows: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Beginning balance when starting a new period When you are starting a new financial period or year, you can see its beginning balance as follows: 1. Open the [Account summary (GL401000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-summary-gl401000/) window and filter it by type to show assets and liabilities only. 1. Select the correct ledger and the first period after the closed period or the period whose beginning balance you want to see. Ensure that the previous period is closed to get the correct balances. 1. Now you can see the balance in the **Beg. balance** column, and you can export it to Excel.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Manage chart of accounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-chart-of-accounts section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage chart of accounts Click the links below to learn more about a topic you are interested in. Use the breadcrumb links in the upper left corner to see your location, navigate backwards or go to the starting point. Add an account to the chart of accounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-chart-of-accounts/add-an-account-to-the-chart-of-accounts section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Add an account to the chart of accounts ## Before you proceed + Know your organisation's internal agreements about account classes. + Make sure the list of account classes contains the class to which you want assign the new account. + If you are not sure about settings for this account, you should find an account in the same account class and insert the same values. + Review the structure of accounts and subaccounts and the meanings of their segment values in your organisation. For more information about account identifiers, see: [About account IDs.](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/about-account-ids/) 1. Go to the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. 1. In the table toolbar, click **Add row** to append a blank row to the table. 1. In the **Account** column, enter a new account in one of the following ways, depending on the **Validate** check box in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window: + If the check box is selected, select the segment value from the list of predefined values by pressing **F3** in the field. + If the check box is cleared, type a value for the segment here. The system validates only the number of characters and the type of string (specified in the **Edit mask** field in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window). 1. In the **Type** column, select the type of account: **Asset**, **Liability**, **Income**, or **Expense**. 1. Optional: In the **Account class** column, select the account class to which the account is assigned. 1. Make sure the **Active** check box is selected for the account. 1. Optional: In the **Description** column, briefly describe the account. 1. Select the **Require units** check box if along with amounts, the users should specify the quantities and units of measure (UoMs) for each transaction to be posted to this account. Clear the check box if the quantities and UoMs are not required. 1. Select the **Use default sub** check box to use the account **only** with the default subaccount, specified in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window, in data entry windows. If you clear the check box, all subaccounts can be used with the account. 1. In the **Post option** column, select whether transactions should be posted to this account in detail or in summary. 1. Optional: In the **Consolidation account** column, if your company is a subsidiary of another company, specify the external general ledger account (from the parent company chart of accounts) to which the balance of the account will be exported in the consolidation process. 1. Optional: If the account will be used for foreign currency transactions, select the currency in the **Currency** column and specify the appropriate type of exchange rates in the **Revaluation rate type** column. 1. Optional: If you have **Webhook notification** selected in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window, you can view a notification when the change is done and saved on your account. Click the **View notification feedback** button which takes you to the [Webhook notification for account (GL407000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/webhook-notification-for-account-gl407000/) window where you can [view webhook notifications on accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/view-webhook-notifications-on-accounts/). 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). ## What is next? [Create a cash account](/visma-net-erp/help/cash-management/configure-cash-accounts/create-a-cash-account/) Delete an account /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-chart-of-accounts/delete-an-account section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Delete an account 1. Go to the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window 1. In the table, click the account you want to delete. 1. Click the ![icon-remove](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-remove.png) icon. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png) 1. Optional:If you have **Webhook notification** selected in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window, you can view a notification when the change is done and saved on your account. Click the **View notification feedback** button which takes you to the [Webhook notification for account (GL407000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/webhook-notification-for-account-gl407000/) window where you can [view webhook notifications on accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/view-webhook-notifications-on-accounts/).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Edit an account /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-chart-of-accounts/edit-an-account section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Edit an account 1. Go to the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. 1. In the table, click the account you want to edit. 1. Click ![icon-grid](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-grid.png). 1. In the window view of the account, make your changes. You can, for example, double-click the **Account** column, change the account number, save the change and confirm the security message.The account number is changed. All existing records will be adjusted accordingly. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. Click ![icon-grid](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-grid.png) to come back to the table view again. 1. Optional:If you have **Webhook notification** selected in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window, you can view a notification when the change is done and saved on your account. Click the **View notification feedback** button which takes you to the [Webhook notification for account (GL407000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/webhook-notification-for-account-gl407000/) window where you can [view webhook notifications on accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/view-webhook-notifications-on-accounts/).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Deactivate an account /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-chart-of-accounts/deactivate-an-account section An account that has transactions posted cannot be deleted; if the account is no longer being used, you can instead deactivate it. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Deactivate an account An account that has transactions posted cannot be deleted; if the account is no longer being used, you can instead deactivate it. An account that has transactions posted cannot be deleted; if the account is no longer being used, you can instead deactivate it. Once deactivated, the account remains in the database but does not appear in any selector field among the accounts listed for selection. 1. Go to the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. 1. To find the account you want to deactivate, type an identifying string in the **Search** field at the bottom left of the window, and review the results. 1. Click anywhere in the row with the account you want to deactivate. 1. Clear the **Active** check box for the account. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). Import accounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-chart-of-accounts/import-accounts section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Import accounts 1. Go to the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. 1. Click ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png). 1. In the **File upload** dialog box, click **Choose file**. 1. In the **Open** dialog box, browse for the file on your pc. 1. Select a csv. or xlsx. file. 1. Click **Open**. 1. In the **File upload** dialog box, click **Upload**. 1. Confirm the import settings. 1. A window opens with more detailed information about the content that you are about to import. Confirm also this information. Once the file is imported, you will see the ![icon-confirmation](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-confirmation.png) icon in the toolbar.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Check the link between a cash account and a base account /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-chart-of-accounts/check-the-link-between-a-cash-account-and-a-base-account page When you have performed the task described in Create a cash account, you need to ensure that the link between the new cash account and the base account in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window is set up correctly. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Check the link between a cash account and a base account When you have performed the task described in Create a cash account, you need to ensure that the link between the new cash account and the base account in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window is set up correctly. For more information: [Create a cash account](/visma-net-erp/help/cash-management/configure-cash-accounts/create-a-cash-account/), [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/). 1. Go to the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. 1. In the **Account** column, find the account that you used as a base to create your cash account. 1. In the **Cash Account** column, make sure that the check box is selected for that base account.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Manage transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions section Transactions posted to General ledger are organised into batches that can be created manually or generated automatically by the system when documents are released in other Visma Net workspaces. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage transactions Transactions posted to General ledger are organised into batches that can be created manually or generated automatically by the system when documents are released in other Visma Net workspaces. Transactions posted to General ledger are organised into batches that can be created manually or generated automatically by the system when documents are released in other Visma Net workspaces. Each batch can contain one transaction or multiple transactions. A transaction, in turn, can contain at least two journal entries, for which the account and debit and credit amount is specified. This topic describes how to work with batches in the General ledger workspace, and how to create, release, and post batches in this workspace. It also describes how to automate the entry of transactions that are repeated regularly (recurring transactions), and how to create adjusting transactions that are reversed at the beginning of the next period (auto-reversing transactions). General ledger batches /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger batches About general ledger batches /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/about-general-ledger-batches page Transactions posted to General ledger, whether manually entered or system-generated, are organised in batches. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About general ledger batches Transactions posted to General ledger, whether manually entered or system-generated, are organised in batches. Transactions posted to General ledger, whether manually entered or system-generated, are organised in batches. Because of the potential for errors, we recommend that manual entries to the General ledger be kept to a minimum. This topic focuses on the use of manually entered general ledger batches. ## Manually entered batch All transactions in one general ledger batch must use the same currency (but not necessarily the base currency). They also must be posted to the same ledger and the same period. A General ledger batch must include at least two transactions. For each transaction, you should specify all of the following by using the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window: + Account + Subaccount (if subaccounts are enabled in your system) + Debit or credit amount The total credit and debit amounts of transactions in a batch must be equal; otherwise, the batch cannot be processed further. CAUTION: No transactions can be entered for the **Year-to-date net income** account. When you first save a batch, its batch number is automatically generated in accordance with the numbering sequence assigned to General ledger batches in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. ## Batch status The batch status reflects its current state and defines what processing can be applied to it. See below for a description of the batch statuses.
Status Description
On hold

A batch with On hold status cannot be released or posted.

You can give a batch this status by selecting the Hold check box in the Journal transactions (GL301000) window. The On hold status is usually assigned to a newly created batch if further editing is planned.

Also, if after being edited, a batch becomes out of balance, it can be saved as On hold. If a batch that’s on hold has total debits equal to total credits, you can change its status to Balanced once you clear the Hold check box.

To have the On hold status assigned by default to all batches on their entry, select the Hold batches on entry check box in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.

Balanced

The Balanced status indicates that the batch’s debit total equals its credit total and the batch can be released or posted. You can modify or delete a balanced batch, but you can save changes only if the batch’s credit and debit totals remain equal.

To have the Balanced status assigned by default to all entered batches, clear the Hold batches on entry check box in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.

Scheduled

The Scheduled status indicates that the batch was attached to a schedule. A scheduled batch is used as a template for generating similar general ledger preferences batches with dates calculated according to the schedule settings. The batch can be scheduled if its status is Balanced. A batch with a Scheduled status can be modified, but it can be saved only if its debit and credit totals are equal.

The status of a batch will change to Void if the batch is deleted from the schedule. A scheduled batch can be fully deleted only if the schedule was never executed and no ordinary general ledger preferences batches were generated in accordance with it.

Unposted A batch with the Unposted status is a balanced batch that was released but not yet posted (used to update general ledger preferences account balances). You cannot edit or delete such a batch.
Posted The Posted status indicates that the transactions of the batch were posted or were used for updating appropriate general ledger preferences account balances. A posted batch cannot be modified or deleted; it is available only for viewing.
Void The Void status indicates that this batch was cancelled, for example, because it was removed from the schedule before the schedule was completed. However, the voided batch cannot be deleted because it is needed for auditing.
## Control total amount of a batch In Visma Net, each batch has a control total, which is specified in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. For a balanced batch, the control total is equal to both its credit total and its debit total. If these totals differ, the batch cannot be released and posted. You use the **Validate batch control totals on entry** check box in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window to enforce validation of batch control totals as follows: + If this check box is selected, each time you add a transaction (by using the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window) during initial entry of the batch or later editing, the system updates the **Total credits** and **Total debits** and highlights in red the **Control total**. To save the batch with the **Balanced** status, in the **Control total** field, you must enter the control total amount, which is equal to both total credits and total debits. If you cannot make the batch balanced, change its status to **On hold** by selecting the **Hold** check box and clicking **Save**. An **On hold** batch doesn't need to have valid control totals. + If the **Validate batch control totals on entry** check box is cleared, the **Control total** field isn't shown in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. The system checks the batch totals only when you click **Save**, and if the totals are not equal, an error message appears. Unbalanced batches may be saved as drafts with the **On hold** status. ## Batch processing Once the batch status changes to **Balanced**, the batch may be processed further. You can apply the **Release** action in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window after you have finished editing the batch, or you can use the [Release transactions (GL501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-transactions-gl501000/) window. After you release the batch, it gets the **Unposted** status and cannot be modified. You can instead configure the system to immediately post batches on their release. To do this, use the **Automatically post on release** option, located in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. You can post released batches (those with the **Unposted** status) only by using the [Post transactions (GL502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/post-transactions-gl502000/) window. You can post all the batches listed or only those you select. The system initiates the posting process in the background so that you can continue with data entry or other tasks. When the system has finished posting the batches to general ledger, it automatically updates the status of the batches to **Posted**. ## Batch audit trail To facilitate batch tracking, you can attach scanned images of supporting documents to a batch and to each line of the batch. Once transactions are posted to the database, you cannot delete them because they're needed for auditing purposes. The only way to correct errors while keeping a full audit trail is to create another batch that contains reversing or adjusting journal entries for the original batch. + [Create a batch](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/create-a-batch/) [Release a batch](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/release-a-batch/) [Release multiple batches](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/release-multiple-batches/) [Post batches](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/post-batches/) [Find and view a particular batch](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/find-and-view-a-particular-batch/)
Create a batch /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/create-a-batch section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a batch 1. Go to the > [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the top part, perform the following steps: 1. In the **Module** field, select **General ledger** because a new batch can be created only for the General ledger workspace. 1. In the **Transaction date** field, specify the transaction date for the batch. All journal transactions that you will add to this batch will have the transaction date specified here. 1. In the **Post period** field, specify the financial period to which the transactions should be posted. 1. Optional: In the **Description** field, enter the brief description of the transaction. 1. In the **Branch** field, specify the branch to which the transactions belong. 1. In the **Ledger** field, specify the ledger to post the transactions. By default, the posting ledger specified for the branch in the [Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/inter-branch-account-mapping-gl101010/) window is selected in this field. 1. In the **Currency** field, select the currency used for all journal transactions of the batch. By default, the base currency defined for all branches in the [Branches (CS102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/branches-cs102000/) window is specified. 1. Optional: Select the **Auto-reversing** check box, if the batch contains the adjusting period-end transactions that should be automatically reversed at the beginning of the next period. 1. In the table toolbar, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) and enter journal entry parameters in the following way: 1. In the **Branch** field, select the branch whose balance will be updated by the journal entry. By default, the branch that you have specified in the top part is specified. 1. In the **Account** field, select the account to be updated by the entry. 1. Optional: In the **Ref. number** column, specify a value that meets your internal requirements. For example: The reference number of the document for which this batch was generated. 1. Optional: In the **Quantity** field, specify the quantity of items associated with the transaction, if relevant. 1. Optional: In the **UoM** field, specify the unit of measure for items associated with the transaction, if relevant. 1. In the **Debit amount** field, specify the debit amount of the journal entry (if any). 1. In the **Credit amount** field, specify the credit amount of the journal entry (if any). > [!NOTE] > A single entry contains either a debit amount or a credit amount. 1. Optional: In the **Transaction description** field, enter the description that will help you or other users identify the journal entry. > [!NOTE] > Perform these steps for each journal entry to be added in the batch. 1. Optional: Attach scanned images of the supporting documents or their electronic versions to this batch. 1. To save the batch with the **On hold** status make sure, that the **Hold** check box is selected. 1. To save the batch with the **Balanced** status, do one of the following: + If the **Control total** field is shown in the window, enter the amount that equals the debit total or credit total. + If the **Control total** field is not displayed in the window, make sure the debit total equals the credit total. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). Parent topic: Related reference [Journal transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/)

Related pages

Tasks

Release a batch /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/release-a-batch page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Release a batch 1. Go to the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. Open the batch that you want to release; see: [Find and view a particular batch](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/find-and-view-a-particular-batch/) if necessary. 1. Optional: If the batch has the **On hold** status, clear the **Hold** check box and type in the control total if applicable. This changes the status to **Balanced**. 1. Once the batch has a status of **Balanced**, click **Release**. This changes the status of the batch to **Unposted** or **Posted**, depending on whether the **Automatically post on release** check box in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window is selected. Release multiple batches /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/release-multiple-batches page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Release multiple batches 1. Go to the [Release transactions (PM501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/release-transactions-pm501000/) window. Batches with the **Balanced** status are listed here. You can set up a filter to display only specific batches on the list. 1. Do one of the following: + Select the batches for release by selecting the check boxes next to the batches. If you plan to release most of the listed batches, instead select the check box in the column header (to select all check boxes on the page), and clear the check boxes preceding batches you don't want to release. + Click **Release**. + Click **Release all** to release all the listed batches. The release operation changes the status of batches to **Unposted** or **Posted**, depending on whether the **Automatically post on release** check box is selected in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. Post batches /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/post-batches page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Post batches 1. Go to the [Post transactions (GL502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/post-transactions-gl502000/) window. You can set up a filter to display only specific batches on the list. 1. Do one of the following actions, each of which changes the status of applicable batches to **Posted**: + Select the batches in the list (by selecting the unlabelled check boxes next to the batches) and click **Post**. + Click **Post all**. Find and view a particular batch /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/find-and-view-a-particular-batch section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Find and view a particular batch ## Find a batch by using the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window 1. Go to the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. 1. In the **Batch no.** field, click ![icon-select](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-select.jpg). 1. To locate the batch, do one of the following: + Click the **Batch no.** column heading, or any other column heading, to arrange the items in ascending or descending order of the values. Navigate between pages to locate the specific batch. + Click the column heading for any column where a search may be helpful, and then type a string in the search box at the bottom left of the lookup window. As you type, the system filters the listed batches to display only those containing the text in the selected column. + Create a filter to find the batch by its details. To do this, click the **Add filter** icon in the **Filter** field at the top right of the lookup window, and specify a condition based on the batch details. 1. When you find the batch, double-click anywhere in the row to open that batch and view its information. ## Find a batch by using the [Unreleased transactions summary (GL61150S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-summary-gl61150s/) window This window lists **On hold** batches grouped by period. 1. Go to the [Unreleased transactions summary (GL61150S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-summary-gl61150s/) window. 1. Select the ledger and a financial period. 1. Click **Run report**. 1. Review the list of batches for the period. If you don not see the batch you are looking for, click **Parameters**, change the selection criteria, and run the report again. 1. To view the details of the batch you were looking for, click the batch number to navigate to the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. Post transactions with VAT directly in general ledger /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/post-transactions-with-vat-directly-in-general-ledger section Normally, you can only post VAT from the Customer ledger and the Supplier ledger. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Post transactions with VAT directly in general ledger Normally, you can only post VAT from the Customer ledger and the Supplier ledger. In some cases, posting VAT directly in the General ledger may be necessary. To do this, activate this functionality first and after that you can create a journal transaction with VAT. ## Activating VAT entry from the General ledger 1. Go to the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. 1. Select **VAT entry from general ledger**. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. Click **Enable**. ## Posting a journal transaction with VAT 1. Go to the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. 1. Select **Create VAT transactions**. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add row. 1. Enter your transaction. Make sure to enter the **VAT code** on the income/expense line and **VAT ID** on the VAT line 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. Click **Release** to process the transaction through to the tax reports. Auto-reversing transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/auto-reversing-transactions section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Auto-reversing transactions About auto-reversing transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/auto-reversing-transactions/about-auto-reversing-transactions page Visma Net makes it easy to close your books at the end of a period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About auto-reversing transactions Visma Net makes it easy to close your books at the end of a period. Visma Net makes it easy to close your books at the end of a period. To do so, you may need to post some adjusting transactions that should be reversed at the beginning of the next period. For example: At the period-end, the accounts maintained in foreign currencies are revalued in the base currency, and the adjusting entries are posted to the General ledger's unrealised gains and losses accounts. At the beginning of the next period, these entries should be reversed. In Visma Net, the General ledger workspace can process auto-reversing batches, which can be manually marked as such in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. Also, some auto-reversing batches are automatically generated. ## Reversing batches For a batch marked as auto-reversing, the system automatically creates the reversing batch according to the following rules: + All transactions are reversed—that is, a debit entry is reversed as a credit entry and vice versa. + The first day of the next financial period is set as the date of the reversing transactions. Depending on the **Generate reversing entries** option in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window, the system can be configured to generate reversing batches at either of the following times: On post : Each reversing batch is generated once the original batch is posted. On period closing : All reversing batches are generated at once when the process of period closing has been initiated. When you view the batches in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window, note that for the reversing batches, the **Reversing entry** check box is selected. Reverse a batch /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/auto-reversing-transactions/reverse-a-batch section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reverse a batch 1. Go to the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. 1. Open the batch you want to reverse; see: [Find and view a particular batch](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/find-and-view-a-particular-batch/) if necessary. 1. In the toolbar, on the **Actions** menu, select **Reverse batch**. This creates and opens a new batch in which credit entries become debit entries and debit entries become credit entries. 1. In the **Orig. batch number** field, note the reference number of the batch that was reversed. 1. Notice that the **Reversing entry** check box is selected, which indicates that this is a reversing batch. 1. If the **Control total** field is shown, enter the control total. 1. Make sure the **Hold** check box is cleared. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). **Parent topic:** [About auto-reversing transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/auto-reversing-transactions/about-auto-reversing-transactions/) Recurring journal transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/recurring-journal-transactions section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Recurring journal transactions About recurring journal transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/recurring-journal-transactions/about-recurring-journal-transactions page Some General ledger transactions, such as loan payments, depreciation-related transactions, repeat regularly. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About recurring journal transactions Some General ledger transactions, such as loan payments, depreciation-related transactions, repeat regularly. Some General ledger transactions, such as loan payments, depreciation-related transactions, repeat regularly. To automate the entering of recurring transactions, you can create schedules for them in the General ledger workspace. ## Create schedules You create schedules by using the [Recurring transactions (GL203500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/recurring-transactions-gl203500/) window. To a schedule, you can add general ledger batches immediately (if all the required batches are already created) or later. The batches of the **Normal** type and the **Balanced** status can be scheduled only. Once a batch is assigned to a schedule, its status changes to **Scheduled**. A schedule defines how many times and how often specific General ledger transactions should be created. When creating a schedule, you can either specify a maximum number of times the schedule should be repeated, or set up an unlimited schedule executions by selecting the **No execution limit** option. For a schedule, you can select from multiple frequency options: Daily : The batches should be generated daily or every **x** days. Weekly : The batches should be generated once a week or every **x** weeks. Monthly : The batches should be generated once per month or every **x** months. By financial period : The batches should be generated only once per financial period or every **x** financial periods. If you need to schedule only one batch, in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window, click **Add to schedule** in the window toolbar to create a new schedule for this batch. ## Attach relevant documents To make tracking of batches easier for users and to facilitate auditing, you can attach to each schedule the scanned documents or electronic versions of the documents that are the basis for the schedule you have created. To attach a file to the schedule, in the [Recurring transactions (GL203500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/recurring-transactions-gl203500/) window, perform these steps: 1. In the **Schedule** field, select the schedule by its ID. 1. In the window title bar, click **Files**. This opens the **Files dialog box**. 1. In the dialog box, click **Add new record** in the table title bar. This brings up the **Upload file dialog box**. 1. In the dialog box, click **Browse** to locate the file and then click **Upload** to import the file and close the dialog box. If multiple non-related batches are assigned to the same schedule, on the **Batch list** tab of the window, for each batch in the table, click the paper clip (at the beginning of the row) to attach a file or multiple files explaining why this batch is generated periodically. ## Run schedules To generate batches in accordance with the schedule, you run the schedule periodically by using the [Generate recurring transactions (GL504000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/generate-recurring-transactions-gl504000/) window. When you run a schedule, the system uses a template batch to generate similar batches. The batches generated by a schedule can differ from the template as follows: Date : The date of each batch is determined by the schedule you have configured. Reference number : A new reference number is generated for each batch in accordance with the numbering series specified in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. Currency rate : If a currency of a batch differs from the base currency set in the system, the system uses for conversion the currency exchange rate effective on the date of the batch creation. No matter how many times you run the schedule, batches will be generated only as required by the schedule. The system determines whether it should generate the batches depending on the current date, the schedule's start and expiration dates, the schedule type, and the date when the batches were last generated. After required batches have been generated, the system updates the **Last executed on** value. Thus, no batches will be generated ahead of time, but you can generate missing batches for past due dates by running the [Generate recurring transactions (GL504000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/generate-recurring-transactions-gl504000/) window for each batch that is due. For example: Suppose that you have scheduled a particular batch to be performed weekly on each Tuesday, with no execution limit. If you run the schedule every week on Wednesday, one batch will be generated each time. If you run this schedule every day, the batches will be generated only on Tuesdays. If you want to run this schedule once in a month, on the last Wednesday, you should run it four times to generate four batches. ## Further processing Batches generated as a result of running a schedule appear in the list of batches in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window with the **Balanced** status. They can be released or posted as any other batches can. You can change the transaction amounts, if needed. When necessary corrections are made, a batch can be saved only if its status remains **Balanced**.

Related pages

Tasks

Generate recurring transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/recurring-journal-transactions/generate-recurring-transactions page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Generate recurring transactions ## Generate a recurring transaction 1. Go to the [Generate recurring transactions (GL504000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/generate-recurring-transactions-gl504000/) window. 1. In the **Execution date** field, specify the date that the system will use to filter the schedules to be loaded to the table. Those schedules whose **Next execution** date is earlier than or equal to the date specified in this field will be loaded. By default, the current business date is selected. 1. Specify the condition that the system will use to stop schedule executions by selecting one of the following option buttons: + **Stop on execution date**: the system stops running schedules on the date that you specify in the **Execution date** field. + **Stop after number of executions**: the system stops running schedules when the specified number of schedule executions have been performed. If you select this option button, specify the required number in the adjacent box. 1. In the window toolbar, click **Run** or **Run all** to process selected schedules or all listed schedules respectively. ## View the generated batches 1. Go to the [Generate recurring transactions (GL504000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/generate-recurring-transactions-gl504000/) window. 1. In the list of schedules, open the required schedule by clicking the link in the **Schedule ID** column. The **Recurring transactions** window as a dialog box with the selected schedule opens. 1. On the **Generated documents** tab, click the number of the batch in the **Batch number** column. 1. In the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window that opens, view the details of the batch. Work with recurring transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/recurring-journal-transactions/work-with-recurring-transactions section Here you create and maintain schedules for recurring invoices. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Work with recurring transactions Here you create and maintain schedules for recurring invoices. You can also view the details of active and completed schedules. ## How to create a schedule for recurring invoices 1. Go to the [Recurring transactions (GL203500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/recurring-transactions-gl203500/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add a new record. The **Schedule ID** will be generated automatically upon saving. Use the **Active** check box to activate or deactivate the schedule. 1. Select a **Start date** for the schedule. 1. Continue to fill in the other fields (optional): **Expiration date**: Only active if the **Never expires** check box is deselected. **Execution limit (times)**: The maximum number of times the schedule can be executed. Only active if the **No limit** check box is deselected. **Description**: Enter a description for the schedule. The **Next execution** field is a read-only field that will display the next execution date for the schedule. 1. In the **Schedule type** section you decide how often you want to generate invoices. Select the schedule type and enter the parameters in the corresponding section on the right hand side. 1. In the **Document list** tab click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to assign one or more invoices to the schedule. 1. In the **Reference no.** column, click to activate the field and click ![icon-select](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-select.jpg) to select an invoice by its reference number. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). In the **Generated documents** tab you can see a list of the documents generated as a result of running this schedule. ## How to delete or edit a schedule 1. Click ![icon-select](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-select.jpg) to select a **Schedule ID** to edit or delete. 1. If you want to edit the schedule, make your changes in the fields and check boxes. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png) to save your changes. 1. Click ![icon-delete](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete.png) if you want to delete the selected schedule and click **OK** to confirm. **Tip!** If you want to run your schedule manually, click **Run now** and the schedule will run immediately. Schedule a recurring batch /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/recurring-journal-transactions/schedule-a-recurring-batch section If specific journal transactions must be entered periodically, you can automate this task by creating a schedule and assigning a batch or multiple batches to it. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Schedule a recurring batch If specific journal transactions must be entered periodically, you can automate this task by creating a schedule and assigning a batch or multiple batches to it. If specific journal transactions must be entered periodically, you can automate this task by creating a schedule and assigning a batch or multiple batches to it. When you define the schedule, you specify how often and how many times the batches should be generated. For more information on schedules, see: [About recurring journal transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/recurring-journal-transactions/about-recurring-journal-transactions/). ## Before you proceed Create a batch (or multiple batches if they should be generated according to the same schedule) by using the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. Save each batch with the **Balanced** status. Do not release. > [!NOTE] > If you want to generate new batches that are similar to a posted batch, copy and paste this posted batch to a new batch and make necessary edits; save with the **Balanced** status. ## Create a schedule 1. Go to the [Recurring transactions (GL203500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/recurring-transactions-gl203500/) window. 1. In the **Description** field, add a description of the schedule. 1. In the **Start date** field, select the start date for the schedule. By default, the current date is selected. 1. Place limitations on the schedule execution in one of the following ways: + Enter the maximum number of times it should be executed in the **Execution limit** field, or select the **No limit** check box. + In **Expiration date** field, enter the date when the schedule expires, or select the **Never expires** check box. 1. Specify how often the batches should be generated: + To generate the batches daily or every **x** days, do the following: 1. In the **Schedule type** section, select **Daily**. 1. In the **Every day(s)** field of the **Daily** section, type an integer to specify the number of days between successive batches. + To generate the batches weekly or every **x** weeks, do the following: 1. In the **Schedule type** section, select **Weekly**. 1. In the **Every week(s)** field of the **Weekly** section, type an integer to specify the number of weeks between successive batches. 1. Select the days of the week on which the batches should be generated. + To generate the batches monthly or every x months, do the following: 1. In the **Schedule type** section, select **Monthly**. 1. In the **Every month(s)** field of the **Monthly** section, enter an integer to specify the number of months between successive batches. 1. Select when the batches should be generated: either the day of the month, or the week of the month and day of the week. + To generate the invoice every **x** financial periods, do the following: 1. In the **Schedule type** section, select **By financial period**. 1. In the **Every period(s)** field, type an integer to specify the frequency of invoice generation by financial period. 1. Specify whether the invoice should be generated on the first day of the financial period, the last day of the financial period, or a specific day of the period (the day can be selected). 1. Make sure the **Active** check box is selected for the schedule. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). In the **Schedule ID** field, notice the unique ID of the schedule, which the system generated in accordance with the numbering series assigned to schedules in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. 1. Optional: For user reference, attach a scanned copy or electronic version of the document on which this schedule is based. For this, drag the file from the folder on your computer and drop it to the top part. ## Add batches to the schedule 1. On the **Batch list** tab, click **Add row**. 1. In the **Module** column, select **General ledger** from the list of system workspaces. 1. In the **Batch number** column, select the batch by its number. 1. Optional: To attach an electronic version of the related document or its scanned image to the scheduled batch, click a staple icon, select and upload the document. 1. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for each batch you want to add. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). Parent topic: [About recurring journal transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/recurring-journal-transactions/about-recurring-journal-transactions/) Reclassify and split general ledger transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reclassify and split general ledger transactions About reclassifying general ledger transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions/about-reclassifying-general-ledger-transactions page In Visma Net, the reclassification of a general ledger transaction means the creation of a correcting transaction to move an amount from one general ledger account to another general ledger account, from one subaccount to another subaccount, or from one company branch to another one. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About reclassifying general ledger transactions In Visma Net, the reclassification of a general ledger transaction means the creation of a correcting transaction to move an amount from one general ledger account to another general ledger account, from one subaccount to another subaccount, or from one company branch to another one. In Visma Net, the reclassification of a general ledger transaction means the creation of a correcting transaction to move an amount from one general ledger account to another general ledger account, from one subaccount to another subaccount, or from one company branch to another one. You can reclassify a general ledger transaction if an amount has been posted to the wrong general ledger account, subaccount, or branch by mistake. As a result of the reclassification process, the system generates a new transaction of the **Reclassification** type based on the original general ledger transaction. The **Reclassification** transaction moves the amount from the wrong general ledger account, subaccount, or branch to the required one. The following section provides an example of the reclassification process and illustrates the corresponding general ledger transactions. ## Understanding the reclassification process Suppose that you classify all your expenses by department by using a dedicated subaccount segment for each department code. By mistake, you have specified the wrong subaccount in the supplier ledger invoice, so that an amount has been posted to the expenses of the wrong department; now you need to reclassify the wrong journal entry by creating a correcting transaction, so that amount will be moved to the subaccount of the correct department. The following table shows the journal entries of the original general ledger transaction of the **Normal** type. |Account|Subaccount|Debit|Credit| |---|---|---|---| |Supplier ledger account|00-00-000|00.00|Amount| |Expense account|00-00-OPS|Amount|00.00| The following table shows the journal entries of the correcting general ledger transaction of the **Reclassification** type. |Account|Subaccount|Debit|Credit| |---|---|---|---| |Expense account|00-00-OPS|00.00|Amount| |Expense account|00-00-FIN|Amount|00.00| You can find and view transactions of the **Reclassification** type in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. In this window, in the **Orig. batch no.** column of the table, the reclassified journal entries contain the links to the original general ledger transactions (that is, to the batches generated for the transactions). In Visma Net, a batch is generated for each transaction created in the system. A batch can contain one transaction or multiple transactions, and each transaction consists of at least two journal entries (a debit entry and a credit entry). Through the reclassification process, you can reclassify a wrong journal entry or move an amount from the wrong account, subaccount, or branch to the correct one. The reclassification process generates the correcting transaction, which includes two journal entries. ## Understanding the splitting process The split of a general ledger transaction means the creation of a correcting transaction to move a part of the amount (of the original transaction) from one general ledger account to another general ledger account, from one subaccount to another subaccount, or from one company branch to another branch. You can split the transaction in any of these regards. As a result of the reclassification or split process, the system generates a new transaction of the Reclassification type based on the original general ledger transaction. The Reclassification transaction moves the amount or a part of the amount from the wrong general ledger account, subaccount, or branch (or more than one of these) to the required one (or ones). Related reference [Account details](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) [Reclassification history](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassification-history-gl405000/) [Reclassify transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/)

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Initiate reclassification and split /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions/initiate-reclassification-and-split page You can open the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window in one of the following ways: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Initiate reclassification and split You can open the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window in one of the following ways: For more information: [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/). + By using the [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) window. In this window, you select a general ledger account and, in the list of transactions posted to this account, the transactions that you need to reclassify. You then click **Reclassify** on the window toolbar. The [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window opens with the selected transactions displayed in the table. (To reclassify all transactions posted to the selected account, you can instead click **Reclassify all** on the window toolbar.) + By using the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. In this window, you select a required **released** general ledger batch, and in the **Actions** menu in the window toolbar, click **Reclassify**. The [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window opens, displaying the transactions included in the selected general ledger batch. + Go to the [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window. The [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window opens with no entries in the list. To load the entries to be reclassified, you click **Load** on the window toolbar. In the **Load transactions dialog box** that opens, you specify the parameters of the transactions to be uploaded to the window. Once the transactions are uploaded, you can modify the details of each required transaction or of multiple transactions simultaneously. (For details, see the next section of this topic.) + By using the [Reclassification history (GL405000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassification-history-gl405000/) window. In this window, you can select the last transaction of the reclassification chain, and then click **Reclassify** on the window toolbar, which opens the [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window. Transactions with a control account specified in any rows cannot be reclassified, so these transactions are not transferred to the [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window. **Parent topic:** [About reclassifying general ledger transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions/about-reclassifying-general-ledger-transactions/)

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Process reclassification /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions/process-reclassification page In the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window, before you perform the reclassification process, you need to specify new details for each journal entry that you need to reclassify. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Process reclassification In the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window, before you perform the reclassification process, you need to specify new details for each journal entry that you need to reclassify. For more information: [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/). In the [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window, before you perform the reclassification process, you need to specify new details for each journal entry that you need to reclassify. You can change an account, subaccount, and branch. While reclassifying a transaction, you can also edit the transaction date and the description of the reclassification transaction. If you edit the date, the new date has to be in the range of the financial period of the original transaction. You can change required parameters in each needed row manually, or perform mass changing of parameters in multiple rows. These options are described in details in the next sections of this topic. ## Modify selected transactions manually To change the required parameters manually, in each needed row, you modify any of the following boxes: To account : The transaction amount will be moved from the originally specified general ledger account ( **Account** ) to the account specified in this field. To subaccount : The transaction amount will be moved from the originally specified subaccount ( **Subaccount** ) to the subaccount specified in this field. This field is available only if the **Subaccounts** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. To branch : The transaction will be moved to the general ledger account or subaccount of the branch specified in this field. This field is available only if the **Multi-branch support** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. By default, these fields contain the values of the original journal entry. Once you have changed any of the default values, the entry becomes available for reclassification. To edit the date and description of a transaction, you need to enter new parameters in the **New trans. date** and **New transaction description** fields, respectively. ## Modify a group of transactions To perform mass-changing of parameters in multiple rows, on the window toolbar of the [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window, click **Replace**. In the **Find and replace dialog box** that opens, specify the original and replacement transaction parameters. Then click **Replace** to close the dialog box and replace the parameters in the needed rows. To run the reclassification process, click **Process** in the window toolbar. Parent topic: [About reclassifying general ledger transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions/about-reclassifying-general-ledger-transactions/) Related reference [Reclassification history](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassification-history-gl405000/) [Reclassify transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/)

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Process splitting /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions/process-splitting page In the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window, to process splitting of a transaction, you need to add new lines that represent the journal entries to which a part of the original journal entry amount will be split. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Process splitting In the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window, to process splitting of a transaction, you need to add new lines that represent the journal entries to which a part of the original journal entry amount will be split. For more information: [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/). A part of the amount can be transferred to another account, subaccount, or branch (or more than one of these). You first click the journal entry to be split and then click **Split** in the window toolbar. The system adds a new entry under the original one. The original entry has the icon, and each new line added during the split process has the icon. The original entry and each new entry are highlighted in bold during the process of splitting the transaction. Multiple new entries can be added to split the original entry. In each new row and in the original one, you modify the values in any of the following columns: + To account: The transaction amount will be moved from the originally specified general ledger account (Account) to the account you specify in this column. + To subaccount: The transaction amount will be moved from the originally specified subaccount (Subaccount) to the subaccount you specify in this column. + This column is available only if the **Subaccounts** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. + To branch: The transaction amount will be moved from the originally specified branch to the general ledger account or subaccount of the branch you specify in this column. This column is available only if the **Multi-branch support** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. By default, these columns contain the values of the original journal entry. For new lines of the splitting group, these columns contain values of the original journal entry even if you have changed any of these values of the original entry. For each new entry, in the **New amount** column, you specify the amount to be transferred from the original entry to a new one. For the original entry, in this column, the system calculates the remaining amount based on the new amounts of new entries. The total amount of new entries cannot be more than the amount of the original entry. Negative values can be specified in the **New amount** column for the new entries. The negative amounts are highlighted in red and increase the amount of the original entry. To edit the date and description of a transaction, you need to enter new parameters in the **New tran. date** and **New transaction description** fields, respectively. If you edit the date, the new date has to be within the financial period of the original transaction. The transaction is ready for splitting if the check box is selected in the **Selected** column for the original entry and all the related new entries. The systems selects this check box for each new entry when you have changed a value in the **To account**, **To subaccount**, or **To branch** column and have specified the amount to be moved to the new entry in the **New amount** columns. The systems selects this check box for the original entry when you have changed a value in the **To account**, **To subaccount**, or **To branch** column or the amount has been adjusted according to the changes made for amounts of the new lines. Split general ledger transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions/split-general-ledger-transactions page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Split general ledger transactions 1. Open the [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window: 1. In the window toolbar, click **Load**. 1. In the **Load transactions** dialog box, which the system has opened, specify the needed selection criteria to help you find the required general ledger transactions, and click **Load** (to add new transactions meeting the specified criteria to the list of existing transactions, if any) or **Reload** (to remove any existing transactions listed in the window and load new transactions that match the specified criteria) to upload these transactions to the window. 1. Split an amount of each necessary journal entry by doing the following: 1. In the table, click the journal entry to be split. 1. In the window toolbar, click **Split**. 1. In the new line, in the **To account**, **To subaccount**, and **To branch** column, specify the account, subaccount (if applicable), and branch (if applicable), respectively, to which the amount will be transferred. 1. In the **New amount** column, specify the amount that will be transferred from the original journal entry to the new one. 1. If an amount of the original journal entry has to be split to one more line, repeat the three previous substeps. 1. Click **Process** in the window toolbar to initiate the process of splitting the transaction. Once the process has completed successfully, the **Reclass. batch number** column appears with the number of the corresponding split batch. You can now release the split batch in the [Release transactions (GL501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-transactions-gl501000/) window. You can also reclassify the original entry. The following parameters can be reclassified: the account (To account), the subaccount (To subaccount), and the branch (To branch). For the original line, in the **New amount** column, the system displays the remaining amount of the entry that can be split. For each new line (that is added when you click **Split** ), in the **New amount** column, you specify the amount to be transferred from the original entry to a new one. For the new entries, both positive and negative values can be specified in this column. Positive amounts will decrease the amount of the original entry. Negative amounts, which are highlighted in red, will increase the amount of the original entry. While splitting a journal entry, you can also edit the date and description of the transactions ( **New tran. date** and **New transaction description** ). If you edit the date, the new date has to be within the financial period of the original transaction. In the same reclassification batch, the system includes journal entries that have the same transaction period and currency specified. A separate reclassification batch is generated for each journal entry that has a different transaction period or currency. The batch will be released automatically if the **Automatically release reclassification batches** check box is selected in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. About viewing and managing reclassification transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions/about-viewing-and-managing-reclassification-transactions page In the Account details (GL404000) window, you can view the list of transactions posted to a selected general ledger account within the specified period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About viewing and managing reclassification transactions In the Account details (GL404000) window, you can view the list of transactions posted to a selected general ledger account within the specified period. For more information: [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/). In the [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) window, you can view the list of transactions posted to a selected general ledger account within the specified period. By default, the system does not show the entries that were reclassified. To include in the list of entries the journal entries that have been reclassified, select the **Include reclassified** check box in the top part. In the **Reclass. batch number** column, each of the reclassified entries has a link to the appropriate **Reclassification** transaction. You can also view a list of transactions that includes the reclassified journal entries by preparing the transactions for account or transactions for period report with the **Include reclassified** check box selected. Read more in [About Transactions for account](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-for-account-gl633500/). ## Editing reclassification transactions You can edit general ledger transactions that were generated by the reclassification process. After editing, the number of the reclassification batch remains unchanged. To perform editing, in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window, you need to select a batch of the **Reclassification** type with the **Balanced** or **On hold** status, and click **Edit** in the window toolbar. The [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window opens, displaying all journal entries included in the batch. On this window, in the **Reclass. batch number** column, the number of the batch that you edit is shown. You can edit the following details of each displayed journal entry: the branch (**To branch**), the account (**To account**), the subaccount (**To subaccount**), the transaction date (**New trans. date**), and the description of the transaction (**New transaction description**). The following rules apply to the editing process: + If you edit an account in one of the journal entries of the batch, the new account that you specify must have the same default currency as the default currency of the batch. + If you change the transaction date for all journal entries of the batch, the date of the original batch will be changed after you finish editing the transactions. While editing, you can add new journal entries (rows) to the list of journal entries in the [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window. You add new journal entry (or multiple entries) by clicking **Load** in the window toolbar. In the **Load transactions dialog box**, you specify the criteria to load the required journal entries. For these journal entries, if you specify a post period or currency that differs from the period or currency of the original general ledger transaction, then when you process the transaction, the system generates a new reclassification transaction (with a new identification number) that includes these journal entries. You can also delete journal entries (rows) from the list of journal entries when you edit a transaction, so that after you run the process, the reclassification transaction will not contain deleted journal entries. ## Reversing a reclassification batch You can reverse the general ledger transactions that were generated by the reclassification process. To reverse these transactions, in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window, you need to select a released general ledger batch of the **Reclassification** type, and click **Actions** - **Reverse batch** on the window toolbar. The [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window opens, which already contains the data that reverses the original batch. In this window, you can edit the required details in the journal entries that are displayed. When you click **Process**, the new **Reclassification** batch is generated. ## Viewing the history of reclassification transactions You can view the history of reclassifications for a selected general ledger transaction that has been reclassified. The reclassification history is represented as a list of transactions generated by the reclassification process, starting with the original general ledger transaction. You can view the reclassification history for a transaction in the [Reclassification history (GL405000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassification-history-gl405000/) window. You can open this window by clicking the **Reclassification history** button in the [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) window for the selected transaction (if it has been reclassified), or in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window for a selected transaction of the **Reclassification** type in the general ledger batch. You can reclassify only the last transaction in the list of transactions in the [Reclassification history (GL405000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassification-history-gl405000/) window by clicking **Reclassify** in the window toolbar. ## Knowing which transactions cannot be reclassified The following transactions cannot be reclassified: + A journal entry of a transaction in which a control account is specified. (A control account is a general ledger account that accumulates the summary information of a subsidiary ledger. The details of the control account balance are contained in a subledger, so the balance of the control account should match the total of the related subsidiary ledger.) + General ledger transactions generated in the General ledger workspace when consolidation data has been imported in the [Import consolidation data (GL509000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/import-consolidation-data-gl509000/) window. For details, see: [General ledger consolidation - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/general-ledger-consolidation-overview/). + General ledger transactions generated in the General ledger workspace by a user invoking the run allocations process in the [Run allocations (GL504500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/run-allocations-gl504500/) window. For details, see: [About allocation rules](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-allocations/about-allocation-rules/). + All general ledger transactions generated in the Currency management workspace. + If the **Project management** functionality is enabled in Visma Net, the general ledger transactions related to any project. > [!NOTE] > You can reclassify the general ledger transactions in which the non-project code is specified. Parent topic: [About reclassifying general ledger transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions/about-reclassifying-general-ledger-transactions/)

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Reclassify general ledger transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions/reclassify-general-ledger-transactions page You can begin working with the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window in the following ways: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reclassify general ledger transactions You can begin working with the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window in the following ways: For more information: [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/). + By using the [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) window, in which you select transactions to be reclassified and click **Reclassify** (or **Reclassify all** ) in the window toolbar. + By using the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window, in which you select a required general ledger batch and then click **Reclassify** in the **Actions** menu in the window toolbar. + By navigating to it directly. 1. If the system has brought up the [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window via the [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) window, or the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window and transactions are listed in the table, skip Steps 2 and 3 and proceed to Step 4. 1. Click **Load** in the window toolbar. 1. In the **Load transactions dialog box** that opens, specify the needed selection parameters to help you find the required general ledger transactions, and click **Load** or **Reload** to upload them to the window. When you click **Load**, new transactions will be added to the list of existing transactions (if any); when you click **Reload**, new transactions will overwrite any transactions listed on the window. 1. Reclassify transactions in one of the following ways: 1. Enter new parameters for multiple transactions at once by clicking **Replace** on the window toolbar and specifying new parameters in the **Find and replace dialog box** that opens. In the **Find** section, specify the original parameters of the transactions that should be reclassified; in the **Replace with** section, specify reclassification parameters. Click **Replace**. 1. Enter new parameters for one transaction or multiple selected transactions manually in each required row. The following parameters can be reclassified: the account ( **To account** ), the subaccount ( **To subaccount** ), or the branch ( **To branch** ). While reclassifying a journal entry, you can also edit the date and description of the transactions ( **New trans. date** and **New transaction description** ). 1. Click **Process** in the window toolbar to initiate the reclassification process. Once the process is completed successfully, The **Reclass. batch number** column appears with the number of the corresponding reclassification batch. The system includes journal entries, which have the same transaction period or the currency specified, in the same reclassification batch. A separate reclassification batch is generated for each journal entry that has a different transaction period or currency. 1. In the [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) window, release the batch. The batch will be released automatically if the **Automatically release reclassification batches** check box is selected in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. Related reference [Reclassification history](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassification-history-gl405000/)

Related pages

Concepts

About VAT entries from the general ledger /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/about-vat-entries-from-the-general-ledger page In Visma Net, you can configure automatic VAT calculation in documents that you create in the system. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About VAT entries from the general ledger In Visma Net, you can configure automatic VAT calculation in documents that you create in the system. In Visma Net, you can configure automatic VAT calculation in documents that you create in the system. With automatic VAT calculation, tax and taxable amounts are computed automatically on each invoice or invoice created in the system workspaces (such as Customer ledger or Supplier ledger). Once a document is created and released, the system automatically creates the appropriate general ledger transactions containing VAT-related journal entries. In Visma Net, you can also create tax-related transactions manually in the General ledger workspace. These transactions update the balances of the general ledger accounts specified for each journal entry of the transaction. Manual creating of VAT-related transactions is available only if the **VAT entry from general ledger module** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. ## Manual creation of a VAT-related journal transaction You should use the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/)window to create a VAT-related journal transaction in the General ledger workspace. In this window, you need to select the **Create VAT transactions** check box so that the additional **VAT ID** and **VAT category** columns appear in the table. Each VAT-related transaction should contain at least three journal entries: + A journal entry that represents the document amount. (This amount can be recorded, for example, to the supplier ledger account.) + A journal entry that represents the VAT amount. (This amount can be recorded, for example, to the VAT payable account defined for a VAT.) + A journal entry that represents the taxable amount. (This amount can be recorded, for example, to any expense or income account, depending on the VAT type.) While creating a journal transaction, you need to specify the following information for each journal entry you add: Account : The general ledger account that should be updated with the amount you enter in this line. Subaccount : The appropriate subaccount (if any). Ref. number : The number of the internal or external document to which the transaction is related. VAT-related information will be posted to the appropriate VAT report only if you specify this reference number. Otherwise (if the **Ref. number** column is empty), VAT and taxable amounts will not be reflected in the VAT report. All journal entries of the journal transaction that relate to the same document should have the same document number in the Ref. number column. Debit amount : or **Credit amount**: The amount that should debit or credit the specified general ledger account (and subaccount, if applicable). A single journal entry should contain only a debit amount or credit amount. VAT ID : The VAT to be used to calculate VAT amount. The system enters the tax automatically if you have specified an account assigned to a particular VAT on the **General ledger accounts** tab in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. VAT category : The VAT category based on which the taxable amount is calculated. The system enters the tax category automatically if you have selected an account (expense, income, or inventory) that is associated with a particular VAT category in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. In a transaction, the total credit amount ( **Credit total** in the top part) of all journal entries must be equal to total debit amount ( **Debit total** ) of all journal entries. ## VAT amount calculation When you create a journal entry in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) windoww, the system calculates the tax amount according to the VAT associated with the general ledger account (and subaccount, if applicable) that you specify in the **Account** (and **Subaccount**, if any) column. When you specify the account (subaccount), the system automatically enters the tax associated with this account (subaccount) in the **VAT ID** column and uses it for calculating the VAT amount for the entry. The account (and subaccount. if any) associated with the tax has been specified in the **VAT payable account** (and **Subaccount** ) or **VAT claimable account** (and **Subaccount** ) field (depending on the VAT type) on the **General ledger accounts** tab in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window during configuration of a tax in the system. While you are adding a journal entry, you can overwrite the default **VAT ID** value. ## Taxable amount calculation The system calculates the taxable amount according to the VAT category specified for the journal entry in the **VAT category** column in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/)window. Once you have selected an account in the **Account** column, the system automatically enters the VAT category associated with the general ledger account. The associated VAT category is the one that is assigned to the selected general ledger account in the **VAT category** column in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. If no VAT category is specified for the general ledger account you select in the **Account** column, no VAT-related transaction can be created. ## Batch release On release of the journal transaction (a batch) that you have created, the general ledger accounts specified in each journal entry will be updated with the appropriate amounts. The tax-related amounts will be reflected in the appropriate tax report only if the number of the document related to the journal transaction is specified for each journal entry in the **Ref. number** column. About rules for balancing inter-branch transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/about-rules-for-balancing-inter-branch-transactions page When an organisation consists of multiple legal entities (branches), it often has transactions that occur between these branches. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About rules for balancing inter-branch transactions When an organisation consists of multiple legal entities (branches), it often has transactions that occur between these branches. When an organisation consists of multiple legal entities (branches), it often has transactions that occur between these branches. The branches of the same organisation may regularly purchase stock items for other branches, transfer goods, or redistribute funds among branches in the organisation. Inter-branch transactions, if they are not properly processed and eliminated, can result in overestimation of the organisation's financial position. Visma Net supports automatic generation of inter-branch transactions if the **Inter-branch transactions** functionality is activated. ## Types of inter-branch transactions An inter-branch transaction occurs when one branch of an organisation is involved in a transaction with another branch of the same organisation. Branches engaging in transactions with one another debit and credit each other as they would if there were no corporate relationship between them. Transactions between branches of an entity can take multiple windows and can occur between any branches of the entity. The transactions are processed differently depending on whether both branches are legal entities (or are units of different legal entities). There are two basic types of inter-branch transactions: 1. If transactions occur between branches that are legal entities themselves or are subordinate branches of different legal entities, they should be balanced in each branch involved so that the accounts of each legal entity will be in balance. 1. If transactions occur between a consolidation branch and its subordinate branch, these transactions do not always require balancing within each branch. However, it may happen that some inter-branch transactions require elimination before reporting. In Visma Net, an inter-branch transaction is considered a transaction of the first type if the following criteria are met: + The branches involved in the transaction post their records to different ledgers. + The branches use the same ledger, and for the ledger, the **Branch accounting** check box is selected in the [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) window. Inter-branch transactions of the first type should be balanced in such a way that each branch can file reports separately. ## An example of inter-branch transaction balancing In Visma Net, the rules for balancing inter-branch transactions define offset accounts to be used for particular branches involved, depending on the accounts used in the original transactions. Let's create balancing rules based on the following example: Consider a retailing organisation with several autonomous branches (Model 2). To use volume discounts, Branch 1 purchases goods for itself and other branches and then transfers the purchased inventory to other branches. For example, Branch 1 moves some of the purchased inventory from its asset account 12000 to Branch 2's asset account 12100 and records the following journal entries. |Branch|Account|Debit|Credit| |---|---|---|---| |Branch 1|12000|0.0|€ 3867.49| |Branch 2|12100|€ 3867.49|0.0| To balance these transactions for each branch, we should add one complementary transaction for each original transaction, as shown below. |Branch|Account|Debit|Credit| |---|---|---|---| |Branch 1|12000|0.0|€ 3867.49| |Branch 1|XXXX (Receivables from Branch 2)|€ 3867.49|0.0| |Branch 2|12100|€ 3867.49|0.0| |Branch 2|YYYY (Payables to Branch 1)|0.0|€ 3867.49| In this example, **XXXX** and **YYYY** are offset accounts that should be defined by the balancing rules. **XXXX** is an account used by Branch 1 to record the amounts receivable from Branch 2, and **YYYY** is an account used by Branch 2 to record the amounts payable to Branch 1. Using specially created offset (inter-branch) accounts helps you efficiently identify inter-branch transactions, view that they are in balance, and eliminate them when you close an accounting period. Failure to eliminate inter-branch transactions when preparing the consolidated financial statements results in overstated financial results and can lead to legal consequences. ## Rules for transaction balancing In Visma Net, you can create account mapping by using the [Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/inter-branch-account-mapping-gl101010/)window. For each branch, specify a range of accounts that might be involved in inter-branch transactions. In each branch, specify offset (inter-branch) accounts for amounts to be paid to other branches (Payables to Branch 1, Payables to Branch 3, and so forth) and for amounts to be received from other branches (Receivables from Branch 1, Receivables from Branch 2, and so forth). The following terminology is used in the [Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/inter-branch-account-mapping-gl101010/)window: An **originating** branch is always the branch specified in the top part (header) of the document to be balanced, and each of the branches specified in the document lines are the **destination** branches. For each branch selected in the top part of the [Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/inter-branch-account-mapping-gl101010/) window, use the **Transaction in the originating branch** tab to specify the offset accounts to be used for specific ranges of accounts in each of the other branches. Then, if an inter-branch transaction refers to an account in one of the specified ranges in any destination branch, the system will generate a new balancing transaction in the originating branch for the respective offset account. You can use the **Transaction in the destination branch** tab to specify the offset accounts to be used for generating balancing transactions in other branches if the inter-branch transactions refers to accounts within specific account ranges in the destination branches. To better understand how to use the [Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/inter-branch-account-mapping-gl101010/)window, consider the following example: There are three branches in an organisation. If you select **Branch 1** in the top part of the window, on the **Transaction in the originating branch** tab, for Branch 1 you can specify the following offset accounts: **Receivables from branch 2**, **Receivables from branch 3**. For the above example, by using the **Transaction in the destination branch** tab, you can specify the following offset accounts: + For branch 2: **Payables to Branch 1** + For branch 3: **Payables to Branch 1** Successively selecting Branch 2 and Branch 3 in the top part of the window, you can specify the inter-branch accounts for all possible inter-branch transactions. ## Using the rules The system will apply the balancing rules to the inter-branch transactions once the following conditions are met: + The transaction accounts match the account range specified by rules for inter-branch transactions. + The transaction's header and the details refer to different branches. Complementary transactions are generated when the original transactions are posted. About foreign currency transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/about-foreign-currency-transactions page You can use the General ledger workspace to record batches of journal entries in foreign currencies. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About foreign currency transactions You can use the General ledger workspace to record batches of journal entries in foreign currencies. You can use the General ledger workspace to record batches of journal entries in foreign currencies. All the transactions in one batch must use the same currency, but not necessarily the base currency. If at least one of the accounts used in a batch is denominated to a specific currency, only this currency can be used as a batch currency. The default exchange rate type is defined for all the foreign currencies in the [Currency management preferences (CM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/currency-management/currency-management-windows/currency-management-preferences-cm101000/) window. Exchange rates for all rate types are maintained in the system with their history. ## Rounding gains and losses Once you enter your journal transactions with debit and credit amounts in the foreign currency, the system automatically converts the amounts into the base currency based on the default or the specified exchange rate. The base currency generally has fewer decimal places than the exchange rate, which has six decimal places. Thus, the debit and credit amounts calculated in the base currency may differ by a very small amount, causing the batch to not balance. In this case, the difference is recorded to one of the accounts specified for each currency, **Rounding gain** account or **Rounding loss** account, and the corresponding transaction is automatically added to the batch. ### Related concepts [About denominated accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/about-denominated-accounts/) ### Related reference [Journal transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) Manage ledgers /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-ledgers section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage ledgers Manage ledgers - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-ledgers/manage-ledgers-overview page In companies that have multiple branches, each branch may have one actual ledger and an unlimited number of ledgers of other types. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage ledgers - overview In companies that have multiple branches, each branch may have one actual ledger and an unlimited number of ledgers of other types. In companies that have multiple branches, each branch may have one actual ledger and an unlimited number of ledgers of other types. Visma Net supports multiple ledgers for the General ledger workspace. Multiple books are maintained in a single database. Because you can keep ledgers of multiple types, you can record actual financial information and can store budgets, forecasts, and statistical and reporting information for all branches of your organisation. The topics below describe the types of ledgers supported by Visma Net, and provides step-by-step instructions on creating a ledger of the required type. ## Topics + [About multiple ledger support](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-ledgers/about-multiple-ledger-support/) + [About statistical ledgers](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-ledgers/about-statistical-ledgers/) + [Add a ledger](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-ledgers/add-a-ledger/) About multiple ledger support /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-ledgers/about-multiple-ledger-support page Visma Net supports the following types of ledgers: Actual, Budget, Reporting, and Statistical. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About multiple ledger support Visma Net supports the following types of ledgers: Actual, Budget, Reporting, and Statistical. You can create ledgers of any type in the [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) window. You cannot delete a ledger or change its currency or type if the ledger has any journal entries or other records. ## Actual ledgers In Visma Net, a ledger of the **Actual** type is the core of your company’s financial records, and every transaction flows through the actual ledger. The records in the actual ledger keep the history of all financial transactions since day one of the life of your company. You must create at least one ledger with the **Actual** type in the [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) window and define it as the default posting ledger before you can start live operations in Visma Net. The system supports only one actual ledger per branch. You can assign actual ledgers to branches by using the [Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/inter-branch-account-mapping-gl101010/) window. Multiple branches can use the same actual ledger. For each ledger, you can select one branch which consolidates the data of other branches in the same ledger as **consolidation branch**. To indicate that the ledger is shared by multiple branches that are separate legal entities, select no consolidation branch. For each actual ledger that is used by multiple branches, specify whether inter-branch transactions should be automatically generated. You can specify the rules for generating inter-branch transactions by using the [Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/inter-branch-account-mapping-gl101010/) window. ## Budget ledgers A ledger of the **Budget** type is a special ledger that is used to store budget information. Such a ledger is updated in the [Budget (GL302010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/) window. An organisation can use an unlimited number of budget ledgers. Entering journal transactions for a budget ledger is not allowed. ## Statistical ledgers A **statistical ledger** is a ledger that can be used to store statistical information about a branch's operations. Each organisation can have multiple statistical ledgers, each for a different type of information. Statistical ledgers can be used as a data source for reporting, to calculate allocations based on statistical data, or for other purposes. For more information, see[About statistical ledgers](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-ledgers/about-statistical-ledgers/). ## Reporting ledgers A **reporting ledger** is a ledger that is used to store translated financial information; this type of ledger is available only if multi-currency support has been activated. Entering journal transactions for a reporting ledger is not allowed. An organisation can use any number of reporting ledgers. Reporting ledgers are mainly used by organisations, which are subsidiaries of a parent company, to hold the data translated for consolidations performed by the parent company. Parent topic: [Managing ledgers - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-ledgers/manage-ledgers-overview/)

Related pages

Tasks

About statistical ledgers /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-ledgers/about-statistical-ledgers page Organisations use statistical data to better understand and analyse financial data. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About statistical ledgers Organisations use statistical data to better understand and analyse financial data. With Visma Net, your organisation can add an unlimited number of statistical ledgers to store statistical information. If your organisation has multiple branches, all branches can use the same statistical ledgers since information in ledgers are arranged by branch, or each branch can use separate statistical ledgers created for the branch. You can add a new ledger of the **statistical balance** type by using the [Ledgers](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) window. The same chart of accounts is used for posting to statistical ledgers as to actual ledgers. Depending on the policies established in your organisation, you can create special accounts to be used for statistical information and use only those accounts with statistical ledgers, or you can use the same monetary accounts as you use for financial data. Balances for each account are calculated by a ledger. Statistical data is entered into ledgers through batches of journal entries. You can create batches of statistical entries in the [Journal transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. When creating journal entries for a statistical ledger, you can specify the quantities of goods or services and the units of measure (in which the quantities are measured) along with monetary amounts. To make statistical data on reports more useful, follow the organisation policies in selecting the units of measure for specific goods or services. A batch of journal entries to be posted to a statistical ledger may be unbalanced or it may not comply with the double-entry bookkeeping rule and may have a total credit amount that is not equal to the total debit amount even if the **Validate batch control totals on entry** option is selected in the [General ledger preferences](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. For batches of journal entries containing statistical data for a statistical ledger, you can apply all the options available for batches intended for actual ledgers: You can create auto-reversing batches and schedule recurring batches by using the [Recurring transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/recurring-transactions-gl203500/) window. Also, you can use the statistical data in a statistical ledger as the basis for calculating allocation amounts when you configure allocations by using the [Allocations](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) (GL204500) window. Add a ledger /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-ledgers/add-a-ledger section In Visma Net, you add a ledger by using the Ledgers (GL201500) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Add a ledger In Visma Net, you add a ledger by using the Ledgers (GL201500) window. For more information: [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/). out 1. Go to the [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) window. 1. Click **![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png)** to insert a row in the table. 1. In the **Ledger ID** column, type the unique ID of the ledger. 1. In the **Description** column, briefly describe the ledger. 1. In the **Balance type** column, select the option that best fits how the ledger will be used: + **Actual**, for reporting purposes + **Budget**, for creating budgets + **Reporting**, to keep translations + **Statistical**, to store statistical data 1. In the **Currency** column, select the ledger currency. 1. Optional: Select the **Branch accounting** check box to automatically generate the inter-branch transactions, if the ledger will be used by multiple branches. 1. Optional: Select the **Is consolidation source** check box if the ledger will be used as a source ledger for consolidation with the parent company. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. You can later delete the ledger or modify its properties only if it has no journal entries or other record. Making reports in different currencies /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-ledgers/making-reports-in-different-currencies section You will usually report your balance sheets and profit and loss statements in the base currency of your company. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Making reports in different currencies You will usually report your balance sheets and profit and loss statements in the base currency of your company. For international companies, it may be necessary to prepare these reports in other currencies. In Visma Net, you can translate your ledger to a different currency to get the reports needed. ## Create a new reporting ledger for a different currency 1. Go to the [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add a new row. 1. Enter a **ledger ID** and **description** that reflects the currency you will use this ledger for. 1. Select **Balance type** reporting. 1. Select the correct **currency**. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). ## Defining your translation 1. Go to the **Translate definition** window. 1. Create a **Translation ID** for your new currency ledger. 1. Click ![icon-select](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-select.jpg) to select your actual ledger as the **Source ledger ID** and newly made reporting ledger as the **Destination ledger ID**. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add a new record and select the accounts and subaccounts to include. 1. Select your preferred **Translation method** and **Rate type**. 1. Select the check box **Active**. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). ## Processing your translation 1. Go to the **Prepare translations** window. 1. Click ![icon-select](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-select.jpg) to select the **Period** and **Translation ID**. 1. Click **Create translation**. 1. If necessary, edit any of the amounts. 1. Click **Release**. Now you can select the new reporting ledger when you want to make a report for that currency. Manage budgets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage budgets Manage budgets - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/manage-budgets-overview page A company budget generally consists of a set of interrelated budgets that the company's top managers use for planning, financial analysis, and forecasting. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage budgets - overview A company budget generally consists of a set of interrelated budgets that the company's top managers use for planning, financial analysis, and forecasting. A company budget generally consists of a set of interrelated budgets that the company's top managers use for planning, financial analysis, and forecasting. In Visma Net, you can create and maintain any number of budgets and budget scenarios (versions of a budget) for all branches, and you can compare budgets to actual data or to other budgets. Also, you can configure user access to sensitive budget articles. The topics below contain an overview of the budgets (simple and hierarchical), a description of the configuration of the budget tree, and other details concerning the budgets in Visma Net. ## Topics + [Overview of budgets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/overview-of-budgets/) + [Budget structure example](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/budget-structure-example/) + [Prepare a budget](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/prepare-a-budget/) Overview of budgets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/overview-of-budgets section With Visma Net, you can create budgets without first configuring single-level lists of budget articles. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Overview of budgets With Visma Net, you can create budgets without first configuring single-level lists of budget articles. With Visma Net, you can create budgets without first configuring single-level lists of budget articles. If your company needs hierarchical budgets, you can configure a budget tree and then create hierarchical budgets. ## Features affecting the budgets If the **Branch accounting** functionality is enabled in your system, budgets can be created on a per-branch basis, with one ledger holding the budgets for all branches. If this functionality is not enabled, each budget you create is intended for the entire organisation. Detailed budgets may include articles that are split by subaccounts into multiple subarticles. If the **Subaccounts** functionality is not enabled in your system, budget articles are created on a per-account basis. This overview discusses the functionality of budgets in a system where the **Branch accounting** and **Subaccounts** functionalities are enabled. ## Single-level budgets In its simplest window, a budget is a list of planned or forecasted revenues and expenses. You can create such budgets as single-level lists of budget articles with the amounts representing specific expenses and revenues for a budget year at a particular branch. In such budgets, a **budget article** is defined by an account-subaccount pair (or by a particular account in a system where subaccounts are not used). Simple budgets, unlike hierarchical budgets, require no preliminary configuring. You can create single-level budgets by using the [Budget (GL302010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/) window. In the same budget ledger, you can keep budgets of all the branches of your organisation for one financial year or multiple years. You can create separate budgets for each branch. You can create a list of budget articles in one of the following ways: + By manually selecting an account and subaccount and typing the amount for each budget article. + By importing the list from an Excel spreadsheet. + By loading the account-subaccount pairs from an actual ledger or from another budget ledger with their amounts. You can specify a multiplier to calculate the budget amounts based on the amounts available in the source ledger. Also, you can create the budget in multiple stages that may include: + Creating a list of account-subaccount pairs manually, by importing the list, or by loading it. You may create a list by using one of the methods or a combination of the methods. + Entering, loading, or importing the amounts. ## Budget tree configuration If no budget tree has been configured in your system, you can create only single-level budgets. If your company needs hierarchical budgets, you can configure the budget structure by using the [Budget configuration (GL205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-configuration-gl205000/) window. Review the budgets of all branches to include all the budget levels used by your branches, because the same tree will be used for all branches and all budget versions. A budget tree has **leaves** or budget articles, each of which is defined by an account-subaccount pair and **nodes**; each node may include leaf articles and nodes. A node article can be defined by its description and optionally by an account and subaccount mask. An account-subaccount pair may be used only once within the tree. The main difference between leaf articles and node articles is that when you create a budget, you can enter the amounts for leaves, but not for nodes. The system calculates the amount for each node automatically as the sum of the amounts of all its leaf articles. The amounts for nodes containing other nodes are also calculated automatically, based on the amounts of all leaf articles within those nodes. For an example of a budget structure, see: [Budget structure example](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/budget-structure-example/), You can populate each node in any of the following ways: + By manually creating a list of subarticles: nodes, nodes and leaf articles, or only leaf articles. + By generating the list of pairs for the specified range of accounts and the specified subaccount mask. Depending on whether the **On-the-fly entry** check box is selected for subaccounts in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window, the possible pairs will be generated for only subaccounts available on the list of subaccounts (if the check box is cleared) or for all possible subaccounts resulting from combining all segment values (if the check box is selected). Once all the specified pairs have been generated, you can delete the pairs that are not needed in the budget article. Modifications of the budget tree do not affect released budgets, so you can modify the tree at any time. ## Leaf articles with aggregation When you prepare budgets in Visma Net, in addition to budget articles that are leaves or nodes, you can use budget articles that are leaf articles with aggregating masks for accounts and subaccounts. An article of this type can be used for initial aggregation of insignificant amounts into one budget article. For example: Suppose that you are planning office supplies for the next year based on the amount spent last year. You don't want to enter all the amounts for office supplies required for each employee in each department. Rather, you want to get the total amount previously spent on such supplies, to use this amount as a basis for a new amount for such supplies adjusted for increase or decrease in the number of employees and for other factors. In such a case, you add to the budget tree a leaf budget article that aggregates amounts over multiple similar account-subaccount pairs defined by account and subaccount masks. Then, on pre-loading the actual data for this budget article, the system will calculate the sum of the amounts available for all pairs defined by the specified masks. However, you will not be able to view the details of the article or the list of account-subaccount pairs defined by the masks and their amounts. You can edit this aggregated amount as an amount of any other leaf article. For details, see [Budget structure example.](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/budget-structure-example/) ## Hierarchical budgets You can create hierarchical budgets by using the>[Budget configuration (GL205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-configuration-gl205000/) window. Each budget should be saved to a ledger of the **Budget** type. Each budget ledger may store budgets for all branches for all financial years. If you had created single-level budgets before you configured the budget tree, you can convert each of them to a hierarchical budget based on the budget tree. CAUTION: Before you start converting simple budgets into hierarchical budgets, make sure that there are no conflicts between the tree and the single-level budget. No conversion will be performed if any mask used for a single-level budget is split into multiple masks on a tree or if multiple masks used somewhere in the single-level budget are merged into a single mask for the tree. To do this, in the [Budget (GL302010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/) window, select an existing single-level budget, and click **Manage budgets** in the window toolbar. In the dialog box, select the **Convert budget using current budget configuration** action and click **OK**. ## Budget data entry with the wizard Once you start to prepare a new budget by using the [Budget (GL302010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/) window, the system loads the budget articles from the budget tree. After that, you will be able to enter the amounts for the budget articles loaded from the tree and add new articles. You cannot remove any of the articles loaded window the budget tree even if they are not needed in this particular budget. You can enter the amounts for leaf budget articles in one of the following ways: + Manually + By importing the amounts from a file + By loading the data from an actual ledger or from an existing budget. To facilitate data loading, Visma Net provides the **Preload budget articles** wizard, which helps you select the budget articles for loading and specify the data source. You can load the amounts for the budget at once or separately, for each node of the budget. You can load the articles from an actual ledger or from another budget, or you can import the amounts from a file. You can specify a multiplier to calculate the budget amounts based on the amounts in the selected source. For more information, see: [Prepare a budget.](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/prepare-a-budget/) ## Distribution over financial periods The amounts specified for an article should be distributed over the periods of the year before you can release the budget article. For the budget article to be released, the amount of the article must be equal to the distributed amount. You can enter the amounts for each period manually, or you can distribute them automatically by clicking **Distribute** in the table toolbar of the [Budget (GL302010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/) window and selecting the option that defines how the amounts should be distributed: evenly or by period balances. If your company has an adjustment period, it will be included in the distribution performed based on available balances for the periods of the year. If you want to distribute the amounts over the financial periods evenly, the system excludes the adjustment period from this distribution. To facilitate distributing, you also can select whether you want to distribute the amount for only the selected article or for all articles in the same node. Also, you can select a node and distribute the amounts for all subarticles of this node. ## Budget ledgers and budget scenarios You can create a budget and save it in a ledger of the **Budget** type. Generally, each budget ledger holds a budget of a specific type for all branches. To create different budgets for the same year, such as **worst-case**, **break-even**, and **best-case**, use different budget ledgers. When the system loads the data for a new budget scenario from an existing budget, you can specify the multiplier to decrease or increase the amounts being loaded for this budget scenario. Later, you can use the same ledger to create the budget of the same type for the next budget year. ## Budget approval and release The amounts of budget articles are not posted to the budget ledger until the articles are released. Only leaf budget articles may be released. The amounts for the budget articles that are nodes will be calculated based on the amounts of released articles. To release a leaf budget article, make sure the year amount of the article is equal to the sum of amounts calculated over the financial periods of the year. You can release the entire budget or the selected budget articles by using the [Release budgets (GL505510)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-budgets-gl505510/) window. Once a budget article has been released, the **Released** check box is selected for it in the [Budget (GL302010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/) window. You can modify budgets at any time. Once you have modified a budget article, you have to release the article to view its amount on reports. Also, you can roll back the budget to the previous released budget. ## Budget comparison You can compare the budget being prepared to actual data of the previous year, to year-to-date amounts of the current year, or to other budgets. Save the budget before comparison by clicking ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png) on the window toolbar. To compare the budgets, in the top part of the [Budget (GL302010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/) window, ensure that the ledger and the financial year of the budget being prepared is selected in the **Budget** and **Financial year** fields respectively. In the **Compare to ledger** and the **Compare to year** fields, select the ledger and the financial year of the budget needed for comparison. Once you have specified the required ledgers and financial years in the table, the system adds a row to each budget article being prepared that shows the amounts of the budget of the compared ledger and financial year. Only the released amounts of the budget articles are shown in the table. If the **Multi-branch support** functionality is available in your system (the **Multi-branch support** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window), you can compare the budgets of different branches by selecting the required branches in the **Branch** and **Compare to branch** fields. ## Budget access restrictions In Visma Net, organisations implement general access restrictions by assigning roles to users of the system. The roles assigned to users allow them to perform specific tasks required by their position in the organisation. If a role allows a user to view or edit budget articles, the user can view all the articles, including those that might be sensitive. Setting up proper restriction groups can ensure that only particular users see particular budget articles. A restriction group allows access to particular objects of specific types (which are included in the group) to only the users who are members of the same group. Objects of the following types can be included in a restriction group: + Budget articles (leaf articles or nodes at any level) + Users To protect sensitive budget articles, you create a restriction group by using the [Budget access (GL105030)](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/row-level-security/row-level-security-windows/budget-access-gl105030/) window and include the budget articles and the users who should have access to these articles. As a result, the users not included in the group will not be able to access the budget articles and these articles' subarticles if there are any. You can add new budget articles to existing groups by using the [Restriction groups by budget article (GL105020)](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/row-level-security/row-level-security-windows/restriction-groups-by-budget-article-gl105020/) window. Parent topic: [Manage budgets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/manage-budgets-overview/)

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Budget structure example /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/budget-structure-example page In Visma Net, you can create a budget structure with multiple levels of budget articles. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Budget structure example In Visma Net, you can create a budget structure with multiple levels of budget articles. In Visma Net, you can create a budget structure with multiple levels of budget articles. For more information on budgets, see: [Overview of budgets.](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/overview-of-budgets/) Consider a simplified example of a budget structure for a company called Winter fun. This business has two stores (one store on the west slope of a mountain and another on the east slope), sells skis and snowboards, and offers rental services. The company's stores are too small to function as branches, so the **Branch accounting** functionality is disabled in the company's system. The organisational structure of the company is reflected in the subaccounts. In Visma Net, if the **Subaccounts** functionality is enabled, subaccounts are used with accounts to virtually split accounts into more specific accounts for detailed tracking and reporting. In our example, the subaccounts have the following structure: + First segment: **Company store (point of sale)** + **WS** (west slope store) + **ES** (east slope store) + **00** (non-specific to a store) + Second segment: **Profit centre** + **RENT** (rentals) + **SALE** (sales) + **0000** (non-specific to a profit centre) + Third segment: **Product type** + **SK** (skis) + **SB** (snowboards) + **00** (non-specific) In our simplified example, the Winter fun company prepares the budgets with the following major budget articles: + Revenue from sales + Revenue from rentals + COGS + Other expenses In Visma Net, you use the [Budget configuration (GL205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-configuration-gl205000/) window to build a budget tree for the company. On the budget tree, the major budget articles are the nodes of the first level (just under the root node). No account and subaccount masks are specified for these nodes because these nodes include only nodes, not leaf articles. Masks are used for generating leaf articles or for aggregating the data for leaf articles for a particular budget. On the left pane of this window, the tree-like budget structure for the company would be organised as schematically shown in the table below. ## Budget tree |Article|Subarticles|Subarticles|Account mask|Subaccount mask|Account|Subaccount| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |**Sales**||||||| ||**Sales–West slope**|||||| |||Sales–West slope–Skis|||3100|WS-SALE-SK| |||Sales–West slope–Snowboards|||3100|WS-SALE-SB| ||**Sales–East slope**||3100|ES-SALE-??||| |||Sales–East slope–Skis|||3000|ES-SALE-SK| |||Sales–East slope–Snowboards|||3000|ES-SALE-SB| |**Rentals**||||||| ||**Rentals–West slope**||3500|WS-RENT-??||| |||Rentals–West slope–Skis|||3500|WS-RENT-SK| |||Rentals–West slope–Snowboards|||3500|WS-RENT-SB| ||**Rentals–East slope**||3500|ES-RENT-??||| |||Rentals–East slope–Skis|||3500|ES-RENT-SK| |||Rentals–East slope–Snowboards|||3500|ES-RENT-SB| |**COGS**||||||| ||**COGS–Skis**||4500|??-SALE-SK||| |||COGS–East slope–Skis|||4500|ES-SALE-SK| |||COGS–West slope–Skis|||4500|WS-SALE-SK| ||**COGS–Snowboards**||4500|??-SALE-SB||| |||COGS–East slope–Snowboards|||4500|ES-SALE-SB| |||COGS–West slope–Snowboards|||4500|WS-SALE-SB| |**Other Expenses**||||||| ||**Repairs and Maintenance**||55??|??-????-??||| |||Repairs and maintenance–East slope|5570|ES-????-?? (Aggregation)|5570|ES-0000-00| |||Repairs and maintenance–West slope|5580|WS-????-?? (Aggregation)|5580|WS-0000-00| In the [Budget configuration (GL205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-configuration-gl205000/) window, each budget article shown in the table above with an account mask (or just an account) in the **Account mask** column and a subaccount mask in the **Subaccount mask** column is a node. Each budget article with an account specified in the **Account** column and a subaccount specified in the **Subaccount** column is a leaf article on the budget tree. Budget articles included in other budget articles (nodes) are also referred to as subarticles. Once you specify the amounts for all leaf articles, the system will calculate the sums of subarticle amounts for each node article. The articles with values in all four columns are leaf articles with initial aggregation over the data defined by these masks. The expenses recorded to the **Repairs and maintenance** account for each store last year, although summed up to significant amounts, cannot help in predicting the expenses for the budget year, but the their sum can. The company can plan the amounts based on the previous year's data with a specific coefficient whose value is based on the percentage of old equipment and other related factors. The company plans these amounts as lump sums without details. To do this, the company uses the budget articles with aggregation. The articles have the account-subaccount pairs specified and the subaccount masks for aggregating the amounts. Parent topic: [Manage budgets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/manage-budgets-overview/) Related reference [Budgets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/)

Related pages

Concepts

Prepare a budget /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/prepare-a-budget section The process of preparing a budget may be performed in multiple stages over time. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Prepare a budget The process of preparing a budget may be performed in multiple stages over time. You can save the budget at any time and continue to work on it later. ## Before you proceed Make sure the budget tree has been configured in the [Budget configuration (GL205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-configuration-gl205000/) window. To create a new budget, perform the following steps: 1. Go to the [Budget (GL302010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/) window. 1. In the **Branch** field, select the branch for which you want to prepare this budget. 1. In the **Ledger** field, select a ledger of the **Budget** type for this new budget. 1. Select the **Tree view** check box to also view the Tree pane. 1. In the **Financial year** field, select a budget year. The **Preload from budget configuration dialog box** appears. 1. Click **Yes** in the dialog box. The system loads the budget tree, which you can see in the left pane. > [!NOTE] > You cannot remove any of the loaded articles, even if they are not needed for this particular budget. 1. Optional: In the **Compare to branch** field, select the branch whose data you want to compare with the budget data. The selected branch will be used as the default branch for loading the data to populate the budget. 1. Optional: In the **Compare to ledger** field, select the ledger whose data you want to compare with the budget data. The selected ledger will be used as the default ledger for loading the data to populate the budget. 1. Optional: In the **Compare to year** field, select the financial year whose data you want to compare with the budget data. The selected year's data will be used as a source for loading the data to populate the budget. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. If you want to load the data for the entire budget, in the Budget tree pane, select the root node. (If you want to load the data for only a particular node, select the node.) The selected node is shown in red type. 1. In the window toolbar, click **Preload articles**. 1. On the first page (Step 1) of the **Preload budget articles** wizard, in the **Branch** field, select the branch whose data you want to load. 1. In the **Ledger** field, select the ledger from which you want to load the data. 1. In the **Financial year** field, select the year for loading this year data. 1. In the **Multiplier** field, specify whether you want to load the data without changes (100%), with an increase (>100%), or with a decrease (<100%). 1. Click **Next** to open the next page of the wizard (Step 2). 1. In the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. 1. In the **Account to** field, select the account to end the range of accounts for loading; otherwise, the system loads the accounts ending with the account listed last in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. 1. In the **Account mask** field, specify the mask to select only specific accounts from the range. 1. In the **Subaccount mask** field, modify the mask to select only specific subaccounts. 1. Click **Next** to open the next page of the wizard (Step 3). 1. Select one of the following options: + **Update existing articles only**: To load the data for only the articles available in this node and the nodes within this node. + **Update existing articles and Load non-existent articles**: To load the data for the articles available in this node and to add the articles not available in this node and load the data for them. + **Load non-existent articles only**: To add the articles that are not listed in the selected node and load the data for them. 1. Click **Finish** to close the wizard. 1. In the table, review the amounts of the budget articles, and change them as needed. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. Distribute the amounts over the financial periods in all budgets by following the following steps: 1. In the Budget tree (left) pane, select the root node. 1. In the Budget articles (right) pane, click **Distribute** in the table toolbar. 1. In the **Distribute year amounts by periods dialog box**, select **Evenly** to distribute equal amounts to all periods or **Proportionally to compared values** to follow the distribution pattern in the source. 1. Select the **Apply to all articles in this node** check box to perform distribution for all articles in the selected node. 1. Select the **Apply to subarticles** check box to perform distribution within other nodes of the selected node. 1. Click **OK** to close the dialog box and to perform the distribution. 1. Adjust the period amounts manually if needed. Make sure the article's amount is equal to the distributed amount. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). Parent topic: [Manage budgets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/manage-budgets-overview/) Manage consolidations /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations section By using the functionality of the General ledger workspace, you can consolidate data from specific branches of subsidiaries (or consolidation units) into a specific branch of the parent company. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage consolidations By using the functionality of the General ledger workspace, you can consolidate data from specific branches of subsidiaries (or consolidation units) into a specific branch of the parent company. By using the functionality of the General ledger workspace, you can consolidate data from specific branches of subsidiaries (or consolidation units) into a specific branch of the parent company. You can configure which data should be consolidated and how exactly the data should be consolidated. After that, you can consolidate the data as often as you need within each financial period. This functionality is available only if the **General ledger consolidation** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. In the overview below, you can find topics that describe the consolidation process when both the subsidiary and the parent company use Visma Net. Consolidation data is available through the standard simple object access protocol (SOAP) gateway, so third-party software can be used by either side. General ledger consolidation overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/general-ledger-consolidation-overview page The consolidation process in the General ledger includes three stages: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger consolidation overview The consolidation process in the General ledger includes three stages: + Consolidation setup, which is performed by each consolidation unit and by the parent company + Data preparation by each consolidation unit + Import of the consolidation data from each of the units by the parent company These stages are described in the sections below. ## Setup by the parent company The parent company should perform the following actions to set up consolidation: + Decide which branches will consolidate which data. + Provide proper information about the accounts and subaccounts in accordance with the required level of consolidation details. This information will be used for mapping in the consolidation units. + Perform the synchronisation to update the lists of ledgers and branches available in the consolidation units for consolidation. + Configure access to the consolidation unit's Visma Net website by specifying valid credentials. ## Setup by the consolidation unit To set up consolidation, the consolidation unit should perform the following actions: + Mapping the unit's accounts to the parent company's accounts on the chart of accounts. + Specifying all the settings for proper mapping of the unit's subaccount segments to the parent company's subaccounts in the [Segment values (CS203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-values-cs203000/), [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/), and [Consolidation (GL103000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/consolidation-gl103000/) windows. For mapping options and examples, see: [About account mapping for consolidations](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/about-account-mapping-for-consolidations/).Selecting the required ledgers as source ledgers for consolidation in the [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) window, and specifying a particular branch or branches if needed. ## Restriction on financial periods During the import, consolidation data is grouped by the financial periods of the reporting unit. Thus, financial periods in the consolidation units and in the parent company should be defined similarly; otherwise, the consolidated data will be incorrect. ## Data preparation If a consolidation unit uses multiple currencies or a different base currency than that of the parent company, the unit should translate the data into the base currency of the parent company before the parent company imports the data. If you want to consolidate the translated data, specify the reporting ledger as the unit's source ledger. To consolidate the original data, specify the actual ledger as the source ledger of the unit. ## Data import The consolidation data is imported to the selected branch of the parent company as general ledger batches with system-generated descriptions. Before the system starts to import the consolidation data, the system transforms the unit's subaccounts into the parent's subaccounts using the segment values mapping and other related settings. Consolidation data being imported to the parent company is available by using the SOAP gateway as a set of GLConsolRead instances. Every GLConsolRead instance consists of four data fields: + `AccountCD` (general ledger account) + `MappedValue` (parent company subaccount) + `ConsolAmtCredit` (total credit value for period) + `ConsolAmtDebit` (total debit value for period) To import the consolidation data from the consolidation units to the parent company, use the [Import consolidation data (GL509000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/import-consolidation-data-gl509000/) window. Select the unit and the source ledger, and then click **Process**. The financial data will be imported from the database of the consolidation unit to the specified branch of the parent company. To consolidate data of the different types (such as actual data and budget data), use separate ledgers in the parent company. Related reference [Chart of accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) [Subaccounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/subaccounts-gl203000/)

Related pages

Concepts

About consolidation configuration /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/about-consolidation-configuration page This topic provides instructions on how to configure consolidation for your company. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About consolidation configuration This topic provides instructions on how to configure consolidation for your company. Before you get started, review the hierarchy of the companies whose data should be consolidated, and determine which companies report to which. In this section, consider only a two-level hierarchy: a parent company and one or more subsidiaries (consolidation units) that report to it. This simple hierarchy can be used as a part of a more complicated hierarchy, with the consolidation process going from the bottom to the top and with parent companies after consolidating data from the units becoming units of the next level. Suppose that both a parent company and subsidiaries use Visma Net. If a consolidation unit uses a third-party ERP software, the parent company can consolidate the data by importing the trial balance prepared by the unit and exported to a CSV file by using its third-party software. Mapping of accounts and subaccounts should be performed in this case manually directly in the file, before the parent company will perform import from this file. For more information about the functionality intended for consolidations, see [General ledger consolidation - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/general-ledger-consolidation-overview/). ## Consolidation requirements For correct consolidated data, the following requirements should be met: + The parent company and its subsidiaries should have the same configuration of financial year and periods, since the consolidation data is grouped by the financial periods of subsidiaries. + The parent company and its subsidiaries should have similar structure of charts of accounts, with fewer accounts on the parent chart. Data from multiple accounts used in a subsidiary can be consolidated into one account of the parent company. + A subsidiary should have a subaccount structure similar to that of the parent company. The parent company may have one additional segment (compared to the subsidiary) with values designating subsidiaries. ## Consolidation procedures Generally, the consolidation process includes these three stages: + Consolidation setup, which is performed by each subsidiary and by the parent company + Data preparation by each of the subsidiaries + Import of each subsidiary consolidation data by the parent company The procedures required for configuring and performing consolidation are discussed in the following topics: + [Configure consolidation in a parent company](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/configure-consolidation-in-a-parent-company/) + [Configure consolidation in a subsidiary](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/configure-consolidation-in-a-subsidiary/) + [Prepare the consolidation data in a subsidiary](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/prepare-the-consolidation-data-in-a-subsidiary/) + [Import the consolidation data from a subsidiary](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/import-the-consolidation-data-from-a-subsidiary/) Configure consolidation in a parent company /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/configure-consolidation-in-a-parent-company section The following actions should be performed in the system of the parent company to set up consolidation: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Configure consolidation in a parent company The following actions should be performed in the system of the parent company to set up consolidation: + Provide access to each subsidiary Visma Net website by specifying valid credentials. + Perform synchronisation to update the list of ledgers and branches available in each subsidiary as sources of consolidation data These actions, performed in the [Consolidation (GL103000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/consolidation-gl103000/) window, are described in detail in the sections below. ## Before you proceed + Provide information about the parent company accounts and subaccounts to personnel at subsidiaries, so that this information can be used for mapping. + Provide information about the parent company base currency to appropriate personnel, to allow subsidiaries to translate the data intended for consolidation from the base currency of each subsidiary to the base currency used by your company. + Make sure the ledgers in each subsidiary whose branches store the data to be consolidated have been specified as the consolidation sources. ## Provide access to subsidiary systems 1. Go to the [Consolidation (GL103000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/consolidation-gl103000/) window. 1. In the **Consolidation segment number** field, specify the number of the subaccount segment used in the parent company to designate the subsidiaries (consolidation units). 1. Provide access information for each of the branches of the parent company that will be importing data from the branches of subsidiaries, following the steps below for each subsidiary. 1. Click **![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png)** to insert a row in the table. 1. In the **Consolidation branch** column, select the consolidation branch to hold the consolidated data. 1. In the **Consolidation ledger** column, notice the consolidation ledger associated with the branch. 1. Specify the **Consolidation segment value**, which is used to designate this subsidiary or this branch of the subsidiary. 1. Select the **Paste segment value** check box if the consolidation segment is not present in the subsidiary segments. 1. In the **Paste segment value** column, specify the business name of the subsidiary. 1. In the appropriate columns, provide the **User name** and **Password** that can be used to access the website of the subsidiary, as well as the **URL** of the website. 1. In the **From period** and **To period** columns, specify the start and end period for consolidation. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. ## Perform synchronisation between the websites involved 1. While you are still in the [Consolidation (GL103000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/consolidation-gl103000/) window, perform synchronisation between the websites in one of the following ways: It may take several minutes to compile the web services that are used for consolidation. If you receive an **Internal error** message, wait two minutes and repeat the attempt to perform synchronisation. + By using the unlabelled check box, select the added or modified record for each appropriate subsidiary, and click **Synchronise** in the window toolbar. + Click **Synchronise all**. 1. Once synchronisation is completed, in the **Source ledger** column of the table, specify the source ledger and the source branch. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. Parent topic: [About consolidation configuration](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/about-consolidation-configuration/) Configure consolidation in a subsidiary /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/configure-consolidation-in-a-subsidiary section To set up consolidation with the parent company, for the subsidiary, you perform the following actions: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Configure consolidation in a subsidiary To set up consolidation with the parent company, for the subsidiary, you perform the following actions: + Map the subsidiary general ledger accounts to the parent company accounts by using the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. + Map the subsidiary subaccount segments to the parent company subaccounts by using the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window and the [Segment values (CS203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-values-cs203000/) windows. + Select the source ledger for consolidation in the [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) window. ## Map accounts to the parent company accounts 1. Go to the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. 1. For each account, in the **Consolidation account** column, specify the parent company account to consolidate the data. You may select from the list of the subsidiary accounts if the parent company chart of accounts is similar to the subsidiary chart. Multiple accounts may be mapped to the same account on the parent chart. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. ## Verify that all accounts are mapped 1. Click the **![icon-filter](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-filter.png)** icon. 1. In the **Filter settings dialog box**, select **Consolidation account** as the property and **Is zero** as the condition. If you want to save the filter for future use, click **Save** and enter a filter name before you close the **Filter settings** dialog box. 1. Click **OK** to close the dialog box and apply the filter. 1. The system will display the list of general ledger accounts that were not mapped. 1. Map these accounts, if any, and save the changes. ## Map subaccounts to the parent company subaccounts You can provide mapping for any subaccount structure in the parent or subsidiary. For simplicity, there is the following procedure on these assumptions: + Subaccounts in subsidiaries and in the parent company have the same general structure, with one additional segment in the parent subaccounts used to designate the subsidiary. + The subsidiaries do not have such a segment. + All other segments in the subsidiaries have values that can be easily mapped to the appropriate segment values in the parent company. You map subaccount segments to segments in the parent subaccounts by using the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window as follows: Go to the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window. 1. In the **Segment key ID** field, select **SUBACCOUNT**. 1. For each of the segments, in the **Consol. order** column, type an integer to specify the order of this segment in the parent subaccount. 1. In the **Number of characters** column, specify the lengths of appropriate segments in the parent company. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. You map segment values to parent subaccount segment values in the [Segment values (CS203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-values-cs203000/) window as follows: 1. Go to the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window. 1. In the **Segmented key ID** field, select **SUBACCOUNT**. For each of the segments, perform the following steps: + In the **Segment ID** field, select the segment by its number in the subsidiary subaccount. + In the table area, for each of the segment values, specify the matching value in the parent subaccount segment in the **Mapped value** column. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. ## Specify a ledger as a consolidation source 1. Go to the [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) window. 1. Review the list of ledgers available in your system and select the **Is consolidation source** check box for the appropriate ledger. 1. Use the following guidelines in selecting the ledger: + If consolidation will be performed in a base currency other than the base currency of the subsidiary, select the reporting ledger that will contain the translated trial balance or budget data. + If consolidation will be performed in the subsidiary base currency, select the actual ledger. + If consolidation will be performed for only budget data in the subsidiary base currency, select the budget ledger. Prepare the consolidation data in a subsidiary /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/prepare-the-consolidation-data-in-a-subsidiary page How the consolidation data should be prepared in a subsidiary depends on whether the subsidiary uses multiple currencies and whether its base currency is the same as the base currency of the parent company. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Prepare the consolidation data in a subsidiary How the consolidation data should be prepared in a subsidiary depends on whether the subsidiary uses multiple currencies and whether its base currency is the same as the base currency of the parent company. This topic discusses the following cases: + A subsidiary uses the same base currency as the parent company does. + A subsidiary uses another base currency than the parent company does. If a subsidiary uses only one currency in the single-currency system, no special data preparation is required. Translation to the base currency of the parent company can be performed in the parent company after the import is completed. ## Prepare data in any subsidiary 1. Prepare the trial balance for the consolidation period. Make sure it is correct. For details, see: [View the trial balance on reports](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/view-the-trial-balance-on-reports/). 1. Close the financial period for which consolidation will be performed. ## Prepare data in a subsidiary with another base currency 1. Update exchange rates to be used for translation of balances to the base currency of the parent company. 1. Translate the balances to the parent company base currency, and record the translated balances to the ledger that has been specified as the consolidation source. Parent topic: [About consolidation configuration](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/about-consolidation-configuration/) Import the consolidation data from a subsidiary /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/import-the-consolidation-data-from-a-subsidiary page To import the consolidation data from the consolidation units to the branches of the parent company, use the Import consolidation data (GL509000) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Import the consolidation data from a subsidiary To import the consolidation data from the consolidation units to the branches of the parent company, use the Import consolidation data (GL509000) window. For more information: [Import consolidation data (GL509000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/import-consolidation-data-gl509000/). To import the consolidation data from the consolidation units to the branches of the parent company, use the [Import consolidation data (GL509000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/import-consolidation-data-gl509000/) window. For access to the websites of the units, the system uses information provided in the [Consolidation (GL103000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/consolidation-gl103000/) window. The financial data will be imported from the database of the consolidation unit to the specified ledger of the parent company. To consolidate data of different types, such as actual data and budget data, import them to different ledgers in the parent company. ## Before you proceed + Make sure that the previous financial year is closed before importing the data for the first time in the new year. + Make sure that in the parent company, all financial periods for which the data is available in subsidiaries are activated. 1. Log in to the parent company. 1. Go to the [Import consolidation data (GL509000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/import-consolidation-data-gl509000/) window. 1. In the list of consolidations, select the check box(es) for the consolidations that you want to process. 1. Make sure the consolidation branches to which the data will be imported from the consolidation units are specified correctly. 1. Click **Process**. Data is imported for all open periods, and only data posted to the source ledgers of the consolidation units after the previous consolidation will be imported to the specified consolidation ledgers of the parent company. You can prepare and review the trial balance and proceed with preparing financial statements for the parent company. About account mapping for consolidations /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/about-account-mapping-for-consolidations page Successful, complete consolidation requires thorough mapping of the subsidiary's accounts and subaccounts to the respective accounts and subaccounts of the parent company. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About account mapping for consolidations Successful, complete consolidation requires thorough mapping of the subsidiary's accounts and subaccounts to the respective accounts and subaccounts of the parent company. This mapping depends on your consolidation scenario: what level of details should be available in the consolidation branch for the required consolidated reports. ## Account mapping The chart of accounts may be different in each subsidiary and in the parent company. Matching accounts for consolidation is a relatively straightforward task when the parent company and subsidiaries have similar charts of accounts. Note that some of the accounts may be assigned to a specific branch. Multiple accounts in a unit can be merged into a single account of the parent company if you set the same external account against different accounts in the consolidation unit in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. If the parent company has a more detailed chart of accounts than some of its subsidiaries do, some consolidated accounts may not contain correct information. For example, consider a parent company with several accounts to record travel expenses and a subsidiary with only one account, Travel expenses. In this case, the only travel expense account of the subsidiary has to be consolidated with one of the parent's travel expense accounts. No matter which account is chosen as a consolidation target, the consolidated data will be incorrect. Note: For correct reporting, we recommend that the subsidiaries keep similar or more detailed charts of accounts than the parent company. ## Subaccount mapping In Visma Net, subaccounts carry additional information about the organisational structure of each company. Subaccounts of the consolidation unit are matched to subaccounts of the parent by mapping the unit's segments to strings of the specified length set in the specified order to form the parent's subaccounts. This makes mapping of subaccounts easier and more flexible. For each subaccount segment in the consolidation unit, you define the following parameters for consolidation mapping in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window: + Number of characters: The length of the string (segment or part of the segment) in the parent's subaccount to which the segment value is mapped + Consolidation order: The number that represents the place of this string among other strings in the parent's subaccount If a segment in a unit's subaccount does not match any string (segment or part of the segment) in the parent subaccount, set both of these parameters to zeros. This means the amounts associated with the segment will be aggregated. During data collection, the subaccounts of the unit are mapped to temporary or raw subaccounts that may differ from the parent's subaccounts by the absence of the consolidation segment. ## Example of mapping Consider an example when the parent company has four segments, the first of which is a consolidation segment not involved in mapping. The subaccount of the consolidation unit consists of three segments. Each segment of the unit can be mapped to a same-meaning segment of the parent even though the lengths of the segments are different. In the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window, the consolidation mapping parameters for the unit's subaccounts will have the following values. |Segment|Description|Length|Consol. order|Number of characters| |---|---|---|---|---| |1|Project|3|2|2| |2|Department|4|4|2| |3|Brand|3|3|3| The three-character values of the first segment (Project) of the unit's subaccount will be mapped to the two-character values of the second segment of the parent's subaccount, and other segments will be mapped similarly. Particular strings are specified in the [Segment values (CS203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-values-cs203000/) window in the **Mapped values** column. A segment of a unit may be mapped to a string that is shorter than the segment in the parent's subaccount. Here, in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window, the consolidation mapping parameters for the unit's subaccounts will have the following values. |Segment|Description|Length|Consol. order|Number of characters| |---|---|---|---|---| |1|Project|3|2|1| |2|Department|4|3|3| |3|Brand|3|4|2| ## Consolidation segment One segment in subaccounts of the parent company should be designated for subsidiaries or consolidation units. Such a segment should be specified as a consolidation segment in the [Consolidation (GL103000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/consolidation-gl103000/) window in the parent company. The values of this segment are associated with the subsidiaries or consolidation units. As a rule, the consolidation segment is not involved in mapping because the subsidiary does not contain such a segment in its subaccounts. In this case, the segment value can be added to the temporary subaccount during import of the data performed by the parent company (if the **Paste segment value** check box in this window is checked). Related reference [Consolidation](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/consolidation-gl103000/) [Subaccounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/subaccounts-gl203000/)

Related pages

Concepts

Manage allocations /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-allocations section Handling allocations manually can be time-consuming and error-prone. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage allocations Handling allocations manually can be time-consuming and error-prone. By using Visma Net, you can create and maintain allocation templates (which define how the allocations are to be performed) and perform allocations automatically according to your definitions. This functionality is available only if the **Allocation templates** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. About allocation rules /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-allocations/about-allocation-rules page You create templates by using the Allocations (GL204500) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About allocation rules You create templates by using the Allocations (GL204500) window. For more information: [Allocations (GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/). You create templates by using the [Allocations (GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) window. Special input masks let you create an allocation pool by specifying source branches' accounts and subaccounts, and you can set up rules for distributing the allocation amount over several destination accounts for specific branches. Multi-level allocations are supported as well. Allocation templates provide the following information: + The source branch + The source accounts and subaccounts (the allocation pool) + The allocation amount + The destination branch + The destination accounts and subaccounts + The methods for distributing the allocation amount to destination accounts CAUTION: If you create allocation, which distributes specific amounts between multiple branches, consider configuring rules to automatically balance inter-branch transactions. ## Source accounts You may select the source accounts by specifying each account and subaccount individually or by specifying a group of accounts or subaccounts with the help of special grouping masks. To create an allocation pool from similar accounts, you can select source accounts and subaccounts by groups. To do this, use special masks on the **Source accounts** tab of the [Allocations (GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) window. Accounts and subaccounts have alphanumerical identifiers, which usually are segmented. An input validation mask helps you enter the required number of characters or the required number of valid segments. The masks in this window instead allow you to specify characters in some fixed places or some segment values and leave other segments or places blank, thus selecting all the accounts in which the identifiers have the specified fixed characters (and any possible values in other positions). For example, suppose that all the accounts have five-character identifiers, and all the marketing expense accounts start with `51`. Entering `51` in the account mask `(51___)` allows you to select the accounts 51001, 51022, 51135, and so on. Consider another example. Suppose that subaccounts are segmented in the following way: a two-letter country code (US, FR, GE), a two-letter department code (AD, PR, SL, DV, DP), and a three-letter product code (001,002,... 237). Specifying only **US** for the first segment (mask: `US-__-___` ) allows you to select all subaccounts related to operations in the United States: + US-AD-001 through US-AD-237 + US-PR-001 through US-PR-237 + US-SL-001 through US-SL-237 + US-DV-001 through US-DV-237 + US-DP-001 through US-DP-237 If you want to specify only several characters in a specific segment, type **?** in other positions of the segment. For example: `__/D?/155` will select all of the following subaccounts: + US-DV-155 and US-DP-155 + FR-DV-155 and FR-DP-155 + GE-DV-155 and GE-DP-155 ## Contra accounts Contra accounts and subaccounts may be selected as actual sources of deducting allocation amounts. You must select contra accounts and subaccounts explicitly by choosing them from the list. If the contra account and subaccount are specified, you can define the grouping masks for selecting accounts and subaccounts only to determine the total allocation amount, but the total amount will be deducted from the contra account. ## Allocation methods To define how the allocation amount should be collected from the source accounts, use the [Allocations (GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) window. You can select one of the following options as the allocation method: By account PTD : To collect the period-to-date amount. From prev. GL allocation : To collect the amount accumulated since the last allocation. ## Distribution methods To define how the allocation amount should be distributed among the destination accounts, use the [Allocations (GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) window. You can select one of the following options as the distribution method: + **By percent**: The source amount is distributed among destination accounts by percentages, which are set on the **Destination accounts** tab of this window. The total is 100 percent. + **By weight**: The amount is distributed between destination accounts by user-defined coefficients, which are set on the **Destination accounts** tab of this window. The total is not defined. + **By dest. account YTD**: The amount is distributed between the destination accounts of the destination branches proportionally to year-to-date balances of the destination accounts in the allocation ledger if no base branches are specified. If the base branches with the base accounts and subaccounts are specified, the allocation amount is distributed proportionally to YTD balances of the base accounts (recorded under the base subaccounts) of the base branches in the base ledger. If the base branches with the base accounts and subaccounts are specified but no base ledger is specified, the system performs the calculation based on the YTD balances of the base accounts in the allocation ledger. If no base branches are specified, the system uses the destination branches for calculation of these proportions. + **By dest. account PTD**: The amount is distributed between destination accounts of the destination branches proportionally to period-to-date balances of the destination accounts in the allocation ledger if no base branches are specified. If the base branches with the base accounts and subaccounts are specified, the allocation amount is distributed proportionally to PTD balances of the base accounts of the base branches in the base ledger. If the base branches with the base accounts and subaccounts are specified but no base ledger is specified, the system performs the calculation based on the PTD balances of the base accounts in the allocation ledger. If no base branches are specified, the system uses the destination branches for calculation of these proportions. ## Allocation amounts The amount to be allocated is taken from all the specified source accounts (the allocation pool). If the source accounts are specified explicitly on the **Source accounts** tab of the [Allocations (GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) window, the individual maximum amount ( **Limit amount** ) or a percentage of it ( **Limit percent** ) may be specified for each source account. If the amount limit is specified, the account balance will be allocated completely, unless it exceeds the limit; in this case, only the amount equal to the amount limit will be allocated. If accounts are selected by a group mask, the limit amount or percent (depending on which is specified) will be the same for each of the selected accounts. ## Allocation periods Post periods for an allocation are defined by the start and end period (set on the **Allocation** tab of the [Allocations (GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) window), including any periods in between. The allocation may be recurring, which means it will be repeated every financial year for the same periods. If an allocation was not performed for the required period, it can be processed (batches generated) in the next period only if the required period was not closed. ## Multi-level allocations An allocation can be a part of a multi-level allocation. The same accounts and subaccounts can be involved in different allocations as source and destination accounts and subaccounts. In this case, the order in which the allocations are performed is important. In Visma Net, multi-level allocation can be performed as a sequence of allocations with a fixed order of allocations. By using the **Allocation** tab of the [Allocations ( GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) window, you can assign an appropriate sort order value to each allocation. The allocation with the lowest value is applied first, so a **1** indicates first priority, a **2** indicates second priority, and so on. CAUTION: If you select and try to process an allocation with a higher sort order value (which indicates a lower priority) while an allocation with a lower sort order value (which indicates a higher priority and earlier processing) is not processed, the system will issue a warning and will not process the selected allocation. ## Allocation batches To initiate automatic generation of batches for allocations, use the [Run allocations (GL504500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/run-allocations-gl504500/) window. In the window, you can view and select allocations for processing. For each allocation, one batch is generated, which gets the current date as its date stamp. The number of transactions in a batch depends on the number of source accounts, the number of subaccounts involved, and the number of destination accounts. The batches automatically generated for allocations have a **Balanced** status. They can be modified if needed and are then released or posted as other batches. Generally, allocations can be processed several times during the financial period; each time, the batches will be generated. If a **Limit amount** has been specified (on the **Source accounts** tab of the [Allocations (GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) window), the batches will be generated unless the source accounts' balances become zero or the limit is reached. To view the history of batches for the allocation, use the **Allocation history** tab of the [Allocations (GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) window. Run allocations /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-allocations/run-allocations page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Run allocations 1. Go to the [Run allocations (GL504500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/run-allocations-gl504500/) window. 1. In the **Allocation date** field, select the date of the allocation. 1. In the **Post period** field, select the financial period that you want to view and process allocations for. 1. To process specific allocations, select the check box in front of the allocations you want to process. 1. Click **Process**. The system generates batches for the selected allocations. To process all allocations, you do not have to select them, just click **Process all**.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Manage analytical reports /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports section The analytical reports are used to display the consolidated and summarised data in a view defined by the report designer at the report design stage. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage analytical reports The analytical reports are used to display the consolidated and summarised data in a view defined by the report designer at the report design stage. The analytical reports are used to display the consolidated and summarised data in a view defined by the report designer at the report design stage. The analytical reports are used to provide the summarised and aggregated values in a variety of views: The data in the analytical report can be displayed in the monthly, yearly, and quarterly views, and the data can provide information from the point of view of departments, selected account classes, and other dimensions. In Visma Net, you can design analytical reports and run the reports that were designed and published on the site. About the analytical report manager /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/about-the-analytical-report-manager page The analytical report manager is a web-based report access and management tool for creating and modifying analytical reports. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About the analytical report manager The analytical report manager is a web-based report access and management tool for creating and modifying analytical reports. Report designers can use this tool to design and run custom analytical reports using advanced data selection criteria, data calculation rules, and customisable report layout design functionalities. By using the Analytical report manager, you can perform the following tasks: + Create the layout and structure of analytical report, based on your business requirements. + Define data selection criteria for the report with a high level of granularity. The entities specified as the data source could include, for example, a range of accounts, subaccounts, and financial periods. + Use advanced formulas to calculate values based on the information extracted from the data source. + Create consolidated reports based on the data from multiple data sources or analytical reports. + Localise data used by a report if multilingual support of user input is enabled. Once you save and publish reports, they become available to users for viewing. Related reference [Report definitions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) [Unit sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) [Column sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) [Row sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) Analytical report parameters /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/analytical-report-parameters page An analytical report is described by the set of parameters, including the following: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Analytical report parameters An analytical report is described by the set of parameters, including the following: Report layout parameters : The parameters specifying how the information in the report should be organised Data source parameters : The parameters that specify how the data should be selected for the report Data transformation and calculation rules : The parameters used in the expression and the formulas applied to calculate the report values based on the data selected from the database Report formatting parameters : The parameters specifying the data visual presentation in the report ## Report layout parameters The report layout determines the report outlook, and defines the content of the rows and columns in the report. To set the report layout, specify the unit structure of the report, identify the rows and columns to be displayed in the report, define the report headers, and set the headers for the specific groups of columns and rows in the report or for the individual columns and rows.
Parameter Description
Column set

Identifies the columns to be included in the analytical report. This is a mandatory attribute for the analytical report.

For more information about the column sets, see Column sets - overview.

Row set

Identifies the columns to be included in the analytical report. This is a mandatory attribute.

For details about the row sets, see About row sets.

Unit set

Identifies the units used to compose the analytical report. Use units to describe the structure of complex reports, such as the reports composed from several sections or including different views of data. Units present the dimensions of data in the analytical report.

For more information about the unit sets, see Unit sets - overview.

Report header

Specifies the text describing the content analytical report. Depending on the report structure, a row header or a column header can be used to specify the header for analytical report.

The report header can be defined as a header for the column set selected for the report, or as the row header having the appropriate style.

Row headers Are used to insert the descriptive text into the report. Depending on the report structure, a row header specifies the header text for a single row or a group of rows in the report.
Column headers Are used to insert the descriptive text into the report. Depending on the report structure, a column header specifies the header text for a single column or a group of columns in the report.
Printing control attributes Include the row and column attributes used to insert the page breaks and line breaks in the reports, display or hide the rows or columns from printing, and set the column groups and printing groups to print data from the specific rows in the specific columns.
The Printing control parameter can be specified for the columns and rows in the report. It manages the line breaks for the rows, page breaks for the rows and columns, includes or excludes the rows or columns from the printed report, and switches the rows and columns merging on or off.
The Column group and Printing group parameters identify that the specific rows will be printed in the specific columns of the report.
## Data source parameters Data source parameters specify how the data will be selected for the report. Depending on the report structure, the data source can be defined for the whole report, and different data selection criteria can be used for the rows and columns.
Parameter Description
Data source selected for the report

Specifies the data filtering criteria on the report level. The data can be filtered using various criteria including groups of accounts and subaccounts, specific periods, and totals calculation method.

For information about the data filtering criteria, see About data filtering criteria.

Data source selected for the row Specifies the data filtering criteria on the row level. You can define the filtering rules separately for each row or set the rules for the groups of rows included in the report. The data can be filtered using various criteria, including groups of accounts and subaccounts, specific periods, and total calculation method.
Data source selected for the column Specifies the data filtering criteria on the column level. You can define the filtering rules separately for each column or set the rules for the groups of rows included in the report. The data can be filtered using various criteria, including groups of accounts and subaccounts, specific periods, and total calculation method.
## Data transformation and calculation rules To calculate the values in the report, you should use formulas. Formulas describe data transformations and other operations performed with the data selected from the data source. The formulas can use the data selected from the data source as the parameters. Depending on the report structure, formulas can be defined on the unit, row, or column level. For more information about the formulas, see [About formulas](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-formulas/).
Type Description
Formulas defined for the units Specify the data transformation and calculation rules on the unit level. The operations specified by the formula defined for a unit can be performed with the data related to the other units, or the data from the columns, rows, and cells in the report table.
Formulas defined for the rows Specify the data transformation and calculation rules on the row level. The operations specified by the formula defined for a row can be performed with the data related to the other rows, columns, and cells in the report table.
Formulas defined for the columns The formulas designed for the columns specify the data transformation and calculation rules on the column level. The operations specified by the formula defined for a row can be performed with the data related to the other rows, columns, and cells in the report table.
## Report formatting parameters The formatting options can be defined for the entire report and for any particular row or column. Formatting options allow for setting the report page layout, selecting font attributes, and visually emphasising some rows or columns in the report.
Type Description
Formatting parameters defined on the report level

Allow for setting up the page layout including the report page and margins sizes, selecting the font attributes (the font name, size, style, and colour), and setting the text align and background colour attributes for the text lines in the report.

The formatting parameters defined for the whole report include setting the report attributes for the page formatting, and defining the printing style for the report text. For more information about the printing style, see Printing styles.

Formatting parameters defined on the row level

Can be set for any particular row in the report to visually emphasise it. These parameters include text align, font name, size, style and colour, and background colour attributes. Additionally, the separation lines can be included in the report by adding the rows having an underline type.

The formatting parameters defined on the row level include setting the row attributes for the row formatting, and defining the printing style for the text in the row. For more information about the row attributes, see About row attributes.

Formatting parameters defined on the column level

Can be set for any particular column in the report to visually emphasise it. These parameters include text align, font name, size, style and colour, and background colour attributes.

The formatting parameters defined on the column level include setting the column attributes for the column formatting, and defining the printing style for the text in the column. For more information about the column attributes, see Column attributes.

[Row sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-sets/) [Unit sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/unit-sets/unit-sets-overview/) [Data source - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/data-source-overview/)

Related pages

Concepts

Row sets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Row sets About row sets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-sets page A row set is a set of rows to be used in a report or in a group of reports that use the same rows. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About row sets A row set is a set of rows to be used in a report or in a group of reports that use the same rows. You define row sets and their properties in the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window. While a row set can be used in multiple reports, each report can be associated with a single row set. You can specify what rows will be displayed in the analytical report by creating a new row set, adding the rows to it, and including this row set in the report in the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window. Every row included in the row set has a set of attributes. The row attributes include the report layout and row printing style parameters, the data source for the row, and the data transformation and calculation rules defined to display the calculated values in the row. For more information about row attributes, see [About row attributes](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-attributes/). Related concepts [About analytical report parameters](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/analytical-report-parameters/) About row attributes /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-attributes page Each row in the row set has its set of attributes displayed in the lines of the Row sets (CS206010) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About row attributes Each row in the row set has its set of attributes displayed in the lines of the Row sets (CS206010) window. For more information: [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/). The row attributes specify how the data are selected, calculated, formatted, and displayed in the rows of printed analytical reports. By changing the row attributes, you can define the data selection, processing and formatting rules for a specific row in the analytical report. To define what data should be included in the report and set up the visual formatting for the rows, you should set the values of the following row attributes. ## Code and description The row code is an unique value specified by the system when you add a new row to the row set. This code is used to identify the row within the row set, and the references to the rows in the formulas also include the rows codes. The code assigned to the row can be changed later, but we do not recommend that you change the existing row codes, because they can be used in the formula references to this row. The rows in the row sets are sorted by the row code in ascending order, and this is the order they appear in the generated report. We also do not recommended that you use the successive values as the codes of new rows added to the row set to simplify the procedure of adding the rows to be inserted into the report between the existing ones. The row description is a descriptive definition of the row contents. The data from the **Description** field is not printed in the analytical report. To include the row description in the report, you should create a caption for this row. ## Type By defining the **Type** attribute in the row set, you specify what data will be displayed in a particular report row, and how the data in the row will be processed. You can select one of the following row types:
Type Description
General ledger A row type that you select when the data to be displayed in the row does not include some calculated values like yearly or quarterly totals and can be used as a source in the summarised data calculations. This row type can be selected when no formulas are used to calculate the values in the row.
Caption A row type that you select to set the caption for a row or a group of rows. The row caption can be printed on a separate line in the report or merged with the data in the next row of the row set and displayed in the specified column on the next report line. To print the caption on a separate line, you should select Caption in the Type field, then specify the Style attribute to define the caption printing style, and specify the default settings for the other attributes in the row. To display the caption on the same line, specify the Column group attribute for the row, which defines a caption, and select the Merge next option for the Printing control attribute.
Line A row type that you select to insert a row separating line in the report. The separating lines are used to improve the report readability and visually segregate the groups of data displayed in the report lines. You can specify the line style for the separating lines by setting the Line style attribute for the row.
Total A row type that you select when the data displayed in the row includes some calculated values like yearly or quarterly totals and should be excluded from the volume of data that can be selected as a source for summarised values calculation. This row type is commonly used when the row includes a formula which calculates the sums or total values.
Header A row type that you select to print the specific header in this row in the report. You should specify the header in the Headers section of the Column sets (CS206020) window. To display the header in the report, specify the Column group attribute for the row, which defines a header. This attribute specifies the reference to the appropriate header defined for the column set included in this report.
## Value By specifying the **Value** attribute, you can define a certain value to be displayed in the report line. The values in the rows can be predefined parameters or computed values calculated using formulas. Values are frequently used to insert the sums and totals into the report lines. The formulas used to calculate the data in the report lines usually include the references to other rows or particular cells in the report. The expressions used to insert the data in the report rows can also use the parametric queries to select the necessary data from the data source. Note: When you use the **Values** attribute to display the total values in the row, it is necessary to confirm that the appropriate **Row type** attribute is selected for this row to exclude it from the data that can be selected as a source for summarised values calculation. ## Format You use the **Format** attribute to specify the format functions for the row cells. For the rules of the row cell formatting, see [Cell formatting.](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/cell-formatting/) ## Data source You use the **Data source** attribute to define the filtering criteria for the data to be displayed in a specific row of your report. To set up filtering criteria, you should specify appropriate parameters in the **Data source editor** dialog box. You can specify criteria on different levels (row, column, unit, or entire report). The filtering rules defined for the unit have the highest priority. The rules defined on the row, column, and report levels have the next highest priorities (in that order). For example, if you want to define filtering criteria for a column and these criteria differ from the criteria that has already been specified for the rows, you need to clear the parameters or specify them as **Not set** for the row that interacts with the corresponding column so that the data filtering criteria specified for the column will be applied. By specifying the data filtering parameters on the row level, you define the data structure in the report. For example, if a group of lines in the report must display the calculated values for the specific period, you should set the start date and the end date of the period for each row included in this group of report lines. If some lines in the report must display the data related to a specific account, and the columns must display the values calculated for certain periods, you should specify the account on the rows level, and set the start date and the end date of each period on the columns level. ## Style You can use the **Style** attribute to define the printing style, such as the font, background colour, or text alignment, for the data in a specific report row. This attribute can be used when some report row must be visually emphasised and have formatting that differs from that of the other rows in the report. For example, you can set special formatting attributes for the rows that include the total values for some periods. ## Printing control You use the **Printing control** attribute to specify how the rows will be printed in the report. The following printing control options are available for the rows:
Parameter Description
Line break The option you select to insert a line break after each row. In this case, each row will be printed on a separate line.
Merge next The option you select to merge the row data with the data in the next row. When two rows are merged, the values from the merged row are inserted in the free cells of the next row. To merge the rows, you should define in which columns of the next row the data will be inserted, by setting the Column group attributes for the merged rows. You can merge the rows, for example, when some report line must include data from various rows selected from the database by using different selection criteria.
Start box and End box The option you select to visually group a certain number of sequential rows by adding a frame box to these rows in the printed report. Use the Start box option for the first row in the group of rows to be included in the frame, and use the End box option for the last row in this group.
## Page formatting and row printing control attributes Multiple row attributes are used to define the page formatting and to control printing. These attributes include the options that allow you to set the row printing options and block the empty lines printing.
Attribute Description
Page break This attribute allows you to insert a page break in the printed report after the current row.
Height This attribute allows you to set the row height in the printed report (in pixels).
Indent This attribute allows you to set the row indent in the printed report (in pixels).
Line style This attribute is used to set the line style for the row having the Underline type.
Suppress empty This attribute is used when the empty lines must not be printed in the report.
Hide zero This attribute is used to print blank spaces instead of zero values in the row.
Linked row This attribute enables inheriting the printing control properties of a row in the row set from the printing control properties of another row. The printing control properties of a row are defined by the values of Printing control, Suppress empty, and Hide zero attributes. Linked rows are used when the two rows should be printed or not printed in the report simultaneously, and the printing control properties of the first row are used to set the printing control properties for the second row. To define the row whose printing control properties should be used to set the same properties for the current row, you should enter the code of this row in Linked row for the current row attributes set.
## Column group The **Column group** attribute is used to define the group of columns where the values from the current row will be printed. Every column group selected for the current row can include one or several columns. When a column group attribute is set for the current row, the same value should be assigned to the **Printing group** attribute for the columns that will be included in this analytical report and where the values from the current row will be inserted. For example, if the values from the row having the R01 code should be displayed in the columns A and B, the **Column group** attribute should have the same value as the **Printing group** attribute defined for the columns A and B. ## Unit group You use the **Unit group** attribute to include the current row in the unit group. Unit groups are used to generate summarised or aggregated reports, to define the groups of rows to be displayed in some specific reports. Unit groups include the column sets and row sets into the hierarchically organised units that can be used to summarise the values in the report formed from the various column sets and row sets. ### Parent topic [About row sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-sets/) [About row sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-sets/) [About data filtering criteria](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/about-data-filtering-criteria/) [About printing styles](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/printing-styles/) [About formulas](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-formulas/)

Related pages

Concepts

Column sets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Column sets Column sets - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets/column-sets-overview page Column sets are used to define the set of columns to be used in a specific report or in a variety of reports having a common layout. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Column sets - overview Column sets are used to define the set of columns to be used in a specific report or in a variety of reports having a common layout. When different reports use the same columns, you can create a single column set for them. You can specify which columns will be displayed in the analytical report by creating a new column set, adding the columns to it, and including this column set in the report in the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window of the Visma Net Analytical report manager. Each column set can be used in a specific analytical report or in a variety of analytical reports. Every report can be associated only with a single column set. The column sets and their properties are defined in the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window of the Analytical report manager. Every column included in the column set has its set of attributes. The column attributes include the report layout and column printing style parameters, the data source specification for the column, and data transformation and calculation rules defined to display the calculated values in the column. For more information about the column attributes, see [Column attributes](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets/column-attributes/).

Related pages

Concepts

Column attributes /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets/column-attributes page Each column in the column set has its set of attributes displayed in the lines of the Column sets (CS206020) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Column attributes Each column in the column set has its set of attributes displayed in the lines of the Column sets (CS206020) window. For more information: [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/). The column attributes specify how the data is selected, calculated, formatted, and displayed in the columns of printed analytical reports. By changing the column attributes, you can define the data selection, processing, and formatting rules for a specific column in the analytical report. To define what data should be included in the report and set up the formatting for the columns, you can set the values of the column attributes covered in the sections in this topic. ## Code and description The system assigns a letter code to every column that you add to the column set. The added columns are named as they are named in the Excel file, and the letter assigned to the column cannot be changed later. In the **Description** field, you can add a descriptive definition of the column contents. The data from the **Description** field is not automatically printed in the analytical report. To include the column description in the report, you should create a header for this column. ## Type By defining the **Type** attribute for a column in the column set, you specify what data will be displayed in the particular report column, and how the data in this column will be processed. You can select one of the following column types:
Type Description
General ledger A column type you select when the data to be displayed in the column does not include the values calculated on the column level. This column type can be selected when no formulas are used to calculate the values in the column. If some cells from the rows to be displayed in the report use formulas to calculate the values to be inserted in the row, these formulas will be applied to calculate the values in this column.
Calc A column type you select when a formula is used to calculate the values to be inserted in this cell (for example, when a column cell summarises the values from the other columns).
Descr A column type you select if a test description must be displayed in this column of the printed report.
## Value By specifying the **Value** attribute, you define a certain value to be displayed in the report column. The values in the columns can be predefined parameters or computed values calculated by using formulas. Values are frequently used to insert the sums and totals into the report columns. The formulas used to calculate the data in the report columns usually include the references to other columns or particular cells in the report. The expressions defined for the report columns can also use the parameter queries to select the values from the data source and insert them in the column cells. Note: When you use the **Value** attribute to display the predefined or calculated values in the column, you must confirm that the appropriate **Type** attribute is selected for this column; otherwise, the formula and value calculation rules will be ignored. For more information about the formulas, see [About formulas](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-formulas/). ## Rounding By specifying the **Rounding** attribute, you set up the level of rounding that will be used in each particular column of your report to round the values. You can select one of the following types of rounding for a column: **No rounding**, **Whole dollars**, **Thousands**, **Whole thousands**, **Millions**, **Whole millions**, **Billions**, and **Whole billions**. For a detailed description of each type, see [Column sets (CS206020).](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) ## Format You use the **Format** attribute to specify the format functions for the column cells and row cells. For the rules of cell formatting, see [Cell formatting.](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/cell-formatting/) ## Page formatting and column printing control attributes Multiple column attributes are used to define page formatting and to control printing, as shown in the following table. These attributes include options you can use to set the column printing options and block the printing of empty columns.
Column type Description
Width The column width in the printed report (in pixels).
Auto height An attribute that automatically adjusts (if selected) the height of the selected cell in a column. You can select this check box to move a long string of text to the next line inside the cell.
Extra space The indentation for the entire column.
Suppress empty An attribute that is used when the empty columns must not be printed in the report.
Suppress line An attribute that is used to control the underline printing in the column. This parameter switches printing the underlines in the report if some rows in the report have the Underline type; the underlines will not be printed in the column when the Suppress line option is selected for it.
Page break An attribute that you use to split the printed report into the pages and insert a page break in the printed report after the current column. If this option is selected, the next columns in the column set will be printed on the next page.
## Printing group You use the **Printing group** attribute to define the group of rows where the values from the current column will be printed. Every printing group can include one row or multiple rows, and can be assigned to a single column set or multiple sets. When a column group attribute is set for the current row, the same column group should be assigned to the **Printing group** attribute for the column set that will be included in this analytical report. ## Unit group You use the **Unit group** attribute to include the current column in the unit group. Unit groups are used to generate summarised or aggregated reports; they define the groups of columns to be displayed in some specific reports. Unit groups include the column sets and row sets in the hierarchically organised units that can be used to summarise the values in the report formed from the various column sets and row sets. ## Printing control You use the **Printing control** attribute to specify how the columns will be printed in the report. The following printing control options are available for the columns.
Printing control parameter Description
Print The option you select to print the column in the report.
Hidden The option you select to prevent the column from appearing in the printed report. If you select it, the column will not be printed in the report. You can use this option when some columns are used only as a source of data to calculate other report values and must not be included in the printed report.
Merge next The option you select to merge the data in the current column with the data in the next column. When the two columns are merged, the values from the merged column are inserted in the free cells of the next column. To merge the columns, you should define in which rows of the next row the data will be inserted, by setting the Printing group values for the merged rows. Rows merging is used, for example, when a single report line must include data from various rows selected from the database by using different selection criteria or calculated values.
## Visible formula You use the **Visible formula** attribute to define the conditions of hiding a column when you run the report. If you do not want to have needless columns (for example, those with no data) in the report, you can hide a column or multiple columns by specifying appropriate hiding conditions in the **Visible formula** box. Hiding a column does not remove a column or its data at all. The column will be displayed when the report is generated outside the specified conditions. For example, suppose you have an annual report that has twelve columns, where each column accumulates data by month. If you run the report in March, it will contain the data for the three months (from January to March), so only three columns will contain data. In that case, there is no need to display other columns that have no data. Thus, you can specify conditions to hide the columns depending on the period of time when you run the report. For the **Visible formula** attribute, you can specify such values as = **True** (for displaying the column), **=False** (for hiding the column), or a formula with specific conditions for hiding the column depending on the @StartPeriod parameter. ## Style You can use the **Style** attribute to define the printing style, such as the font, background colour, or text alignment, for the data in a specific report column. This attribute can be used when some report column must be visually emphasised and have formatting that differs from that of the other columns in the report. For example, you can set special formatting attributes for the columns that include the total values for some periods. For more information about the printing style, see [Printing styles](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/printing-styles/). ## Data source You use the **Data source** attribute to define the filtering criteria for the data to be displayed in a specific column of your report. To set up filtering criteria, you should specify appropriate parameters in the **Data source editor** dialog box. You can specify criteria on different levels (row, column, unit, or entire report). The filtering rules defined for the unit have the highest priority. The rules defined on the row, column, and report levels have the next highest priorities (in that order). For example, if you want to define filtering criteria for a column and these criteria differ from the criteria that has already been specified for the rows, you need to clear the parameters or specify them as **Not set** for the row that interacts with the corresponding column so that the data filtering criteria specified for the column will be applied. For more information about the data filtering criteria, see [About data filtering criteria](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/about-data-filtering-criteria/). By specifying the data filtering parameters on the row level, you define the data structure in the report. For example, if a group of lines in the report must display the calculated values for the specific period, you should set the start date and the end date of the period for each row included in this group of report lines. If some lines in the report must display the data related to a specific account, and the columns must display the values calculated for certain periods, you should specify the account on the rows level, and set the start date and the end date of each period on the columns level.
Cell formatting /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/cell-formatting page You use the format functions specified for the Format attribute in the Column sets (CS206020) window (for the column cell) and in the Row sets (CS206010) window (for the row cell). 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Cell formatting You use the format functions specified for the Format attribute in the Column sets (CS206020) window (for the column cell) and in the Row sets (CS206010) window (for the row cell). For more information: [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/), [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/). To set the format for the column or row cells, you can use the standard formats defined for the format function in.Net. Both standard (numeric and datetime) and user-defined data formats are supported. The standard numeric data formats use the window **Axx**, where **A** is a single alphabetic character called the format specifier, and **xx** is an optional integer called the precision specifier. The precision specifier ranges from 0 to 99 and controls the number of significant digits or zeros to the right of a decimal point. The format string cannot contain white spaces. The standard **DateTime** format string consists of a single format specifier character. If the format specifier is not found in the list of standard string format specifiers, a runtime exception is thrown. If the format string is longer than a single character (even if the extra characters are blanks), the format string is interpreted as a custom format string. If the standard numeric format specifiers do not provide the type of formatting required by the report, you can use custom format strings. The custom format strings use the format characters to specify what symbol should be placed in the specific position of the format string. Any numeric format string that does not fit the definition of a standard numeric format string is interpreted as a custom numeric format string. Thus, the format string **c!** is interpreted as a custom format string because it contains two alphabetic characters, even though the character **c** is a standard numeric format specifier. The custom **DateTime** format specifiers can be used to create a custom **DateTime** format string. ## Standard numeric format strings The following table describes the standard numeric format strings. Note that the result string produced by these format specifiers is influenced by the settings in the **Regional options** control panel. Computers using different settings will generate different result strings. |Format specifier|Name|Description| |---|---|---| |**C** or **c**|Currency|The numbers in the report row or column will be converted to strings that represent the currency amounts. The precision specifier indicates the number of decimal places to be shown. **Examples**: `c` `c2` You can use a currency symbol in the report rows, such as the US dollar symbol ($) or the European Euro symbol (€). To set up the required symbol, use the format string as in the following example: **Example (for Euro)**: `\€ #,##0.00` Any symbol that you type after the backslash (\) will be printed as is.| |**D** or **d**|Decimal|This format is supported for integral types only. The number is converted to a string of decimal digits (0 to9), prefixed by a minus sign if the number is negative. The precision specifier indicates the minimum number of digits in the resulting string. If required, the number is padded with zeros to its left to produce the number of digits given by the precision specifier. The exponent always consists of a plus or minus sign and a minimum of three digits. The exponent is padded with zeros to meet this minimum, if required. **Examples**: dd4| |**E** or **e**|Scientific (exponential) (This format is very seldom used in the analytical reports)|The number is converted to a string of the window **-d.ddd... E+ddd** or **-d.ddd... e+ddd** , where each **d** indicates a digit (0 to 9). The string starts with a minus sign if the number is negative. One digit always precedes the decimal point. The precision specifier indicates the appropriate number of digits after the decimal point. If the precision specifier is omitted, a default of six digits after the decimal point is used. The case of the format specifier indicates whether to prefix the exponent with an **E** or an **e** . The exponent always consists of a plus or minus sign and a minimum of three digits. The exponent is padded with zeros to meet this minimum, if required. **Examples**: ee2| |**F** or **f**|Fixed point|The number is converted to a string of the window **-ddd.ddd...** where each **d** indicates a digit (0 to 9). The string starts with a minus sign if the number is negative. The precision specifier indicates the number of decimal places to be shown. **Examples**: ff4| |**G** or **g**|General|The number is converted to the most compact of the fixed-point or scientific notation, depending on the type of the number and whether a precision specifier is present. If the precision specifier is omitted or zero, the type of the number determines the default precision, as indicated by the following list. + Byte or SByte: 3 + Int16 or UInt16: 5 + Int32 or UInt32: 10 + Int64 or UInt64: 19 + Single: 7 + Double: 15 + Decimal: 29 Fixed-point notation is used if the exponent that would result from expressing the number in scientific notation is greater than –5 and less than the precision specifier; otherwise, scientific notation is used. The result contains a decimal point, if required, and trailing zeroes are omitted. If the precision specifier is present and the number of significant digits in the result exceeds the specified precision, then the excess trailing digits are removed by rounding. If scientific notation is used, the exponent in the result is prefixed with **E** if the format specifier is **G** , or **e** if the format specifier is **g** . The exception to the preceding rule is if the number is a decimal and the precision specifier is omitted. In that case, fixed-point notation is always used and trailing zeroes are preserved. **Examples**: gg4| |**N** or **n**|Number|The number is converted to a string of the window **"-d,ddd,ddd.ddd...** where each **d** indicates a digit (0 to 9). The string starts with a minus sign if the number is negative. Thousand separators are inserted between each group of three digits to the left of the decimal point. The precision specifier indicates the number of decimal places to be shown. **Examples**: nn4| |**P** or **p**|Percent|The number is converted to a string that represents a percent. The converted number is multiplied by 100 in order to be presented as a percentage. The precision specifier indicates the number of decimal places to be shown. **Examples**: pp4| |**R** or **r**|Round-trip (This format is very seldom used in the analytical reports)|The round-trip specifier guarantees that a numeric value converted to a string will be parsed back into the same numeric value. When a numeric value is formatted using this specifier, it is first tested using the general format, with 15 spaces of precision for a **Double** and 7 spaces of precision for a **Single** . If the value is successfully parsed back to the same numeric value, it is formatted by using the general format specifier. However, if the value is not successfully parsed back to the same numeric value, then the value is formatted by using 17 digits of precision for a **Double** and 9 digits of precision for a **Single** . Although a precision specifier can be appended to the round-trip format specifier, it is ignored. Round trips are given precedence over precision when using this specifier. This format is supported by floating-point types only. **Example**: r| |**X** or **x**|Hexadecimal (This format is very seldom used in the analytical reports)|The number is converted to a string of hexadecimal digits. The case of the format specifier indicates whether to use uppercase or lowercase characters for the hexadecimal digits greater than 9. For example, use **X** to produce **ABCDEF** , and **x** to produce **abcdef** . The precision specifier indicates the minimum number of digits in the resulting string. If required, the number is padded with zeros to its left to produce the number of digits given by the precision specifier. This format is supported for integral types only. **Examples**: xX| ## Custom numeric format strings The following table shows the characters you can use to create custom numeric format strings and their definitions. Note that the result strings produced by some of these characters are influenced by the settings in the **Regional options** control panel. Computers using different cultures will generate different result strings. |Format character|Name|Description| |---|---|---| |**0**|Zero placeholder|If the value being formatted has a digit in the position where the **0** appears in the format string, then that digit is copied to the result string. The position of the leftmost **0** before the decimal point and the rightmost **0** after the decimal point determines the range of digits that are always present in the result string. The **00** specifier causes the value to be rounded to the nearest digit preceding the decimal, where rounding away from zero is always used. For example, formatting 34.5 with **00** would result in the value 35.| |**#**|Digit placeholder|If the value being formatted has a digit in the position where the **#** appears in the format string, then that digit is copied to the result string. Otherwise, nothing is stored in that position in the result string. Note that this specifier never displays the **0** character if it is not a significant digit, even if **0** is the only digit in the string. It displays the **0** character if it is a significant digit in the number being displayed. The **##** format string causes the value to be rounded to the nearest digit preceding the decimal, where rounding away from zero is always used. For example, formatting 34.5 with **##** would result in the value 35.| |**.**|Decimal point|The first **.** character in the format string determines the location of the decimal separator in the formatted value; any additional **.** characters are ignored. The actual character used as the decimal separator is determined by the settings in the **Regional options** control panel.| |**,**|Thousand separator and number scaling|This character serves two purposes. First, if the format string contains a **,** character between two digit placeholders (0 or #) and to the left of the decimal point if one is present, then the output will have thousand separators inserted between each group of three digits (counting from the right) to the left of the decimal separator. The actual character used as the decimal separator in the result string is determined by the settings in the **Regional options** control panel. Second, if the format string contains one or more **,** characters immediately to the left of the decimal point, then the number will be divided by the number of **,** characters multiplied by 1000 before it is formatted. For example, the format string **0,,** will represent 100 million as simply 100. Use of the **,** character to indicate that scaling does not include thousand separators in the formatted number. Thus, to scale a number by 1 million and insert thousand separators you would use the format string **#,##0,,**.| |**%**|Percentage placeholder|The presence of the **%** character in a format string causes a number to be multiplied by 100 before it is formatted. The appropriate symbol is inserted in the number itself at the location where the **%** appears in the format string. The percent character used is dependent on the settings in the **Regional options** control panel.| |**E0** **E+0** **E-0** **e0** **e+0** ### e-0|Scientific notation|If any of the strings **E**, **E+**, **E-**, **e**, **e+**, or **e-** is present in the format string and followed immediately by at least one **0** character, then the number is formatted using scientific notation with an **E** or **e** inserted between the number and the exponent. The number of **0** characters following the scientific notation indicator determines the minimum number of digits to output for the exponent. The **E+** and **e+** formats indicate that a sign character (plus or minus) should always precede the exponent. The **E**, **E-**, **e**, or **e-** formats indicate that a sign character should only precede negative exponents.| |**\**|Escape character|In C# and C++, the backslash character causes the next character in the format string to be interpreted as an escape sequence. It is used with traditional formatting sequences like **\n** (new line).| |**'ABC' "ABC"**|Literal string|Characters enclosed in single or double quotes are copied to the result string literally, and do not affect formatting.| |**;**|Section separator|This character is used to separate sections for positive, negative, and zero numbers in the format string.| |**Other**|All other characters|All other characters are copied to the result string as literals in the position they appear.| ## Standard DateTime format strings The following table describes the standard date/time format specifiers. The output of these format specifiers is influenced by the current culture and the settings in the **Regional options** control panel. |Format character|Name|Description| |---|---|---| |**d**|Short date pattern|Displays a value in a short date format. Depending on the settings in the **Regional options** control panel, the value can be in one of the following formats: + **M/d/yyyy** (for **en-US** local settings) + **yyyy/MM/dd** (for **ja-JP** local settings) + **dd/MM/yyyy** (for **fr-FR** local settings) **Example**: d| |**D**|Long date pattern|Displays a value in a long date format. Depending on the settings in the **Regional options** control panel, the value can be in one of the following formats: + **dddd, MMMM dd, yyyy** (for **en-US** local settings) + **yyyy'?'M'?'d'?'** (for **ja-JP** local settings) + **dddd d MMMM yyyy** (for **fr-FR** local settings) **Example**: D| |**t**|Short time pattern|Displays a value in a short time format. Depending on the settings in the **Regional options** control panel, the value can be in one of the following formats: + **h:mm tt** (for **en-US** local settings) + **H:mm** (for ja-JP local settings) + **HH:mm** (for fr-FR local settings) **Example**: t| |**T**|Long time pattern|Displays a value in a long time format. Depending on the settings in the **Regional options** control panel, the value can be in one of the following formats: + **h:mm:ss tt** (for **en-US** local settings) + **H:mm:ss** (for ja-JP local settings) + **HH:mm:ss** (for fr-FR local settings) **Example**: T| |**f**|Full date/time pattern (short time)|Displays a value in a combination of the long date and short time format patterns, separated by a space. **Example**: f| |**F**|Full date/time pattern (long time)|Displays a value in a full date/time format. Depending on the settings in the **Regional options** control panel, the value can be in one of the following formats: + **yyyy h:mm:ss tt** (for **en-US** local settings) + **yyyy'?'M'?'d'?' H:mm:ss** (for ja-JP local settings) + **dddd d MMMM yyyy HH:mm:ss** (for fr-FR local settings) **Example**: `F`| |**g**|General date/time pattern (short time)|Displays a combination of the short date and short time patterns, separated by a space. **Example**: `g`| |**G**|General date/time pattern (long time)|Displays a combination of the short date and long time patterns, separated by a space. **Example**: `G`| |**M** or **m**|Month day pattern|Displays a day of month defined by the value. Depending on the settings in the **Regional options** control panel, the value can be in one of the following formats: + **MMMM dd** (for **en-US** local settings) + **M'?'d'?'** (for ja-JP local settings) + **d MMMM** (for fr-FR local settings **Examples**: Mm| |**R** or **r**|RFC1123 pattern|Displays a time value based on the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Request for Comments (RFC) 1123 specification. This specification sets the following common time format (regardless of the settings in the **Regional options** control panel): **ddd, dd MMM yyyy HH':'mm':'ss 'GMT'** Formatting does not modify the **DateTime** value; therefore, you must adjust the value to GMT before formatting. **Examples**: Rr| |**s**|Sortable date/time pattern; conforms to ISO 8601|Displays a date and time in ISO 8601-compatible format. The format uses the following custom format: **yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss** **Example**: `s`| |**u**|Universal sortable date/time pattern|Displays a time value in a standard defined window. This specification sets the following common time format (regardless of the settings in the **Regional options** control panel): **yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ssZ** No time zone conversion is done when the date and time is formatted; therefore, convert a local date and time to universal time before using this format specifier. **Example**: `u`| |**Y** or **y**|Year month pattern|Displays a year value. Depending on the settings in the **Regional options** control panel, the value can be in one of the following formats: + **MMMM, yyyy** (for **en-US** local settings) + **yyyy'?'M'?'** (for ja-JP local settings) + **MMMM yyyy** (for fr-FR local settings) **Examples**: `Y` `y`| ## Custom Date Time Format Strings The following table describes the custom date/time format specifiers. The output of these format specifiers is influenced by the current culture and the settings in the **Regional options** control panel.
Format specifier Description
d Displays the current day of the month, measured as a number between 1 and 31. If the day is a single digit only (1 to 9), then it is displayed as a single digit. Note that if the d format specifier is used without other custom format strings, it is interpreted as the standard format specifier for the short date pattern. If the d format specifier is passed with other custom format specifiers or the % character, it is interpreted as a custom format specifier.
ddd Displays the abbreviated name of the day for the specified DateTime.
dddd (plus any number of additional “d” characters) Displays the full name of the day for the specified DateTime.
dddd (plus any number of additional “d” characters) Displays the full name of the day for the specified DateTime.
f Displays the most significant digit of the seconds fraction. Note that if the f format specifier is used alone, without other custom format strings, it is interpreted as the full (long date + short time) format specifier. If the f format specifier is passed with other custom format specifiers or the % character, it is interpreted as a custom format specifier.
ff Displays the two most significant digits of the seconds fraction.
fff Displays the three most significant digits of the seconds fraction.
ffff Displays the four most significant digits of the seconds fraction.
fffff Displays the five most significant digits of the seconds fraction.
ffffff Displays the six most significant digits of the seconds fraction.
fffffff Displays the seven most significant digits of the seconds fraction.
F Displays the most significant digit of the seconds fraction. Nothing is displayed if the digit is zero.
FF Displays the two most significant digits of the seconds fraction. However, trailing zeros, or two zero digits, are not displayed.
FFF Displays the three most significant digits of the seconds fraction. However, trailing zeros, or three zero digits, are not displayed.
FFFF Displays the four most significant digits of the seconds fraction. However, trailing zeros, or four zero digits, are not displayed.
FFFFF Displays the five most significant digits of the seconds fraction. However, trailing zeros, or five zero digits, are not displayed.
FFFFFF Displays the six most significant digits of the seconds fraction. However, trailing zeros, or six zero digits, are not displayed.
FFFFFFF Displays the seven most significant digits of the seconds fraction. However, trailing zeros, or seven zero digits, are not displayed.
g or gg (plus any number of additional “g” characters) Displays the era (A.D. for example) for the specified DateTime value. Note that if the g format specifier is used alone, without other custom format strings, it is interpreted as the standard general format specifier. If the g format specifier is passed with other custom format specifiers or the % character, it is interpreted as a custom format specifier.
h Displays the hour for the specified DateTime value in the range 1 to 12. The hour represents whole hours passed since either midnight (displayed as 12) or noon (also displayed as 12). If this format is used alone, then the same hour before or after noon is indistinguishable. If the hour is a single digit (1 to 9), it is displayed as a single digit. No rounding occurs when the hour is displayed. For example, a DateTime of 5:43 returns 5.
hh, hh (plus any number of additional “h” characters) Displays the hour for the specified DateTime value in the range 1 to 12. The hour represents whole hours passed since either midnight (displayed as 12) or noon (also displayed as 12). If this format is used alone, then the same hour before or after noon is indistinguishable. If the hour is a single digit (1 to 9), it is formatted with a preceding 0 (01-09).
H Displays the hour for the specified DateTime value in the range 0 to 23. The hour represents whole hours passed since midnight (displayed as 0). If the hour is a single digit (0 to 9), it is displayed as a single digit.
HH, HH (plus any number of additional “H” characters) Displays the hour for the specified DateTime value in the range 0 to 23. The hour represents whole hours passed since midnight (displayed as 0). If the hour is a single digit (0 to 9), it is formatted with a preceding 0 (01 to 09).
m Displays the minute for the specified DateTime value in the range 0 to 59. The minute represents whole minutes passed since the last hour. If the minute is a single digit (0 to 9), it is displayed as a single digit. Note that if the m format specifier is used alone, without other custom format strings, it is interpreted as the standard format specifier for the month-day pattern. If the m format specifier is passed with other custom format specifiers or the % character, it is interpreted as a custom format specifier.
mm, mm (plus any number of additional “m” characters) Displays the minute for the specified DateTime in the range 0 to 59. The minute represents whole minutes passed since the last hour. If the minute is a single digit (0 to 9), it is formatted with a preceding 0 (01 to 09).
M Displays the month, expressed as a number between 1 and 12. If the month is a single digit (1 to 9), it is displayed as a single digit. Note that if the M format specifier is used alone, without other custom format strings, it is interpreted as the standard format specifier for the month-day pattern. If the M format specifier is passed with other custom format specifiers or the % character, it is interpreted as a custom format specifier.
MM Displays the month, measured as a number between 1 and 12. If the month is a single digit (1 to 9), it is formatted with a preceding 0 (01 to 09).
MMM Displays the abbreviated name of the month for the specified DateTime value.
MMMM Displays the full name of the month for the specified DateTime value.
s Displays the seconds for the specified DateTime value in the range 0 to 59. The second represents whole seconds passed since the last minute. If the second is a single digit (0 to 9), it is displayed as a single digit only. Note that if the s format specifier is used alone, without other custom format strings, it is interpreted as the standard sortable format specifier for the date-time pattern. If the s format specifier is passed with other custom format specifiers or the % character, it is interpreted as a custom format specifier.
ss, ss (plus any number of additional “s” characters) Displays the seconds for the specified DateTime value in the range 0 to 59. The second represents whole seconds passed since the last minute. If the second is a single digit (0 to 9), it is displayed as a single digit only. Note that if the s format specifier is used alone, without other custom format strings, it is interpreted as the standard sortable format specifier for the date-time pattern. If the s format specifier is passed with other custom format specifiers or the % character, it is interpreted as a custom format specifier.
ss, ss (plus any number of additional “s” characters) Displays the seconds for the specified DateTime in the range 0 to 59. The second represents whole seconds passed since the last minute. If the second is a single digit (0 to 9), it is formatted with a preceding 0 (01 to 09).
t Displays the first character of the a.m./p.m. designator for the specified DateTime value. Note that if the t format specifier is used alone, without other custom format strings, it is interpreted as the standard format specifier for the long time pattern. If the t format specifier is passed with other custom format specifiers or the % character, it is interpreted as a custom format specifier.
tt, tt (plus any number of additional “t” characters) Displays the a.m./p.m. designator for the specified DateTime value.
y Displays the year for the specified DateTime value as a maximum two-digit number. The first two digits of the year are omitted. If the year is a single digit (1 to 9), it is displayed as a single digit. Note that if the y format specifier is used alone, without other custom format strings, it is interpreted as the standard format specifier for the short date pattern. If the y format specifier is passed with other custom format specifiers or the % character, it is interpreted as a custom format specifier.
yy Displays the year for the specified DateTime value as a maximum two-digit number. The first two digits of the year are omitted. If the year is a single digit (1 to 9), it is formatted with a preceding 0 (01 to 09).
yyyy Displays the year for the specified DateTime value, including the century. If the year is fewer than four digits in length, then preceding zeros are appended as necessary to make the displayed year four digits long.
z Displays the time zone offset for the system’s current time zone in whole hours only. The offset is always displayed with a leading sign (zero is displayed as +0 ), indicating hours ahead of Greenwich mean time (+) or hours behind Greenwich mean time (–). The range of values is –12 to +13. If the offset is a single digit (0 to 9), it is displayed as a single digit with the appropriate leading sign. The setting for the time zone is specified as +X or –X where X is the offset in hours from GMT. The displayed offset is affected by daylight saving time.
zz Displays the time zone offset for the system’s current time zone in whole hours only. The offset is always displayed with a leading or trailing sign (zero is displayed as +00 ), indicating hours ahead of Greenwich mean time (+) or hours behind Greenwich mean time (–). The range of values is –12 to +13. If the offset is a single digit (0 to 9), it is formatted with a preceding 0 (01 to 09) with the appropriate leading sign. The setting for the time zone is specified as +X or –X where X is the offset in hours from GMT. The displayed offset is affected by daylight saving time.
zzz, zzz (plus any number of additional “z” characters) Displays the time zone offset for the system’s current time zone in whole hours only. The offset is always displayed with a leading or trailing sign (zero is displayed as +00 ), indicating hours ahead of Greenwich mean time (+) or hours behind Greenwich mean time (–). The range of values is –12 to +13. If the offset is a single digit (0 to 9), it is formatted with a preceding 0 (01 to 09) with the appropriate leading sign. The setting for the time zone is specified as +X or –X where X is the offset in hours from GMT. The displayed offset is affected by daylight saving time.
: Serves as a time separator.
/ Functions as a date separator.
" Indicates a quoted string. Displays the literal value of any string between two quotation marks preceded by the escape character (/).
' Indicates a quoted string. Displays the literal value of any string between two single quotation marks.
%c Where c is both a standard format specifier and a custom format specifier, displays the custom format pattern associated with the format specifier. Note that if a format specifier is used alone as a single character, it is interpreted as a standard format specifier. Only format specifiers consisting of two or more characters are interpreted as custom format specifiers. In order to display the custom format for a specifier defined as both a standard and a custom format specifier, precede the specifier with a % symbol.
\c Where c is any character, displays the next character as a literal. The escape character cannot be used to create an escape sequence (like \n for new line) in this context.
Related concepts [Analytical report parameters](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/analytical-report-parameters/) [Column sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets/column-sets-overview/) [Row sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-sets/) [About data filtering criteria](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/about-data-filtering-criteria/) [Printing styles](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/printing-styles/) [Formulas - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-formulas/)
Unit sets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/unit-sets section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Unit sets Unit sets - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/unit-sets/unit-sets-overview page Unit sets are used to organise the report structure in a report or a group of reports when the groups of rows and columns included in the report use data from the different data sources, or formulas must be applied to calculate the report values based on specific data from the explicitly defined groups of columns and rows. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Unit sets - overview Unit sets are used to organise the report structure in a report or a group of reports when the groups of rows and columns included in the report use data from the different data sources, or formulas must be applied to calculate the report values based on specific data from the explicitly defined groups of columns and rows. Unit sets and their properties are defined in the [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) window. A unit set can include one or more units that define the calculation formulas (for report values), printing groups, and the data source for a data set to be used. Units allow for applying additional data filtering criteria and data calculations for the specific data set in the report. You can specify what units will be included in the unit set by adding the units in it, and organising the unit structure in the report. Each unit set can be used in a report or a group of reports, and each report can use only one unit set. Every unit included in the unit set has a number of attributes. The unit attributes include the formulas used to calculate the report values, and the data source parameters used to select the data. Every unit can use either the formula or the data source parameters to define the data processing rules for the report. [About unit attributes](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/unit-sets/about-unit-attributes/) Related reference [Report definitions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) [Column sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/)

Related pages

Concepts

About unit attributes /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/unit-sets/about-unit-attributes page Each unit in the unit set has the attributes displayed in the lines of the Unit sets (CS206030) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About unit attributes Each unit in the unit set has the attributes displayed in the lines of the Unit sets (CS206030) window. For more information: [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/). The unit attributes specify how the data are selected, calculated, and displayed in the printed analytical reports. By changing the unit attributes, you can define the data selection and processing rules and layout parameters for a specific unit included in the analytical report. To define what data should be included in the unit set and set up the formatting for the rows and columns, you can set the values of the attributes covered in the sections in this topic. ## Unit code and description The unit code is an unique value specified by the system when a new unit is added to the unit set. This code is used to identify the unit within the row set, and the references in the formulas defined for the units can also include the unit codes. The units in the unit sets are sorted by the row code in ascending order, and this is the order they appear in the hierarchical structure in the [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) window. We do not recommend that you use the successive values as the codes of new units added to the unit set to simplify the procedure of adding the units between the existing ones. The **Description** field should contain a descriptive definition of the unit. The data from the **Description** field is not printed in the analytical report. ## Value By specifying the **Value** unit attribute, you can define a certain calculated value to be displayed in the report. The values in the units can be predefined parameters or computed values calculated using formulas. Values are frequently used to insert the sums and totals into the reports. The formulas used to calculate the data in the units usually include the references to other units. The expressions defined for the units can also use the parameter queries to select the values from the data source and insert them in the column cells. Values defined for the units in the analytical reports usually specify the report structure and follow up the defined units hierarchical structure. The units from the top hierarchical level are usually based on the calculated values from the units on the lower hierarchical levels. The higher hierarchical levels can include the summarised and aggregated values based on the units from the lower hierarchical levels. ## Printing group The **Printing group** attribute identifies which groups of columns and rows from the row and column sets will be included in the current unit. The **Printing group** parameter should be specified for the respective columns and rows in the row and column sets of the analytical report. ## Data source You can use the **Data source** attribute to define the data filtering criteria for the data set to be displayed in the specific report column. You can specify the data filtering criteria on the row, column, unit and report levels. The filtering rules defined for the data rows are applied first, and the rules defined on the column level are applied to the data set formed by applying the rules defined on the row level, and after that the criteria defined on the unit level are applied. The data filtering criteria specified on the unit level are applied to the unit as a number of rows and columns included in it. If the data selection criteria set on the unit level have no common data source with the data set received from the data source defined on the rows and columns level, the report will not produce any meaningful result. Data filtering rules used in the data source definition on the unit level help you to narrow the criteria applied on the row and column level. For example, if a group of columns in the report included in the unit must display the calculated values for the specific subaccounts, you should set the start subaccount and the end subaccount in the data filtering rules defined for the unit. ### Parent topic [Unit sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/unit-sets/unit-sets-overview/) Related concepts [Column sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets/column-sets-overview/) [Row sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-sets/) [Formulas - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-formulas/) [About data filtering criteria](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/about-data-filtering-criteria/) Formulas /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Formulas About formulas /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-formulas page Formulas are used to calculate the values to be displayed in the report rows and columns. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About formulas Formulas are used to calculate the values to be displayed in the report rows and columns. The formulas provide the possibility to use advanced calculations and data transformation functions if some values in the report rows and columns are calculated or depend on the data from other sources (such as rows, columns or individual cells included in the report). Formulas used in the analytical reports are much like the formulas used in Excel. You can define the parameters and construct a formula using operators and functions. You can select the parameters used in the formula from the list of predefined parameters or enter them into the formula. Related concepts [About parameters](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-parameters/) [About functions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-functions/) About parameters /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-parameters page A formula may include parameters that reference the data you want use in calculating the values in the report. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About parameters A formula may include parameters that reference the data you want use in calculating the values in the report. There are two types of parameters: predefined parameters and links to specific rows, columns, or individual report cells. ## Predefined parameters The predefined parameters are application-specific and refer to the report parameters that you specify in other ARM windows, such as the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window or the [Row sets (CS206010](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window. For example, the @StartPeriod parameter refers to the value specified in the **Start period** field in the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window, or the @BaseRowCode parameter refers to the value specified in the **Base row** field in the [Row sets (CS206010](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window. All available predefined parameters are listed in the **Data source editor** dialog box. The table below provides the list of the predefined parameters with their descriptions.
Parameter Description
@AccountCode

The code of the current account (if the Account option is selected in the Expand field in the Data source editor).

The code of the current subaccount (if the Sub option is selected in the Expand field in the Data source editor).

@AccountDescr

The description of the current account (if the Account option is selected in the Expand field in the Data source editor).

The description of the current subaccount (if the Sub option is selected in the Expand field in the Data source editor).

@BaseRowCode The row code specified in the selected row in the Base row column in the Row sets (CS206010 window. This row code is referred to by the @BaseRowCode parameter, which you use in the formula in the Value field in the Column sets (CS206020) window to retrieve the value specified in this row for computing another value in the report.
@BookCode The code of the ledger whose data is used in the report. Refers to the value in the Ledger field in the Default data source section section.
@BranchName The name of the branch that is used in the report.
@ColumnCode The code of the current column in the report.
@ColumnIndex The index of the current column in the report.
@ColumnSetCode The code of the current column set in the report.
@ColumnText The description of the current column in the report.
@EndAccount The last account in the range of accounts used in the report. Refers to the value in the Start account field in the Default data source section section.
@EndAccountGroup

The last account group in the range of account groups used in the report. Refers to the value in the End account field in the Default data source section section.

Note: This parameter is valid only in the reports of the PM type.

@EndBranch The last branch in the range of branches used in the report. Refers to the value in the End branch field in the Default data source section section.
@EndPeriod The end period of the report. Refers to the value in the End period field in the Default data source section section.
@EndProject

The last project in the range of projects used in the report. Refers to the value in the End project field in the Default data source section section.

Note: This parameter is valid only in the reports of the PM type.

@EndProjectTask

The last project tasks in the range of the project tasks used in the report. Refers to the value in the End task field in the Default data source section section.

Note: This parameter is valid only in the reports of the PM type.

@EndSub The last subaccount in the range of subaccounts used in the report. Refers to the value in the End sub field in the Default data source section section.
@StartAccount The first account in the range of accounts used in the report. Refers to the value in the Start account field in the Default data source section section.
@StartAccountGroup

The first account group in the range of account groups used in the report. Refers to the value in the Start account field in the Default data source section section.

Note: This parameter is valid only in the reports of the PM type.

@StartBranch The first branch in the range of branches used in the report. Refers to the value in the Start branch field in the Default data source section section.
@StartPeriod The start period of the report. Refers to the value in the Start period field in the Default data source section section.
@StartProject The first project in the range of projects used in the report. Refers to the value in the Start project field in the Default data source section section. Note: This parameter is valid only in the reports of the PM type.
@StartProjectTask The first project tasks in the range of the project tasks used in the report. Refers to the value in the Start task field in the Default data source section section. Note: This parameter is valid only in the reports of the PM type.
@StartSub The first subaccount in the range of subaccounts used in the report. Refers to the value in the Start sub field in the Default data source section section.
@ReportDescr Report description that the system prints in the column set header.
@RowCode The code of the current row in the report.
@RowIndex The index of the current row in the report.
@RowSetCode The code of the current row set in the report.
@RowText The description of the current row in the report.
@UnitCode The code of the current unit in the report.
@UnitSetCode The code of the current unit set in the report.
@UnitText The description of the current unit in the report.
## Links to rows You can use the links to the rows in the formulas to define the parameters. The links to the rows are used when a formula is defined for the row to calculate its values, and the referenced rows are the parameters used in these calculations. For example, when a row is a summarised value of the other two rows, the formula includes the references to the rows to be summarised. You can use the links to the rows in the formulas designed for the calculation of row and column values. However, we do not recommend that you reference the rows in the formulas defined for columns because of the self-references in such formulas. Self-references can be the source of circular reference errors in the formulas. The links to the rows have the following format: **row_code**, where **row_code** is the code of the referenced row (for example, **00112** ). ## Links to columns You can use the links to the columns in the formulas to define the parameters. Use the links to the columns when a formula is defined for the column to calculate its values, and the referenced columns are the parameters used in these calculations. For example, when a column is a summarised value of the other two columns, the formula includes the references to the columns to be summarised. You can use the links to the columns in the formulas designed for calculation of column and row values. Again, avoid referencing the columns in the formulas defined for rows because self-references in such formula can cause circular reference errors. To reference a column, replace its code into the formula as a parameter. ## Links to cells You can use the links to the report cells in the formulas to define the parameters. You use these links when a formula is defined for the column or row to calculate its values, and the referenced cells are the parameters used in these calculations. To reference a cell, substitute its code into the formula as a parameter. ## Self-links in formula parameters The self-links in the formulas can be used in very few cases; they typically are avoided to escape the situations when a self-link results in circular reference error. An example of a useful self-link is the case when some operations must be performed with the values selected directly from the data source, such as calculations of charges for a certain period. To use a self-link in a formula, insert a link to the row or column in the formula defined for this row or column. ### Parent topic [About formulas](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-formulas/) Related concepts [About functions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-functions/) [About data filtering criteria](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/about-data-filtering-criteria/)
About operators /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-operators page You use operators to perform certain operations with the formula parameters or modify the data specified by the Data source report parameter before the data is added in the report. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About operators You use operators to perform certain operations with the formula parameters or modify the data specified by the Data source report parameter before the data is added in the report. You can add operator manually by typing them in the formula area or select them from the list of operators available in the formula editor. There are several groups of operators in the formulas which are covered in the following sections. ## Arithmetic operators Arithmetic operators perform common arithmetic operations with numeric values. The parameters of the arithmetic expressions are handled as the decimal values. The parameters of any other data type will be converted to the decimal type.
Operator Description and examples
+ (addition)

Adds the value of one numeric expression to another or concatenates two strings.

Example: =A10+B10

Here, A10 and B10 are cell references. If the values in the cells are 12.85 and 2.25, the result of the expression would be 12.85 + 2.25 = 15.1.

+ (subtraction)

Subtracts the value of one numeric expression from another.

Example: =A20-B30

Here, A20 and B30 are cell references. If the values in the cells are 12.85 and 2.25, the result of the expression would be 12.85 - 2.25 = 10.6.

* (multiplication)

Multiplies the value of two expressions.

Example: =C10*D10

Here, A20 and B30 are cell references. Assuming that the parameters have the values C10 = 2.25 and D10 = 2, the example would evaluate to 2.25 * 2 = 4.5.

/ (division)

Divides the values of two expressions.

Example: =A10/C10.

Here, A10 and C10 are cell references. If the values in the cells are 4.0 and 2.0, the result of the expression would be 4.0 / 2.0 = 2.0.

% (Mod)

Divides two numbers and returns only the remainder.

Example: =B15 % C15

Here, B15 and C15 are cell references. If the values in the cells are 15.0 and 6.0, the result of the expression would be 3.0.

## Logical operators The logical operators, described below, compare Boolean expressions and return a Boolean result.
Operator Description and examples
And

Performs logical conjunction on two Boolean expressions. If both expressions evaluate to True, then the operator returns True; if either or both expressions evaluate to False, And returns False.

Example: =(A10>0) And (C10>0)

In this example, A10 and C10 are cell references. If A10 = 10 and C10 = 20, then the expression would evaluate to True. Alternatively, f A10 = -10 and C10 = 20, the expression would evaluate to False.

Or

Performs logical disjunction on two Boolean expressions. If either expression evaluates to True, the operation returns True; if neither expression evaluates to True, Or returns False.

Example: =(A10>0) Or (C10>0)

In this example, A10 and C10 are cell references. If A10 = 10 and C10 = 20, then the expression would evaluate to True. Alternatively, f A10 = -10 and C10 = -20, the expression would evaluate to False.

Not

Performs logical negation on a Boolean expression, yielding the opposite of the expression it evaluates. If the expression evaluates to True, the operator yields False; alternatively, if the expression evaluates to False, Not yields True.

Example: =Not (A10>C10)

In this example, A10 and C10 are cell references. If A10 is larger than C10, then the expression would evaluate to False. Alternatively, if A10 is smaller than C10, the expression would evaluate to True.

## Comparison operators These operators, described below, compare two expressions and return a Boolean value that represents the result of the comparison.
Operator Description and examples
=

Equality operator.

Example: =(A10=B10)

In this example, A10 and B10 are cell references. If the value in the A10 cell is equal to the value in C10, then the expression evaluates to True, otherwise the expression evaluates to False.

<>

Inequality operator.

Example: =(C10<>A10)

(where A10 and C10 are the links used as a formula parameters)

In this example, A10 and C10 are cell references. If the value in the A10 cell is not equal to the value in B10, then the expression evaluates to True, otherwise the expression evaluates to False.

<

The less than operator.

Example: =(@10<@12) (where @10 and @12 are the links to cells in the current column)

In this example, @10 and @12 are the links to cells in the current column. If the value in the A10 cell is not equal to the value in B10, then the expression evaluates to True, otherwise the expression evaluates to False.

>

Greater than operator.

Example: =(C10>A10) (where A10 and C10 are the links used as a formula parameters)

In this example, A10 and C10 are cell references. If the value in the A10 cell is not equal to the value in B10, then the expression evaluates to True, otherwise the expression evaluates to False.

<=

The less than or equal to operator.

Example: =(C10<=A10) (where A10 and C10 are the links used as a formula parameters)

In this example, A10 and C10 are cell references. If the value in the A10 cell is not equal to the value in B10, then the expression evaluates to True, otherwise the expression evaluates to False.

>=

The greater than or equal to operator.

Example: =(A10>=A10) (where A10 and C10 are the links used as a formula parameters)

In this example, A10 and C10 are cell references. If the value in the A10 cell is not equal to the value in B10, then the expression evaluates to True, otherwise the expression evaluates to False.

## Other operators This group includes the following operators.
Operator Description and examples
In (a binary operator)

This operator is used in an elementary logical expression that evaluates the search results and returns True when the parameter matches one of the elements from the set of values.

Example: =(A20 In (10, 50, 57)) (where A20 is the link used as a formula parameter)

True (a binary constant)

This operator is used as a parameter in logical expressions.

Example: =((D30<A30)=True) (where D30 is the link used as a formula parameter)

False (a binary constant)

This operator is used as a parameter in logical expressions.

Example: =((C10=E10)=False) (where C10 and E10 are the links to the data)

Null (a value)

This operator is used as a parameter in logical expressions.

Example: =(@20=Null) (where @20 is the cell in the current column and 10th row)

Parent topic: [Formulas - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-formulas/)

Related pages

Concepts

About functions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-functions page You use functions to perform specific tasks that facilitate data processing for the reports. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About functions You use functions to perform specific tasks that facilitate data processing for the reports. Many functions available in the Analytical report manager process the data selected from the data source and return the values to be used in the report. To use functions in the formula, you can enter them directly in the formula editing area or select them from the list of functions provided by the. The groups of functions in the formulas are described below. ## Conversion functions You use conversion functions, summarised in the following table to convert data from one data type to another.
Function Description and examples
CBool(x)

Converts an expression defined in a function argument into the Boolean expression. If the expression is zero, False is returned; otherwise, True is returned.

Example: =CBool(A11+B11-C11*0.05) (where A11, B11 and C11 are the links used in a function argument)

CDate(x)

Converts an expression defined in a function argument to a value of the Date type. The CDate function argument should be a valid date expression. CDate recognises date formats according to the locale setting of the system.

Example: =CDate(A2-B2) (where A2 and B2 are the links used in a function argument)

CStr(x)

Converts an expression defined in a function argument to a string. If the CStr function argument equals null, CStr returns a run-time error; otherwise, it returns a string of characters.

Example: =CStr(A12) (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

CDbl(x)

Converts an expression defined in a function argument to a value of the Double type.

Example: =CDbl(A12/B2) (where A12 and B2 are the links used in a function argument)

CSng(x)

Converts an expression defined in a function argument to a value of the Single type. If the expression defined in the function argument lies outside the acceptable range for the Single type, an error occurs.

Example: =CSng(A12) (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

CDec(x)

Converts an expression defined in a function argument to a value of the Decimal type.

Example: =CDec(A12*0.15) (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

CInt(x)

Converts an expression defined in a function argument to a value of the Integer type.

Example: =CInt(A10) (where A10 is the link used in a function argument)

CShort(x)

Converts a numeric value to a value of the Short type.

Example: =CShort(B2) (where B2 is the link used in a function argument)

CLong(x)

Converts a numeric value to a value of the Long type.

Example: =CLong(B12) (where B12 is the link used in a function argument)

## Text functions Text functions, described in the following table, are used to perform operations with the text strings.
Function Description and Examples
LTrim(string)

Removes all leading spaces or parsing characters from the specified character expression, or all leading zero bytes from the specified binary expression.

Example: =LTrim(CStr(A12)) (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

RTrim(string)

Removes all trailing spaces or parsing characters from the specified character expression, or all trailing zero bytes from the specified binary expression.

Example: =RTrim(CStr(A12)) (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

Trim(string)

Removes all trailing spaces or parsing characters from the specified character expression, or all trailing zero bytes from the specified binary expression.

Example: =Trim(CStr(A12)) (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

Format(format, argument(s) )

Replaces the format item in a specified formatting string ( format ) with the text equivalent of the arguments ( arguments ).

Example: =Format('Currency:........ {0:C}; Account:........ {1:N}', A1, B1) (where A1 and B1 are the links used as a function arguments; 0, 1 are the specifiers indicating where the arguments will be inserted; C is the currency format specifier; and N is the number format specifier)

UCase(string)

Returns a string that has been converted to upper case. The string argument is any valid string expression. If string contains a null value, the null value is returned.

Example: =UCase(CStr(A12)) (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

LCase(string)

Returns a string that has been converted to lower case. The string argument is any valid string expression. If string contains a null value, the null value is returned.

Example: =LCase(CStr(A12)) (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

InStr(string, findString)

Returns the position of the first occurrence of one string ( findString ) within another ( string ).

Example: =InStr(CStr(A12), 'rur') (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

InStrRev(string, findString )

Returns the position of the last occurrence of one string ( findString ) within another ( string ), starting from the right side of the string.

Example: =InStrRev(CStr(A12), 'rur') (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

Len(string )

Returns an integer containing either the number of characters in a string or the nominal number of bytes required to store a variable.

Example: =Len(CStr(A12)) (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

Left(string, length )

Returns a string containing a specified number of characters from the left side of a string. If string contains the null value, the null value is returned.

Example: =Left(CStr(A12), 3) (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

Right(string, length )

Returns a string containing a specified number of characters from the right side of a string. If string contains a null value, the null value is returned.

Example: =Right(CStr(A12), 3) (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

Replace(string, oldValue, newValue )

Returns a string in which a specified sub string ( oldValue ) has been replaced with another sub string ( newValue ).

Example: =Replace(CStr(A12), 'rur', 'eur') (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

PadLeft(string, width, paddingChar )

Right-aligns the characters in a specified string ( string ), padding with the specified characters ( paddingChar ) on the left for a specified total width ( width ).

Example: =PadLeft(CStr(A12), 3, '%') (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

PadRight(string, width, paddingChar )

Left-aligns the characters in a specified string ( string ), padding with the specified characters ( paddingChar ) on the right for a specified total width ( width ).

Example: =PadRight(CStr(A12), 3, '%') (where A12 is the link used in a function argument)

## Math functions Mathematical functions, described in the following table, perform calculations, usually based on input values provided as arguments, and return numeric values.
Function Description and Examples
Abs(x)

Returns the absolute value of a number.

Example: =Abs(A10-B10)

Here A10 and B10 are the links used in a function argument.

Floor(x)

Returns the largest integer that is not greater than the argument.

Example: =Floor(A10-A12)

Here A10 and A12 are the links used in a function argument.

Ceiling(x)

Returns the smallest integer that is not less than the argument.

Example: =Ceiling(A10-C11)

Here A10 and C11 are the links used in a function argument.

Round(x, decimals )

Returns a numeric expression, rounded to the specified precision ( decimals ).

Example: =Round((A10-B12), 5)

Here A10 and B12 are the links used in a function argument, and 5 is the number of digits after the decimal separator.

Min(x, y)

Returns the smaller of the two values.

Example: =Min(A10, A12) =Min(A10, 12)

Here A10 and A12 are the links used as function arguments)

Max(x, y)

Returns the greater of the two values.

Example: =Max(A12, A14) =Max(A12, 240)

Here A12 and A14 are the links used as function arguments.

Pow(x, power )

Computes the value of x raised to the specified power ( power ).

Example: =Pow((A12, 2))

Here A12 is the link used as a function argument, and 2 is the power index.

## DateTime functions The DateTime functions (described below) perform operations on input values and return string, numeric, or **DateTime** value results.
Function Description and Examples
Now()

Returns the current date and time according to the system date and time on the local computer.

Example: =Now()

Today()

Returns the current date according to the system date and time on the local computer.

Example: =Today()

NowUTC()

Returns the current date and time according to the user’s time zone.

The system gets the user’s time zone from the following sources, which are ordered by the priority from the highest to the lowest:

  1. User’s preferences specified in the User settings (SM203010) window.
  2. The employee calendar specified in the Work calendar (CS209000) window and selected for the user’s employee in the Employees (EP203000) window.

Example: =NowUTC()

TodayUTC()

Returns the current date according to the user’s time zone.

The system gets the user’s time zone from the following sources, which are ordered by the priority from the highest to the lowest:

  1. User’s preferences specified in the User settings (SM203010) window.
  2. The employee calendar specified in the Work calendar (CS209000) window and selected for the user’s employee in the Employees (EP203000) window.

Example: =TodayUTC()

DateAdd(date, interval, number )

Returns the new date calculated as a date parameter to which the specified time interval has been added.

The interval argument is a string expression that is the interval to be added. This argument can have the following values:

yyyy
year (a number of years will be added to a date )
m
month (a number of months will be added to a date )
y
day of year (same as day )
d
day (a number of days will be added to a date )
h
hour (a number of hours will be added to a date )
n
minute (a number of minutes will be added to a date )
s
second (a number of seconds will be added to a date )

The number is the numeric expression that is the number of intervals to be added. The numeric expression can either be positive, for dates in the future, or negative, for dates in the past. The date argument is the date to which interval is added.

Example: =DateAdd(CDate('31/01/1995'), 'm', -2) =DateAdd(Today(), 'y', 3) =DateAdd(Now(), 'd', 1)

Year(date )

Returns the year component of the date.

Example: =Year(Now())

Month(date )

Returns the month component of the date.

Example: =Month(Now())

Day(date )

Returns the day component of the date.

Example: =Day(Now())

DayOfWeek(date )

Returns the day of week for a date.

Example: =DayOfWeek(Today())

DayOfYear(date )

Returns the day of the year for a date.

Example: =DayOfYear(Now())

Minute(date )

Returns the minutes for a date.

Example: =Minute(Now())

Second(date>)

Returns the second component of the date.

Example: =Second(Now())

## Other functions The **Other functions** group includes the following functions.
Function Description and examples
IIf(expression, truePart, falsePart )

Returns one of two values, depending on the evaluation of an expression. If the expression evaluates to True, the function returns the truePart value; otherwise, it returns falsePart value.

Example: =IIf((A10-B10)<>0), CStr(A12), 'No data available') (where A10, A12, and B10 are the links used as a function arguments)

Switch(expression_1, value_1, expression_2, value_2,…)

Returns one of the values, depending on the evaluation of the expressions in the parameter. The function returns the value_n, which corresponds to the first expression in the enumeration that evaluates to True.

Example: =Switch(((A10-B10)<>0), A12, ((A10-B10)>0), B35)

IsNull(value, nullValue )

Returns nullValue, if value is NULL; otherwise, returns value.

Example: =IsNull(A10, '0') (if A10 is NULL, returns 0, otherwise returns the A10 value)

Sum(from, to)

Returns the sum of the values in the specified interval.

Example: =Sum('A11','A100') (where A11 and A100 are the links used in a function argument)

Sort(from, to, column )

Returns the values in the specified range of rows in the specified column sorted in ascending order.

Example: Sort('0100','0145','B') (the values in rows from ‘0100’ to ‘0145’ in the ‘B’ column will be sorted in ascending order)

SortD(from, to, column )

Returns the values in the specified range of rows in the specified column sorted in descending order.

Example: SortD('0100','0145','B') (the values in rows from ‘0100’ to ‘0145’ in the ‘B’ column will be sorted in descending order)

## Application-specific functions This functions are specific for Visma Net.
Function Description and Examples
ExtToInt(object field, object value ) Converts the external format of the object field parameter into the internal object presentation (for example, converts AccountCD to AccountID ). Both arguments of the ExtToInt function must have the same data type.
ExtToUI(object field, object value ) Converts the external format of the object field parameter into the UI format. Both arguments of the ExtToUI function must have the same data type.
GetDefExt(object field) Gets the default value of the object field parameter in the external format.
GetDefInt(object field) Gets the default value of the object field parameter in the internal format.
GetDefUI(object field) Gets the default value of the object field parameter in the UI format.
GetDescription(object field, object value )> Returns the description of the object field parameter as it is defined in the PXSelectorAttribute. Both arguments of the GetDescription function must have the same data type. Note: If you use this function for subaccounts, the subaccount description is not available if the On-the-fly entry option is specified for subaccounts in the Segment keys (CS202000) window.
GetDisplayName(object field) Returns the localised name of the object field parameter.
GetFormat(object field) Returns the data type of the object field parameter.
GetMask(object field) Returns the mask of the object field parameter.
IntToExt(object field, object value ) Converts the external format of the object field parameter into the internal object presentation (for example, converts AccountID to AccountCD ). Both arguments of the IntToExt function must have the same data type.
IntToUI(object field, object value ) Converts the internal format of the object field parameter into the UI format. Both arguments of the IntToUI function must have the same data type.
UIToExt(object field, object value ) Converts the UI format of the object field parameter into the external object format. Both arguments of the UIToExt function must have the same data type.
UIToInt(object field, object value ) Converts the UI format of the object field parameter into the internal object format. Both arguments of the UIToInt function must have the same data type.
FormatPeriod(object period ) Performs ExtToUI data conversion for the object period parameter. This function is used to get the period defined by the report @StartPeriod and @EndPeriod dates.
FormatPeriod(object period, object period shift ) Performs ExtToUI data conversion for the object period parameter with a time shift defined by object period shift argument. This function is used to get the period defined by the report @StartPeriod and @EndPeriod dates.
FormatYear(object period ) Performs ExtToUI data conversion for the object period parameter year part. This function is used to get the period defined by the report @StartPeriod and @EndPeriod dates.
FormatYear(object period, object period shift ) Performs ExtToUI data conversion for the object period parameter year part with a time shift defined by object period shift argument. This function is used to get the period defined by the report @StartPeriod and @EndPeriod dates.
### Parent topic [Formulas - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-formulas/)

Related pages

Concepts

Data source /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Data source Data source - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/data-source-overview page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Data source - overview The data source defines and applies the data filtering criteria to select the data that will be used in the report. You include the selected data in the report in the following ways: + For the row, by applying data filtering criteria to the report rows in the **Data source editor** dialog box. You invoke this dialog box from the **Data source** **column** field in the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window). + For the column, by applying data filtering criteria to the report columns in the dialog box. This dialog box is invoked from the **Data source** field in the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window). + For the unit, by applying data filtering criteria to the rows and columns included in the unit in the **Data source editor** dialog box. You invoke this dialog box from the **Data source column** field in the [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) window. + For the data source defined for the entire report, by applying additional data filtering criteria to the report rows and columns. You do this by setting the data source parameters in the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window. Thus, you can define the data filtering criteria for a separate row, column, or unit included in the report, or for the whole report at once. [About the analytical report manager](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/about-the-analytical-report-manager/)

Related pages

Concepts

About data filtering criteria /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/about-data-filtering-criteria page Data filtering criteria specify how the data will be selected from the database. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About data filtering criteria Data filtering criteria specify how the data will be selected from the database. These criteria can be defined for the whole report, for a unit, or for any specific row or column in the report. Usually, the criteria defined for the rows and columns reflect the report structure: They specify how the report data will be grouped in rows and columns. Data filtering criteria specified for a report or individual row or column in the report include the following: Specific group of accounts and subaccounts : The specific group of accounts and subaccounts used to limit the volume of data to be included in the report Specific period : The limited time period used to set the time frame for the data to be used in the report Type of amount : The specific amount type to be used in the ARM report (in the whole report or in a separate row or column), such as the beginning balance amount or ending balance amount ## Specific group of accounts and subaccounts To filter out the data that is not related to the specific account and subaccount, or set the range of the accounts and subaccounts to be used for data filtering criteria in the report, you should define the account and subaccount ranges. To specify the group of accounts and subaccounts to be included in the report, you can use the **Account class** value. To set additional limitations and select the specific accounts, subaccounts, or both as data filtering criteria, you should set the values of the **Start account** and **End account** parameters. If the accounts specified in the **Account class**, **Start account,** and **End account** fields have no common data, **Null** values will be displayed in the report rows, columns, or both. Note: You can use the denominated accounts for retrieving amounts in a foreign currency. ## Specific period To set the specific periods for the data to be included in the report, specify the **Start period** and **End period** parameters. The data related to the periods not included in the selected one will be filtered out and not included in the report. ## Amount type To define the type of amounts that should be used in the report lines (displayed or used in calculations), you should specify the **Amount type** parameter in the **Data source editor** dialog box. The following types of amounts can be selected: **Turnover**, **Credit**, **Debit**, **Beg balance**, **Ending balance**. These types of amounts can be specified for use in the whole analytical report or for a separate row or column. You can also use the amounts in a foreign currency retrieved from the denominated accounts by specifying one of the following parameters: **Curr. turnover**, **Curr. credit**, **Curr. debit**, **Curr. beg. balance**, **Curr. ending balance**. If the **Amount type** parameter is not specified for any report item (such as row or column), the **Null** value will be displayed in the report row or column. ### Parent topic [About the data source](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/data-source-overview/) [About row attributes](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-attributes/) [About column attributes](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets/column-attributes/) Related reference [Report definitions - reference information](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) [Row sets - reference information](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) [Column sets - reference information](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/)

Related pages

Concepts

Printing styles /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/printing-styles page Printing style parameters determine how the text in the report will be formatted and printed. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Printing styles Printing style parameters determine how the text in the report will be formatted and printed. The printing style parameters include the text formatting options defined for the report pages and the individual rows and columns. Report formatting parameters You set the report formatting parameters in the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window of the Analytical report manager. To define the printing style for a report, you can set the following report printing parameters.
Report layout parameter Description
Margins

Specifies the margin size settings for the report page, which can be set in pixels, points, picas, centimetres, millimetres, or inches.

Left
Specifies the size of the left margin of the report page.
Top
Specifies the size of the top margin of the report page.
Bottom
Specifies the size of the bottom margin of the report page.
Right
Specifies the size of the right margin of the report page.
Size

Determines the size of the report page, which can be set in pixels, points, picas, centimetres, millimetres, or inches.

Width
Specifies the report page width.
Height
Specifies the report page height.
Style Sets the style parameters, including font formatting, background colour, and text align options, for the report. These parameters are the same as the settings specified for the row and column Style parameters used to define the printing style for the rows and columns.
Row formatting parameters To set the formatting parameters for each report row, use the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window. Row formatting lets you highlight some rows in the report. To define the row formatting, set the following row attributes.
Row formatting parameter Description
Height Specifies the row height (in pixels).
Indent Specifies the row indentation (in pixels).
Style Sets the style parameters, including font formatting, background colour, and text align options, for the row.
Column formatting parameters You can set the text formatting parameters for each report column in the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window. Column formatting is frequently used to highlight some columns in the report (for example, when the highlighted columns display totals calculated for some reporting periods, and they must have a notable formatting). To define the column formatting, set the following column attributes.
Column formatting parameter Description
Width Specifies the column width (in pixels).
Extra space Specifies the indent defined for a column (in pixels).
Style Sets the style parameters, including font formatting, background colour, and text align options for the column.
Style parameters Style parameters are the text formatting parameters specified for the entire report or for individual row or column. The text formatting parameters for a report, row, or column are specified in the Style group of the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window or in the Style dialog box, which you invoke from the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) or the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window. Use the Style dialog box to set the following formatting parameters.
Formatting parameter Description
Text align The alignment for the text in the report lines.
Colour The text colour.
Back colour The background colour.
Font The font name.
Font size The font size.
Font style The font style (the following options are available: Regular, Bold, Italic, Underline, or Strikeout).
Related concepts [Analytical report parameters](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/analytical-report-parameters/)
Design analytical reports /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Design analytical reports Design analytical reports - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports-overview page The process of designing an analytical report starts with the definition of the report layout. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Design analytical reports - overview The process of designing an analytical report starts with the definition of the report layout. The report layout definition includes the rules specifying the data to be included in the report, the structure of the table containing the report data, and the parameters describing the report formatting. The procedure of creating a new analytical report can be split into several steps as described below. 1. **Design the report layout**: In this step, you need to do the following: + Define the row set and column set for the report to specify the report structure + Specify the unit set for the report to split the report into sections + Configure the report formatting 1. **Publish the report and granting access rights to users**: In this step, you must make the report available to target audience: you must publish the report and provide your user access to the report. 1. **Run and verify the analytical report**: In this step, you run the report and make sure it works as expected and delivers the correct data in the correct way. ## Topics + [Design the report layout](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/design-the-report-layout/) + [View and edit row sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/view-and-edit-row-sets-overview/) + [View and edit the column sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets/view-and-edit-the-column-sets-overview/) + [View and edit the unit sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets/view-and-edit-the-unit-sets-overview/) + [Place the analytical report in a workspace](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/place-the-analytical-report-in-a-workspace/) Design the report layout /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Design the report layout Design the report layout /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/design-the-report-layout page The report layout determines the report outlook, and identifies the rows and columns to be included in the report. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Design the report layout The report layout determines the report outlook, and identifies the rows and columns to be included in the report. To design the report layout, you should perform the following steps: + [Define the report structure](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/define-the-report-structure/) In this step, you define what sections will be included in the report, how the data will be grouped in the report, what rows and columns will be included in the report, and the order in which the rows and columns will be displayed in the report. + [Set up the report headers and captions - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/set-up-the-report-headers-and-captions-overview/) In this step, you define the headers for the report columns and for the report itself, and sets the captions for the rows. + Setting the printing control attributes for the report At this step, you define how the columns and rows included in the report will be printed. ## Parent topic [Design analytical reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports-overview/) Define the report structure /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/define-the-report-structure page Defining the analytical report structure is a part of the report layout design process. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Define the report structure Defining the analytical report structure is a part of the report layout design process. To define the analytical report structure, you should perform the following basic steps: + Define what rows and columns will be included in the report. To define what rows and columns will be included in the report, you should define the row set and column set for the report. + Define what sections will be included in the report. To define the sections to be included in the report, you should define unit set for the report. + Define how the report sections will be grouped and displayed. To define the order of the sections in the report, you should specify the order of the units in the unit set. All the parameters required to define the analytical report structure can be set using the Analytical report manager windows. + [Select rows and columns for the report](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/select-rows-and-columns-for-the-report/) + [Define the analytical report sections](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/define-the-analytical-report-sections/) + [About grouping the sections in the report](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/about-grouping-the-sections-in-the-report/) Select rows and columns for the report /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/select-rows-and-columns-for-the-report page Every report has its sets of rows and columns, which can be specific for this report or be used in other reports. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Select rows and columns for the report Every report has its sets of rows and columns, which can be specific for this report or be used in other reports. Every row included in the row set and every column included in the column set have a set of attributes specifying what data will be displayed in the report. You should define the row set and column set for the report. The row set and column set can be used in a specific report or in a variety of reports having common data selection criteria and similar structure. To define the rows and columns to be included in the report, you should perform the following steps: 1. Identify what rows will be included in the report: To define what rows will be included in the report, you should add these rows to the row set used in this report. 1. View the existing row sets, select or edit a row set, or create a new row set when necessary. For the detailed description of operations with the row sets, see [View and edit row sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/view-and-edit-row-sets-overview/). 1. Identify what columns will be included in the report: To define what columns will be included in the report, you should add these columns to the column set used in this report. 1. View the existing column sets, select or edit a column set, or create a new row set when necessary. 1. Open the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window and set the **Column set** and **Row set** parameters for the report. The row and column sets are defined for the report as a whole, and if the report includes multiple sections each consisting of various rows and columns, the row set and column set should include all rows and columns for all the report sections. ## Parent topic [Define the report structure - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/define-the-report-structure/) [Column sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets/column-sets-overview/) [View and edit the column sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets/view-and-edit-the-column-sets-overview/) [About the analytical report manager](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/about-the-analytical-report-manager/)

Related pages

Concepts

Define the analytical report sections /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/define-the-analytical-report-sections page Every report can include one or more sections. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Define the analytical report sections Every report can include one or more sections. The report can be comprised of a number of sections having different number of rows and columns. The rows and columns grouping rules can also be set separately for each report section. To define the structure of the sections in the report, you should create a unit structure. The unit structure for each report is defined by the unit set selected for this report. The structure of each report section is determined by the unit set, row set, and column set attributes. To define what sections will be included in the report, you should perform the following steps: 1. Identify what sections will be included in the report, and define the order in which the sections will be displayed in the report. The report sections structure is defined by the unit set selected for this report. For each report section, a separate unit must be created. 1. View the existing unit sets, edit a unit set or create a new unit set when necessary. For the detailed description of operations with the unit sets, refer to the [View and edit the unit sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets/view-and-edit-the-unit-sets-overview/) section of this guide. For each section in the report, you should specify the following: + The rows and columns to be included in this section. + The data selection criteria used to include the data in this section of the report. ## Define the rows and columns to be included in the report section The rows and columns to be displayed in the analytical report sections can be selected separately for each report section. To specify the rows and columns to be included in the report section, perform the following steps: 1. Open the [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) window and set the **Printing group** attribute value for the unit which is related to this report section. 1. Open the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window and set the same value for the **Unit group** attribute for all the rows to be included in this report section. For the detailed description of setting the row attributes operation, refer to the [View and edit row sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/view-and-edit-row-sets-overview/) section of this guide. 1. Open the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window and set the same value for the **Unit group** attribute for all the columns to be included in this report section. For the detailed description of setting the column attributes operation, refer to the [View and edit the column sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets/view-and-edit-the-column-sets-overview/) section of this guide. ## Define the data selection criteria for the report sections Each report section can use its specific data filtering criteria to select the data to be displayed in this section. Depending on the report structure and the need to use the same row sets and column sets in a variety of reports, you can define the section-specific data filtering criteria for the rows and columns included in this report section, or define them separately for each unit. To choose where to define the data filtering criteria, you should use the following rule: + When the row set and column set are used only in one report, or the other reports' row set and column set have common data selection criteria, the data selection criteria for each report section can be defined on the row and column level. + When the row set and column set will be used in another report, the data selection criteria for each report section should be defined on the units level. To define the data selection criteria for the report section on the rows and columns level, perform the following steps: 1. Set the data source parameters for each row included in the report section. 1. Set the data source parameters for each column included in the report section. To define the data selection criteria for the report section on the unit level, set the data source parameters for the unit related to the specific report section. ### Parent topic [Define the report structure](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/define-the-report-structure/) [View and edit the row sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/view-and-edit-row-sets-overview/) [About column sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets/column-sets-overview/) [View and edit the column sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets/view-and-edit-the-column-sets-overview/) [About unit sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/unit-sets/unit-sets-overview/) [View and edit the unit sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets/view-and-edit-the-unit-sets-overview/) [About the data source](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/data-source-overview/) [About data filtering criteria](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/about-data-filtering-criteria/)

Related pages

Concepts

About grouping the sections in the report /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/about-grouping-the-sections-in-the-report page The order of the sections included in the report determine the report structure. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About grouping the sections in the report The order of the sections included in the report determine the report structure. The sections in the report can be arranged in a flat or hierarchical structure; depending on the data sampling rules, you can use either flat or hierarchical report structure. The hierarchical report structure is used when a report section includes the data from the other sections of the report (for example, the consolidated sales volumes followed by separation of the sales volumes by the time periods). The flat structure can be used when the report consists of several sets of data assembled in different numbers of rows and columns. To define how the sections will be grouped and displayed in the report, you should define the unit structure in the unit set selected for the report. For a flat report structure, the sections will be included in the report in the same order as the corresponding units in the unit set selected for the report. For a hierarchical structure, the sections corresponding to the nodes in the units' hierarchical structure will be displayed before the sections corresponding to the child nodes or leaves in the units' hierarchical structure. When the sections in the report are organised in a hierarchical structure, you usually should apply additional data filtering rules for the node units to include the particular data from the other report sections in the section corresponding to the node unit, use the formulas in the node units if the data in one report sections are calculated using the data from the other report sections, or apply both formulas and data filtering rules. To group the section in the report, you should perform the following steps: 1. View the units included in the unit set selected for the report. 1. Create the units' hierarchical structure: add units to be included as the nodes in the hierarchical structure when necessary, or move the existing units to the node level. For the detailed description of creating a units structure operation, refer to the [View and edit the unit sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets/view-and-edit-the-unit-sets-overview/) section of this guide. 1. For the node units in the unit set, define the data source to apply the additional data filtering criteria for data selection for the node unit, and define the formulas to calculate the values based on the data from the other units, when necessary. ## Parent topic [Define the report structure - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/define-the-report-structure/) [Data source - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/data-source/data-source-overview/) [Formulas - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-formulas/) Related reference [Unit sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/)

Related pages

Concepts

Set up the report headers and captions - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/set-up-the-report-headers-and-captions-overview page To provide the description of the data included in the report, you should define the titles for the report and its sections, add the headers for the report columns or column groups, and set up the captions for the rows or chain of rows. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set up the report headers and captions - overview To provide the description of the data included in the report, you should define the titles for the report and its sections, add the headers for the report columns or column groups, and set up the captions for the rows or chain of rows. To perform these tasks, you can use the following steps: + Set up the report title. + Set up the titles for each section of the report. + Set up the headers for a range of columns or for individual columns in the report. + Set up the captions for a range of rows or for individual rows in the report. All the parameters required to define the titles for the analytical report can be set using the Analytical report manager windows. + [Add a title for the report section](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/add-a-title-for-the-report-section/) ## Parent topic [Design the report layout](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/design-the-report-layout/) Add the report title /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/add-the-report-title page The report title generally contains the report title and other information that will appear only at the beginning of the report. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Add the report title The report title generally contains the report title and other information that will appear only at the beginning of the report. Depending on the report structure and the information to be displayed in the report title, you can use one of the following ways to create a title for the report: + Create a header in the list of headers defined for the column set selected for the report. Use it as the report title. This is the preferred method to define the title for a report that has a hierarchical structure. To include the variable data in the report title, add the report title in the list of headers defined for the column set. + Define a caption in the first row of the row set selected for the report. This method can be used when the report has a flat structure and variable data should not be used in the report title. ## Use the column sets headers to set up the report title To set up the report title by using the headers defined for the columns set, perform the following steps: 1. Open the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window, and select the column set used in the report. 1. Click the **New** button in the **Headers** section of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window. 1. Select a column where to define header in the **Headers** section of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window. The report title definition can span one or multiple columns. For example, a short text can be displayed in one column and the variable data in the other. To display the report title in the centre of the header line, select the first column to define the header. 1. In the selected column in **Headers** section of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window, enter the header text, or enter the formulas to display variable data in the report title if needed. 1. Set the range of columns where the report title will be displayed. + In the column containing the header, click the lookup button. The dialog box containing the column range and header style parameters appears. + Enter the relevant values in the **Columns range** elements in the opened dialog box. Note that the start value in the columns range should contain the reference to the column where the report title is defined. 1. Set the header style parameters. + In the dialog box containing the column range and header style, set the formatting parameters for the header text and background. 1. Use the **Shift up** and **Shift down** buttons in the **Headers** toolbar of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window to move the report title to the top position in the headers list. 1. Click **Save** button in the window toolbar to save the changes. ## Using the row sets captions to set up the report title To set up the report title by using the captions defined for the [Row sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/), use the following steps: 1. Open the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window and select the row set used in the report. For the detailed description of operations with the row sets, see the [View and edit row sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/view-and-edit-row-sets-overview/) section. 1. In the **Rows** table, click the **New** button to add a new row to the row set. 1. Set the **Code** parameter for the new row. The code for the created row should be selected to make it the first row in the row set. 1. Enter the **Description text** for the new row. This text will be displayed in the report title. 1. Select the **Caption** value for the **Type** parameter of the new row. 1. Set the **Style** parameter values for the row to define the report title formatting. 1. Click **Save** in the window toolbar of the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window to save the changes. Add a title for the report section /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/design-the-report-layout/add-a-title-for-the-report-section section The report can include multiple sections each having a header. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Add a title for the report section The report can include multiple sections each having a header. Depending on the report structure, you can use either row captions or column headers to set up the headers for the report sections. For a flat report structure, the report sections usually include a number of rows from the whole row set, and to set up a report section header, you can choose between a caption defined for a number of rows or a header defined in the column set and printed in the specific row of the report. For a hierarchical report structure, you should use column set headers for each section in the report. ## Set up the report section titles for a flat report structure For a flat report structure, you can define the report section title using the captions defined for the row set or the headers defined for the column set. For both captions and headers, you can define the report lines where the report sections titled will be placed. To set up the report section title using the header defined for the columns set, perform the following steps: 1. Open the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window and select the column set used in the report. For the detailed description of operations with the column sets, see the [View and edit row sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/view-and-edit-row-sets-overview/) section of this guide. 1. Click **![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png)** in the **top toolbar** of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window. 1. Select a column where to define the header in the **Headers** section of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window. The report section title can be defined in a single column, or split between multiple columns. For example, the short text can be displayed in one column, and the variable data in the other. To display the report section title in the centre of the header line, select the first column to define the header. 1. In the selected column in **Headers** section of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window, enter the header text, or enter [formulas](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/formulas/about-formulas/) to display variable data in the report section title if needed. 1. Set the range of columns where the report section title will be displayed. + In the column containing the header, click the lookup button. The dialog box containing the column range and header style parameters appears. + Enter the relevant values in the **Columns range** elements in the opened dialog box. Note that the start value in the columns range should contain the reference to the column where the report section title is defined. 1. Set the header style parameters. In the dialog box containing the column range and header style, set the formatting parameters for the header text and background. Use the **Shift up** and **Shift down** buttons in the **Headers** toolbar of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window to move the report section title to the relevant position in the headers list. 1. To define the line of the report where the report section title will appear, set the same values for the **Printing group** parameter of the header and the **Column group** parameter of the row where the report section title will be inserted: + Set the **Printing group** parameter value for the header. + Open the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window, and set the following parameter values for the row where the report section title will be inserted: + For the **Type** row attribute, select the **Header** value. + For the **Column group** row attribute, set the same value that you defined for the **Printing group** parameter value for the header. 1. Click **Save** in the window toolbar of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window to save the changes. ### To set up the report section title using the caption defined for the row set, perform the following steps 1. Open the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window, and select the row set used in the report. 1. In the **Rows** table, select or add the row where the report section title will be inserted. 1. Enter the **Description** text for the row. This text will be displayed in the report section title. 1. Select the **Caption** value for the **Type** parameter of the row. 1. Set the **Style** parameter values for the row to define the report section title formatting. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)** in the window toolbar of the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window to save the changes. ## Set up the report section titles for a hierarchical report structure For a hierarchical report structure, you should use the headers defined for the column set. you can define a special title for every section in the report hierarchical structure. Within the report sections, both the row captions and row headers can be used to segregate them in the smaller segments. To set up the report section title using the header defined for the columns set, perform the following steps: 1. Open the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window and select the column set used in the report. 1. Click **New** button in the **Headers** section of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window. 1. Select a column where to define header in the **Headers** section of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window. The report section title can be defined in a single column, or split between multiple columns. For example, the short text can be displayed in one column, and the variable data in the other. To display the report section title in the centre of the header line, select the first column to define the header. 1. In the selected column in **Headers** section of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window, enter the header text, or enter formulas to display variable data in the report section title if needed. 1. Set the range of columns where the report section title will be displayed. + In the column containing the header, click the lookup button. The dialog box containing the columns range and header style parameters appears. + Enter the relevant values in the **Columns range** elements in the opened dialog box. Note that the start value in the columns range should contain the reference to the column where the report section title is defined. 1. Set the header style parameters. In the dialog box containing the columns range and header style, set the formatting parameters for the header text and background. 1. Use the **Shift up** and **Shift down** buttons in the **Headers** toolbar of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window to move the report section title to the relevant position in the headers list. 1. To define the line of the report where the report section title will appear, set the same values for the **Printing group** parameter of the header and the **Column group** parameter of the row where the report section title will be inserted: + Set the **Printing group** parameter value for the header. + Open the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window, and set the following parameters values for the row where the report section title will be inserted: + For the **Type** row attribute, select the **Header** value. + For the **Column group** row attribute, set the same value that you defined for the **Printing group** parameter value for the header. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)** the window toolbar of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window to save the changes. View and edit row sets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View and edit row sets View and edit row sets - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/view-and-edit-row-sets-overview page To view the parameters of existing row set, you can use navigation buttons in the control panel in the Row sets (CS206010) window, or select the row set code using the Code selector in the Row set window area. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View and edit row sets - overview To view the parameters of existing row set, you can use navigation buttons in the control panel in the Row sets (CS206010) window, or select the row set code using the Code selector in the Row set window area. For more information: [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/). The navigation buttons allow moving to the first, next, previous and the last row set in the collection of available row sets. By defining the row sets, you can specify what rows will be included in the analytical report. The steps to be performed for the row set modification are similar to the ones used to create a new row set. + [Operations with row sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/operations-with-row-sets/) + [Defining the rows to include in the row set](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/defining-the-rows-to-include-in-the-row-set/) Operations with row sets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/operations-with-row-sets page Row sets are used to define the structure of the analytical reports, including the data to be displayed in the report rows and the report layout parameters. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Operations with row sets Row sets are used to define the structure of the analytical reports, including the data to be displayed in the report rows and the report layout parameters. You can use these parameters in multiple reports that use similar data selection rules and a similar report layout structure. To specify the set of rows for a group of analytical reports or a single report, you can create new row sets or modify the existing ones. To remove the set of rows associated with the reports that are no longer used, you can delete the row sets associated with them. To perform these operations with the row sets, use the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window of [Analytical report manager](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/about-the-analytical-report-manager/). ## Add a new row set To create a new row set, perform the following steps: 1. Click **Insert** in the window toolbar. 1. Enter the code of the row set in the **Code** field. 1. Enter the row set description in the **Description** field. (The row description is not displayed in the printed report and is used only to add a descriptive comment to the row set.) 1. Click **Save** on the window toolbar to save the created row set. The rows can be added to the created row set later. Note: The row set code must be unique within the whole system. The length of the unique row set code is limited by the range of 1 to 10 symbols. The allowed symbols are only digits and letters. ## Modify an existing row set To modify an existing row set, perform the following steps: 1. Select the existing row set code in the **Code** field in the **Row set** area of the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window, or use navigation buttons in the control panel to find the required row set. 1. Change the row set attributes as required. 1. Click **Save** in the window toolbar to save the changes. ## Delete a row set To delete an existing row set, perform the following steps: 1. Display the row set to be deleted in the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window. Use navigation buttons or select the row set code in the **Code** field. 1. Click **Delete** in the window toolbar. 1. Confirm the row set deletion operation. ## Use a row set in the analytical reports After the row set is defined, include this row set in the analytical report it was designed for by using the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window of [Analytical report manager](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/about-the-analytical-report-manager/). **Parent topic:** [View and edit the row sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/view-and-edit-row-sets-overview/) [About row sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-sets/)

Related pages

Concepts

Defining the rows to include in the row set /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/defining-the-rows-to-include-in-the-row-set section To define the rows included in the row set, you can perform the following operations with the rows: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Defining the rows to include in the row set To define the rows included in the row set, you can perform the following operations with the rows: + Add new rows to the row sets + Set the attributes for each row in the row set + Delete the rows from the row set To perform the operations with the rows in the row set, the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window is used. The table displays the available rows and their attributes. ## Create a new row To create a new row in the row set, you should perform the following steps: 1. Click **![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png)** in the **Rows** toolbar; 1. Specify the new row attributes in the relevant columns of the **Rows** table. Only the **Code** attribute is mandatory, and it is necessary to enter the row code to add a new row to the row set. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)** in the **Row sets** control panel. Note: The row code must be unique within the row set which includes this row. The length of the unique row code is limited by the range of 1 to 10 symbols. The allowed symbols are only digits and letters. ## View and edit the row attributes By changing the row attributes, you can define the data selection, processing and formatting rules for the data to be included in this row. The attributes of each row are displayed as the values in the **Rows** table in the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window. You can edit these attributes for the selected row by changing the values in the relevant columns of the **Rows** table. To change a specific row attribute, you should select this attribute and change its value. After all necessary changes to the row attributes are performed, you must save the changes by clicking **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)** in the **Row sets** control panel. Unsaved changes will be cancelled after navigation to another page. For every new row added to the row set for the specific report, you should specify the row attributes. ## Delete a row To delete an existing row from the row set, you should perform the following steps: 1. Select the row to be deleted in the **Rows** table; 1. Click **![icon-delete](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete.png)** in the **Rows** toolbar; 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)** in the **Row set** control panel. ### Parent topic [View and edit row sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-row-sets/view-and-edit-row-sets-overview/) [About row attributes](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-attributes/)

Related pages

Concepts

View and edit column sets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View and edit column sets View and edit the column sets - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets/view-and-edit-the-column-sets-overview page To view the parameters of existing column set, you can use navigation buttons in the Unit sets (CS206030) window, or select the column set code using the Code selector in the Column set window area. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View and edit the column sets - overview To view the parameters of existing column set, you can use navigation buttons in the Unit sets (CS206030) window, or select the column set code using the Code selector in the Column set window area. For more information: [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/). The navigation buttons allow moving to the first, next, previous and the last column set in the collection of available column sets. By defining the column sets, you can specify what columns will be included in the analytical report. The steps to be performed for the column set modification are similar to the ones used to create a new column set. ## Topics + [Operations with column sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets/operations-with-column-sets/) + [Define the columns to be included in the column set](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets/define-the-columns-to-be-included-in-the-column-set/) Operations with column sets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets/operations-with-column-sets section Column sets are used to define the structure of the analytical reports, including the data to be displayed in the report columns, and the report layout parameters. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Operations with column sets Column sets are used to define the structure of the analytical reports, including the data to be displayed in the report columns, and the report layout parameters. These parameters can be used in multiple reports that use similar data selection rules and a similar report layout structure. To specify the set of columns for a group of analytical reports or a single report, you can create new column sets or modify existing ones. To remove the set of columns associated with the reports that are no longer used, you can delete the column sets associated with them. To perform these operations with the column sets, use the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window of the [About the analytical report manager](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/about-the-analytical-report-manager/). ## Create a new column set 1. Click **![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png)** in the **Column set** control panel. 1. Enter the code of the column set in the **Code** field. 1. Enter the column set description in the **Description** field. The column description is not displayed in the printed report and is used only to add a descriptive comment to the column set. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)** to save the created column set. The columns and data filters can be added to the created column set later. The column set code must be unique within the whole system. The length of the unique column set code is limited by the range of 1 to 10 symbols. The allowed symbols are only digits and letters. ## Modify the existing column set 1. Select the existing column set code in the **Code** field in the Column set area of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window, or use navigation buttons in the control panel to find the required row set. 1. Change the column set attributes as required. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)** in the **Column set** control panel to save the changes. ## Delete a column set 1. Display the column set to be deleted in the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window. 1. Click **![icon-delete](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete.png)** in the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window control panel. ### Parent topic [View and edit the column sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets/view-and-edit-the-column-sets-overview/) Related concepts [About the analytical report manager](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/about-the-analytical-report-manager/) [Column sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets/column-sets-overview/) Related reference [Report definitions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) Define the columns to be included in the column set /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets/define-the-columns-to-be-included-in-the-column-set section To define the columns included in the column set, you can perform the following operations with the columns: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Define the columns to be included in the column set To define the columns included in the column set, you can perform the following operations with the columns: + Add new columns to the column sets + Set the attributes for each column in the column set + Delete the columns from the column set To perform the operations with the columns in the column set, use the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window. The **Columns** table in this window displays the existing columns and their attributes. ## Create a new column To create a new column in the column set, perform the following steps: 1. Click **![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png)**. 1. Specify the new column attributes in the relevant columns of the **Columns** table. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. ## Add a header to the column To add a text description for a single column or a column range in the printed report, define a header for a column or a columns range. The **Headers** section of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window allows you to add the headers to the reports and define in which rows the headers should be printed. The **Headers** section of the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window provides the tools to define the headers for a single column or a column range, and insert the headers in the rows specified by the **Printing group** attribute in the **Headers** table. The header for a column or a columns range should be defined after the columns are added to the column set. Every header can be assigned its printing style. You can add, delete, and change the order of the headers in the **Headers** table, and copy the printing style defined for a certain header to apply it to another header in the analytical report. To add a header for a single column or a columns range, perform the following steps: 1. Click **![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png)**. 1. If the header should be printed in a specific row, in the **Printing group** column of the **Headers** table enter the printing group code (the same code should be entered in the **Column group** column for the relevant row). 1. Enter the header text in the column where the header should appear. 1. Use the lookup control in the column to set the columns range for the header printing and define the printing style. By default, the columns range is limited by a single column where the header text is entered. To set the columns range, enter the codes of the start column and the end column in the range. ## View and edit the column attributes The attributes of each column are displayed as the values in the **Columns** table in the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window. You can edit these attributes for the selected column by changing the values in the relevant rows of the **Columns** table. To change a specific column attribute, select this attribute and change its value. After all necessary changes to the column attributes are performed, save the changes by clicking **Save** in the **Column sets** control panel. Unsaved changes will be cancelled after navigation to another page. By changing the column attributes, you can define the data selection, processing and formatting rules for the data to be included in this column. For every new column added to the column set for the specific report, specify the column attributes. ## Delete a column To delete an existing column from the column set, perform the following steps: 1. Select the column you want to delete. 1. Click **![icon-delete](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete.png)**. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. ## Use the column set in the analytical reports Once you define a column set, you can use this column set in any analytical report you configure using the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window. ### Parent topic [View and edit the column sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-column-sets/view-and-edit-the-column-sets-overview/) ### Related concepts [About the analytical report manager](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/about-the-analytical-report-manager/) [About column attributes](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets/column-attributes/) [About printing styles](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/printing-styles/) View and edit unit sets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View and edit unit sets View and edit the unit sets - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets/view-and-edit-the-unit-sets-overview page To display the parameters of existing unit sets, you can use navigation buttons in the control panel, or select the unit set code using the Code selector in the Unit set area of the Unit sets (CS206030) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View and edit the unit sets - overview To display the parameters of existing unit sets, you can use navigation buttons in the control panel, or select the unit set code using the Code selector in the Unit set area of the Unit sets (CS206030) window. For more information: [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/). The navigation buttons allow moving to the first, next, previous, and the last unit set in the collection of available unit sets. By defining the unit sets, you can specify what units will be included in the analytical report. Usually, the units define the report structure, and are used to include the specific rows and columns from the rows set and columns set into the report section. ## Topics + [Operations with unit sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets/operations-with-unit-sets/) + [Define the units to be included in the unit set](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets/define-the-units-to-be-included-in-the-unit-set/) Operations with unit sets /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets/operations-with-unit-sets section You can use column sets to define which sections will be included in the analytical reports, and set the data filtering criteria and data calculation rules separately for each report section. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Operations with unit sets You can use column sets to define which sections will be included in the analytical reports, and set the data filtering criteria and data calculation rules separately for each report section. You can use the units from a unit set in multiple reports that have similar data selection rules and a similar report layout structure. To specify the unit set for a group of analytical reports or a single report, create new unit sets or modify existing ones. To remove the unit sets associated with the reports that are no longer used, delete the unit sets associated with them. To perform these operations with the unit sets, use the [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) window of the [About the analytical report manager](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/about-the-analytical-report-manager/). ## Create a new unit set To create a new unit set, perform the following steps: 1. Click **![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png)** in the window toolbar. 1. In the **Code** field, enter the code of the unit set. 1. In the **Description** field, enter the unit set description. (The unit description is not displayed in the printed report and is used only to add a descriptive comment to the unit set.) 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)** to save the created unit set. The units and data filters can be added to the created unit set later. The unit set code must be unique within the whole system. The length of the unique unit set code is limited by the range of 1 to 10 symbols. Use only digits and letters. ## Modify an existing unit set To modify an existing unit set, perform the following steps: 1. Select the unit set code in the **Code** field in the **Unit set** area of the [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) window, or use navigation buttons in the control panel to find the required unit set. 1. Change the unit set attributes as required. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)** on the window toolbar to save the changes. ## Delete a unit set To delete an existing unit set, perform the following steps: 1. Display the unit set to be deleted in the [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) window. 1. Click **![icon-delete](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete.png)**. ## Use the unit set in the analytical reports After the unit set is defined, you can include this unit set in the analytical report it was designed for by using the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window of the Analytical report manager. ### Parent topic [View and edit the unit sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets/view-and-edit-the-unit-sets-overview/) Related concepts [Unit sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/unit-sets/unit-sets-overview/) Define the units to be included in the unit set /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets/define-the-units-to-be-included-in-the-unit-set section To define the units included in the unit set, you can perform the following operations with the columns: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Define the units to be included in the unit set To define the units included in the unit set, you can perform the following operations with the columns: + Add new units to the unit sets + Set the attributes for each unit in the unit set + Delete the units from the unit set To perform the operations with the units in the unit set, the [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) window is used. The **Units** table in the window displays the available columns and their attributes. ## Create a new unit 1. Click **![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png)**. 1. Specify the new unit attributes in the relevant columns of the **Units** table. 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)** in the **Unit sets** control panel. ## View and edit the unit attributes The attributes of each unit are displayed as the values in the **Units** table in the [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) window. You can edit these attributes for the selected unit by changing the values in the relevant rows of the **Units** table. To change a specific unit attribute, you should select this attribute and change its value. After all necessary changes to the unit attributes are performed, you must save the changes by clicking **Save** in the **Unit sets** control panel. Unsaved changes will be cancelled after navigation to another page. By changing the unit attributes, you can define the data selection and processing rules for the data to be included in this unit. For every new unit added to the unit set for the specific report, you should specify the unit attributes. ## Define the units' hierarchical structure The units in the unit set can be organised into the hierarchical structure. The units hierarchical structure defines the order in which the units will be included in the report and define the report structure. 1. In the left area of the [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) window, select the unit in the hierarchical structure. 1. Use the arrow buttons to move the selected unit to the appropriate position: + The **Move to external node** button moves the unit one position left and places it in the next external node in the hierarchical structure. + The **Move to internal node** button moves the unit one position right and places it in the next internal node in the hierarchical structure. + The **Move up** button moves the unit one position up and places it in the next upper node on the same level of the hierarchical structure. + The **Move down** button moves the unit one position down and places it in the next lower node on the same level of the hierarchical structure. ## Delete a unit 1. Select the unit you want to delete in the **Units** table. 1. Click ![icon-delete-cross](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete-cross.png). 1. Click **![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png)**. ### Parent topic [View and edit the unit sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/view-and-edit-unit-sets/view-and-edit-the-unit-sets-overview/) [About unit attributes](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/unit-sets/about-unit-attributes/)

Related pages

Concepts

Place the analytical report in a workspace /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/place-the-analytical-report-in-a-workspace section A designed analytical report must be placed on the Visma Net site to be available to users. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Place the analytical report in a workspace A designed analytical report must be placed on the Visma Net site to be available to users. To do that, you use the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window. To place the report in your preferred workspace, do the following steps: 1. Open the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window and create the report with the parameters that you would like. 1. In the **Location** field, select the folder where you want to place the report. We recommend that you place it in the **Reports** folder in the workspace you choose. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. To see the report, go to the workspace and area where you placed it. For example, if you selected General ledger, then Reports and Financial statements in step 2, go to the menu item and workspace General ledger, and either search for the report by the name you gave it or look for it in the workspace. You may have to click **Show the full menu** to see all reports and financial statements. 1. You can now open and run the report from the workspace where you placed it. Check accounts for financial statement reports /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/design-analytical-reports/check-accounts-for-financial-statement-reports page In the Report definitions (CS206000) window, you can check whether every general ledger account is actually included in the report totals. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Check accounts for financial statement reports In the Report definitions (CS206000) window, you can check whether every general ledger account is actually included in the report totals. For more information: [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/). 1. Go to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window. 1. In the **Code** field, select the report whose accounts you want to check. 1. Click **Validate row set definition**. 1. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the types of accounts you want to include in the selected report. You can also select to check if there are any missing subaccounts. 1. Click **OK**. The program now - validates that the selected types of accounts are included in the row set definition selected for the specific report - displays the accounts and subaccounts, if any, that are not included in the row set definition. Manage reconciliations /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-reconciliations section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage reconciliations About transaction reconciliation /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-reconciliations/about-transaction-reconciliation page Reconciliation is the process of comparing the cash transactions recorded in the system to records of the same transactions tracked by other means or third parties. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About transaction reconciliation Reconciliation is the process of comparing the cash transactions recorded in the system to records of the same transactions tracked by other means or third parties. For instance, if you reconcile a bank account, you use the bank statements for comparison. By performing periodic reconciliation for a cash account, you make sure that the transactions recorded to the account are correct and that the list of transactions is complete. See: [Reconcile general ledger transactions.](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-reconciliations/reconcile-general-ledger-transactions/) About Journal reconciliation /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-reconciliations/about-journal-reconciliation page In the Journal reconciliation (GL30201S) window you reconcile the general ledger account transactions, to ensure that the accounts contains correct transactions. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About Journal reconciliation In the Journal reconciliation (GL30201S) window you reconcile the general ledger account transactions, to ensure that the accounts contains correct transactions. For more information: [Journal reconciliation (GL30201S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-gl30201s/). Which accounts to be reconciled is set up in the [Journal reconciliation preferences (GL30200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-preferences-gl30200s/) window. ## Features + You can reconcile by selecting the different transactions and click the **Reconcile** button + You can **Void** a reconciliation document to start again + You can hide transaction for future reconciliation document + You can for information purpose show transaction as: + **Unposted** + **Reclassified** + **Hidden lines**

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Set up an account for reconciliation /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-reconciliations/set-up-an-account-for-reconciliation section You can set up an account to be used to reconcile general ledger transactions in the Journal reconciliation preferences (GL30200S) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set up an account for reconciliation You can set up an account to be used to reconcile general ledger transactions in the Journal reconciliation preferences (GL30200S) window. For more information: [Journal reconciliation preferences (GL30200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-preferences-gl30200s/). 1. Go to the [Journal reconciliation preferences (GL30200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-preferences-gl30200s/) window. 1. In the **Setting ID** field, select the ID or enter a value. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a name of your setting. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add a new line in the table below. 1. On the new row, in the **Account** column, select which account you want to reconcile. 1. In the **Branch** column, select which branch you want to use for your account. **Note**: You can have multiple branches for one account. You cannot use the same branch twice on an account. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Set number series for reconciliation for general ledger transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-reconciliations/set-number-series-for-reconciliation-for-general-ledger-transactions section You can change or update the number series and their respective settings for the reconcile transactions in the Journal reconciliation (GL30201S) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set number series for reconciliation for general ledger transactions You can change or update the number series and their respective settings for the reconcile transactions in the Journal reconciliation (GL30201S) window. For more information: [Journal reconciliation (GL30201S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-gl30201s/). 1. Go to the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. 1. In the **Reconciliation setting ID** field, the **RECONSETUP** - **Reconciliation setting ID** is set as default in the system. To change the number series, click ![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) next to the field to do your changes in the [Number series (CS201010)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/number-series-cs201010/) pop-up window. 1. In the **Reconciliation number series** field, the **RECONID** - **Reconciliation number series** is set as default in the system. To change the setting for the reconciliation numbers of the documents, click ![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) next to the field to do your changes the [Number series (CS201010)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/number-series-cs201010/) pop-up window 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Reconcile general ledger transactions /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-reconciliations/reconcile-general-ledger-transactions section Here you will find how to set up for reconciliations of general ledger accounts, and how to reconcile transactions. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reconcile general ledger transactions Here you will find how to set up for reconciliations of general ledger accounts, and how to reconcile transactions. ## Before you start You have to set the following preferences before you can start on the instructions below. 1. [Set up an account for reconciliation](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-reconciliations/set-up-an-account-for-reconciliation/) 1. Optional: [Set number series for reconciliation for general ledger transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-reconciliations/set-number-series-for-reconciliation-for-general-ledger-transactions/) 1. Go to the [Journal reconciliation (GL30201S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-gl30201s/) window. 1. In the **Reconciliation setting** field, select a setting that you created in the [Journal reconciliation preferences (GL30200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-preferences-gl30200s/) window. The **Reconciliation balance** field will now show the amount of the balance. The **Reconciliation date** field is automatically updated with today's date. The system will also list up all documents up to this date. You can change the today's date in the **Load documents up to** field. 1. Optional: In the **Description** field, enter your own information. 1. Optional: Select one, two, or all of the following check boxes: + **Include unposted** + **Include reclassified** + **Include hidden lines** In the table below, these transactions appear with a yellow icon and a message that informs you that these reconciling records are not posted and/or reclassified. 1. Optional: Select the **Include hidden lines** check box. There are some transactions that you are not able to reconcile, and they will stay this way as unreconciled. By selecting this check box these transactions will not be included. The hidden lines will appear in the table below, along with the **Hide line** column with selected check boxes. 1. Optional: If you think that you can reconcile a transaction, deselect the check box in the **Hide line** column for the relevant transaction. 1. In the **Selected** column, select the check box for relevant transactions. The amounts for the transactions are listed in the **Credit** column. The **Reconciled credit** in the **Calculation** section. The amount will automatically be updated according to your selected transactions. This is shown in the **Reconciled credit** field. The **Difference** field will now have a negative amount. 1. In the **Selected** column, select the check box for the transactions to be reconciled with the ones in the step above. The amount(s) for the transaction(s) are listed in the **Debit** column. The **Reconciled debit** in the **Calculation** section. The amount will automatically be updated according to your selected transaction. This is shown in the **Reconciled debit** field. The **Difference** field will now be in zero, as it always should. 1. Optional: Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. Deselect the **Hold** check box. The **Reconcile** button is activated. 1. Click the **Reconcile** button. The transactions are now reconciled. > [!NOTE] > You can also view reconciled transactions in the [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) window. > See: [View reconciled accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/view-reconciled-accounts/) Customer and supplier reconciliation (GL408000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-reconciliations/customer-and-supplier-reconciliation-gl408000 page Regular reconciliation in Visma Net reconciles within ledgers. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Customer and supplier reconciliation (GL408000) Regular reconciliation in Visma Net reconciles within ledgers. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can set up reconciliation between General ledger : and **Customer ledger** General ledger : and **Supplier ledger** The window toolbar
Button Description
Cancel (Esc) Will cancel your selections.
Go to the first first record Goes to the first period.
Go to previous record Changes to the previous period. If the From period and To period fields are not the same period, this button will change both to and from periods one period back.
Go to next record Changes to the next period. If the From period and To period fields are not the same period, this button will change both to and from periods one period forward.
Go to the last record Goes to the last period.
The window will display the balances on **Accounts** between **General ledger** and **Customer ledger** / **Supplier ledger** causing the discrepancies. The top part
Field Description
Period An ID of the financial period
Control account module

With this field, you can select which control account module you want to perform reconciliation on.

A control account is a general ledger account that aggregates the balances of entities in a ledger; it can be used for analytical purposes as well as for the reconciliation of balances between ledgers and the General ledger.

You indicate that an account is to be used as a control account for a particular subledger by selecting the ledger.

The alternatives are:

  • Supplier ledger
  • Customer ledger
  • Supplier ledger and Customer ledger
  • All
Account Select the control account you want to use in the reconciliation
Company

The company you want to filter on. If no company and branch are selected, you will get the sum of all companies.

Note

Company and branch is only available when Multi-branch is activated

Branch The Branch you want to filter on. If no branch is selected, you will get all branches for the selected company.
The table
Column Description
Account The account (associated with the specified branch) whose balance will be updated by the journal entry.
Branch The unique ID of the branch.
Account name The name of the control account.
Control account module

This field indicates which control account module is selected for this reconciliation batch.

The alternatives are:

  • Supplier ledger
  • Customer ledger
  • Supplier ledger and Customer ledger
Allow manual entry A check mark that restrict direct posting to the control accounts. If the check mark is set, it indicates that the account allows manual entry to correct the errors the reconciliation discloses.
Last period The last period transactions have been posted on this account.
Balance General ledger

A statement of all transactions made in the General ledger at the time given in the field Last period.

The link will open the window General ledger details.

Balance Supplier ledger This field displays the Supplier ledger ’s balance for the selected financial period.
Balance Customer ledger This field displays the Customer ledger ’s balance for the selected financial period.
Discrepancy The discrepancy amount is the difference from what is expected or acceptable between the account and the ledgers you have set to calculate.
The additional table columns The following columns also appear if the **Split by currency** check box is selected.
Column Description
Currency ID The currency for the transactions have been posted.
Balance general ledger (currency) A statement of all transactions made in the General ledger at the time given in the field Last period in currency.
Balance supplier ledger (currency) This field displays the Supplier ledger’s balance for the selected financial period in currency.
Balance customer ledger (currency) This field displays the customer ledger’s balance in currency for the selected financial period.
Discrepancy (currency) The discrepancy amount is the difference from what is expected or acceptable between the account and the ledgers you have set to calculate in currency.
Discrepancy details customer ledger vs general ledger (GL408010) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-reconciliations/discrepancy-details-customer-ledger-vs-general-ledger-gl408010 page This window shows discrepancies between the Customer ledger and the posted General ledger transaction for the Customer ledger account. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Discrepancy details customer ledger vs general ledger (GL408010) This window shows discrepancies between the Customer ledger and the posted General ledger transaction for the Customer ledger account. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. It will only show documents that cause the discrepancies. You will only be able to process not-released and not-posted batches in this window. All other discrepancies must be corrected by manually posting the missing transactions. For other discrepancies, please contact Visma support, who will assist you in correcting the transactions. The window toolbar
Button Description
Release/post

By clicking Release/post, you will release marked documents. Only documents with the error message Not released in General ledger or Not posted in General ledger will be processed.

The button is only active if you have selected the Discrepancy category Unposted/Unreleased.

Hide/Unhide A button for hiding/unhiding selected lines. This is used for discrepancy lines that have been corrected.
Set reconciled period A button for updating the reconciled period, used to suggest the From period. This period is found in General ledger preferences - Discrepancy settings, Reconciled financial period.
## The top part
Field Description
Company

Filter on Company.

The column is only visible if you have activated multi-branch.

Branch

Filter on Branch.

The column is only visible if you have activated multi-branch.

Discrepancy category

Filtering different categories of discrepancies.

  • UnPosted/Unreleased [1,2,21]
  • Manually entered [22]
  • GL Transactions do not exist [0]
  • AR Transactions do not exist [20,22]
  • Amount mismatch [3,4,5,6]
  • Other work spaces [22]
  • Different branches [23]
  • Reversed batch [24]
  • Deleted documents [25]

[NN] The numbers correspond with the Discrepancy category (in the top part), see information in the Discrepancy column in the table.

Include hidden lines Selecting this checkbox will display previously hidden transactions, and you will be able to unhide the documents again.
From period

Filter on From period.

The period is suggested from Reconciled financial period in General ledger preferences and, if that is empty, it will suggest the first open period from Financial periods.

To period Filter on To period.
Account

Filter on Account.

You can only select accounts defined as Control account module for customers and suppliers.

Customer

Filter on Customer.

Select the customer you wish to filter upon.

Sum Customer ledger Sum based on the selected tab for Customer ledger documents.
Sum General ledger Sum based on the selected tab for the General ledger documents.
Sum discrepancies Sum based on the selected tab for discrepancies between the Customer ledger and the General ledger documents.
## The table This table will adjust which columns are visible, depending on the Discrepancy category selected in the **Top part**, to reduce the display of empty columns.
Column Description
Note

This is the Note from the transaction.

If the line contains a General ledger transaction, it will be the note you see or can edit and if the line only contains a Customer transaction, it will be the invoice note that will shown and can be edited.

Selected The selection column for lines you want to hide/unhide or release/post.
Hidden

A check box that, when selected, indicates that the transaction is hidden.

To hide or unhide, you can select the line and click the Hide/Unhide button. You hide transactions when you have found a matching correction transaction, so you do not need to check them again.

Discrepancy

Discrepancy types:

  1. The General ledger transaction does not exist.

  2. The General ledger transaction is not released.

  3. The General ledger transaction is not posted.

  4. The Currency ID does not match.

  5. The Currency rate does not match.

  6. The invoice ledger currency sum does not match.

  7. General ledger currency sum.

  8. The invoice ledger amount does not match General ledger amount.

  9. The Branch ID does not match.

  10. The invoice does not exist.

  11. The invoice has not been released.

  12. The General ledger transaction is directly entered.

  13. The General ledger account is used in another module.

[99] the number exists in the database text, so it can be used in Generic queries

Discrepancy amount

The difference between Customer ledger amount and General ledger amount.

(General ledger amount - Customer ledger amount)

Currency discrepancy amount The difference between Customer ledger amount and General ledger amount in currency.
Branch, Customer ledger The branch for the Customer ledger document. This document is found in the Financial setting section in customer documents.
Transaction type, Customer ledger The transaction type of the customer document.
Ref. no, Customer ledger The reference number of the customer document.
Amount, Customer ledger The total amount for the customer document.
Adjustment amount, Customer ledger Currency gain or loss amount.
Currency, Customer ledger The currency of the customer document.
Currency rate, Customer ledger The currency rate for the customer document.
Currency amount, Customer ledger The total amount in currency for the customer document.
Workspace The workspace for the voucher line in the General ledger, if the general ledger transaction is missing, it will display Customer ledger.
Transaction type, General ledger The Transaction type for the voucher line in the General ledger.
Ref. no, General ledger The Reference number for the voucher line in the General ledger.
Branch, General ledger The Branch for the voucher line in the General ledger.
General ledger, batch number The Batch no. for the voucher line in the General ledger.
Currency amount, General ledger The Currency amount for the voucher line in the General ledger.
Amount, General ledger The Amount for the voucher line.
Account number The Account number for the transaction.
Account description The Account name for the account.
Period, customer Financial period for the customer document.
Period, General ledger Financial period for the General ledger transactions.
AR Created The date when the customer document was created.
AR Created by Screen ID

The window where the customer document was created.

The screen ID will tell you what window the document was created in. (00000000 = created by API).

AR Last modified by screen ID

The window where the customer document was last edited.

The screen ID will tell you what window the document was modified in. (00000000 = created by API).

GL Created The date when the General ledger transaction was created.
Created by window ID General ledger

The window where the GL Batch was created.

The screen ID will tell you what window the document was created in. (00000000 = created by API).

GL Last modified by screen ID

The window where the customer document was last edited.

The screen ID will tell you what window the document was modified in. (00000000 = created by API).

Manage webhook notifications /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage webhook notifications Click the links below to learn more about a topic you are interested in. Use the breadcrumb links in the upper left corner to see your location, navigate backwards or go to the starting point. About Webhooks /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/about-webhooks page By activating webhooks, Visma Net can send notifications to a third-party integrator, whenever a change has been made to the supported types listed below. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About Webhooks By activating webhooks, Visma Net can send notifications to a third-party integrator, whenever a change has been made to the supported types listed below. After receiving the notification, the third-party integrator can return a notification feedback back to Visma Net. Visma Net supports three types of webhook notifications: Entity : triggers whenever an entity is created or updated, for example, a customer or a supplier. It also triggers if an account has been deleted. Document : triggers whenever a document status is updated, for example, when a sales order is changed from status **On hold** to **Open**. Action : triggers when you run a customised action. ## Supported entities + Accounts + Customers + Employees + Non-stock items + Suppliers + Stock items + Projects ## Supported documents + Sales orders + Purchase orders + Customer invoices + Shipments ## Actions You can use webhook notifications on customised actions as well. You define a customised action by using the **Automation actions** window. You give the action a name and a webhook parameter, which will then be sent together with the notification to the recipient. **Automation actions** uses the same access rights rules as other actions. So to be able to use the **Automation actions** window, you must have sufficient access rights. Webhooks for accounts are enabled in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window by selecting the **Webhook notification** check box. In the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window you can edit, create, or delete an account. When you click the **View notification feedback** button, it will take to you to the [Webhook notification for account (GL407000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/webhook-notification-for-account-gl407000/) window where you can view notifications related to accounts. Notification for deleted accounts are also visible.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Enable webhook notifications /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/enable-webhook-notifications section The setting for enabling the Webhook notification feature can only be found in the supported windows. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Enable webhook notifications The setting for enabling the Webhook notification feature can only be found in the supported windows. The setting for enabling the Webhook notification feature can only be found in the supported windows. See: [About Webhooks](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/about-webhooks/). This procedure uses the [Customers (AR303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customers-ar303000/) window as an example. You can also use the classes windows to enable Webhook notifications, for example [Customer classes (AR201000/AR2010PL)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customer-classes-ar201000/). You can then apply that class to the selected customer. 1. Go to [Customers (AR303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customers-ar303000/). 1. Create a new or edit an existing customer. 1. On the **General information** tab under **Customer properties**, select the **Webhook notification** check box. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). An additional tab called **Webhook notifications** appears where you can see all triggered events from the [Customers (AR303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customers-ar303000/) window. From now on, every time you do a change on the customer and click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png), a new notification will be created and sent to the recipient. 1. Optional: On the **Webhook notification** tab, click **View notification feedback** to see the message from the third-party integrator. 1. Optional: On the **Webhook notification** tab, click **Resend notification** if you want to send the notification once more, or if something went wrong. To enable webhook notifications for accounts, see: [Enable webhook notifications on a chart of accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/enable-webhook-notifications-on-a-chart-of-accounts/) Note: To use Webhook notifications on documents (sales orders, shipments etc.), the document must be connected to an entity that has the Webhook notification feature enabled.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Enable webhook notifications on a chart of accounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/enable-webhook-notifications-on-a-chart-of-accounts section If you want to receive notifications when an account has been created, changed or deleted, you have to set this setting. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Enable webhook notifications on a chart of accounts If you want to receive notifications when an account has been created, changed or deleted, you have to set this setting. 1. Go to the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. 1. Under the **Chart of accounts settings** section, select the **Webhook notification** check box. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The **View notification feedback** button appears in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. After changes are done and saved on your accounts, you can click the **View notification feedback** button and the system takes you to the [Webhook notification for account (GL407000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/webhook-notification-for-account-gl407000/) window where you can: [View webhook notifications on accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/view-webhook-notifications-on-accounts/).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

View webhook notification via chart of accounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/view-webhook-notification-via-chart-of-accounts page You can view the notification sent by the system each time there is a change with one of your accounts. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View webhook notification via chart of accounts You can view the notification sent by the system each time there is a change with one of your accounts. A notification will also be sent if an account is deleted or if a new account is created. ## Before you start [Enable webhook notifications on a chart of accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/enable-webhook-notifications-on-a-chart-of-accounts/) 1. Go to the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. 1. Select an account. 1. Edit, create, or delete the account. 1. Click the **View notification feedback** button to view the notification for the account. The system navigates you to the [Webhook notification for account (GL407000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/webhook-notification-for-account-gl407000/) window. ## What is next? [View webhook notifications on accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/view-webhook-notifications-on-accounts/).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

View the webhook notification for a deleted account /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/view-the-webhook-notification-for-a-deleted-account page You can view the notification sent by the system when an account is deleted. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View the webhook notification for a deleted account You can view the notification sent by the system when an account is deleted. ## Before you start [Enable webhook notifications on a chart of accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/enable-webhook-notifications-on-a-chart-of-accounts/) 1. Go to the [Webhook notification for account (GL407000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/webhook-notification-for-account-gl407000/) window. You can also navigate to this window by clicking the **View notification feedback** button in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. 1. In the **Account** field, search for the deleted account. A message appear to inform you that this account has been deleted. 1. In the **Event** column, it is **Entity deleted**. 1. In the **Message** column, hover over the row and a message shows you what has been changed. 1. Click the **View notification feedback** button to view the feedback in the **Webhook notification feedback** pop-up window. 1. Optional: Click the **Resend notification** button to resend if needed. You can use this only for notifications with the status **Sent**.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

View webhook notifications on accounts /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/view-webhook-notifications-on-accounts page You can view the notification sent by the system each time there is a change with one of your accounts. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View webhook notifications on accounts You can view the notification sent by the system each time there is a change with one of your accounts. A notification will also be sent if an account is deleted or if a new account is created. ## Before you start [Enable webhook notifications on a chart of accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/enable-webhook-notifications-on-a-chart-of-accounts/) 1. Go to the [Webhook notification for account (GL407000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/webhook-notification-for-account-gl407000/) window. You can also navigate to this window by clicking the **View notification feedback** button in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. 1. You can filter on **Account**, **Type**, and/or **Account class** to check for notifications in the table below. 1. In the **Event** column, you can see if the account is created, updated, or deleted. 1. In the **Message** column, hover over the row and a message shows you what has been changed. For example, if you have given an account a new ID, you can see both the old account ID and the current account ID. 1. Click the **View notification feedback** button to view the feedback in the **Webhook notification feedback** pop-up window. 1. Optional: Click the **Resend notification** button to resend if needed. You can use this only for notifications with the status **Sent**.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

View webhook notification for the Edit account information window /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/view-webhook-notification-for-the-edit-account-information-window page You can view the notification sent by the system each time there is a change with one of your accounts. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View webhook notification for the Edit account information window You can view the notification sent by the system each time there is a change with one of your accounts. ## Before you start In order to view webhook notifications, you need to set up the system for it. See: [Enable webhook notifications on a chart of accounts](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-webhook-notifications/enable-webhook-notifications-on-a-chart-of-accounts/) 1. Go to the [Edit account information (GL50506S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/edit-account-information-gl50506s/) window. 1. Select one or several accounts. 1. Change the account types, or the account classes. 1. To view the notification, go to the [Webhook notification for account (GL407000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/webhook-notification-for-account-gl407000/) window.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Manage SIE import VAT settings /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-sie-import-vat-settings section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage SIE import VAT settings Click the links below to learn more about a topic you are interested in. Use the breadcrumb links in the upper left corner to see your location, navigate backwards or go to the starting point. Set VAT ID in SIE import VAT settings /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-sie-import-vat-settings/set-vat-id-in-sie-import-vat-settings section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set VAT ID in SIE import VAT settings 1. Go to the [SIE import VAT settings (GL20200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/sie-import-vat-settings-gl20200s/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) in the table toolbar to add a new row. 1. Click ![icon-select](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-select.jpg) in the **Account** field to select the purchase account for which you want to set up specific VAT handling. 1. In the **Posting type** field, select **VAT**. 1. In the **VAT ID** field, select the right VAT ID for the account. This VAT ID is then always used on the transactions of the selected account in SIE import files and VAT reports. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Generate extra VAT line in SIE import VAT settings /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-sie-import-vat-settings/generate-extra-vat-line-in-sie-import-vat-settings section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Generate extra VAT line in SIE import VAT settings 1. Go to the [SIE import VAT settings (GL20200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/sie-import-vat-settings-gl20200s/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) in the table toolbar to add a new row. 1. Click ![icon-select](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-select.jpg) in the **Account** field to select a sales account for international sales for generating an extra VAT line ("0 VAT") to the file import. 1. In the **Posting type** field, select **Sales/Expense**. 1. In the **VAT ID** field, select the right VAT ID for the transaction. 1. Check option **Generate extra VAT line**. 1. Click ![icon-select](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-select.jpg) in the **Extra line account** field to select the VAT account for the generated line. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Manage workbooks /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-workbooks section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage workbooks Click the links below to learn more about a topic you are interested in. Use the breadcrumb links in the upper left corner to see your location, navigate backwards or go to the starting point. About workbooks /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-workbooks/about-workbooks page As a standard practice, some companies register vouchers that are grouped into batches based on their type (for example, purchase invoices or sales invoices). 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About workbooks As a standard practice, some companies register vouchers that are grouped into batches based on their type (for example, purchase invoices or sales invoices). To follow this practice in Visma Net, you can use the General ledger workbooks functionality. With this functionality, you can add batches of vouchers of a particular type, which means that you can separate vouchers by source or type. Each workbook will also have its own number series. ## Voucher batches In Visma Net, you add batches of vouchers (voucher batches) by using the General ledger workbooks. Each workbook supports a particular type of vouchers that you can enter in this workbook. In the workbook, you create a voucher batch, to which you then add all required vouchers. When the vouchers are added, you release the batch, which releases all vouchers included in the batch. Vouchers within each batch get a unique voucher number and the batches will get a unique voucher batch number. ## Easy navigation Visma Net has many windows and often you need to switch between different workspaces in order to complete a task. When you use the workbooks you will have the same starting point no matter which voucher type you want to register. This makes it easy to navigate to the correct window and you can complete your task faster. ## Simplified window layouts Many of the windows in Visma Net are very complex and contain many tabs and fields, which can be time-consuming and complicated to use. With the workbooks functionality you can use a simplified window layout with less tabs and fields, which makes it much faster and easier to enter your vouchers. ## Voucher default values To even more improve efficiency it is possible to setup default values on a workbook. The values available depends on the workspace you have selected when you created your workbook. If you, for example, have selected the Customer ledger workspace, you can set a default customer, location and a description. These fields will then be pre-filled in the voucher window. ## Preconfigured workbooks In Visma Net we have preconfigured workbooks for general ledger transactions and expense and income payments. If you want to add more workbooks you can create new ones in the [Workbooks (GL307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/workbooks-gl307000/) window. Set up a workbook /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-workbooks/set-up-a-workbook section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set up a workbook 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add a new workbook. 1. In the **Workbook ID** field, enter an ID for the workbook. You can use up to 10 characters. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a description for the workbook. 1. In the **Workspace** drop-down menu, select the workspace you want to use in this workbook. 1. In the **Transaction type** drop-down menu, select the transaction type you want to use in this workbook. Depending on the workspace you have selected in step 4, you will get different options here. 1. In the **Voucher entry window** field, select a window that will be the entry window for this workbook. Depending on the choices in step 4 and 5, you will get different options here. 1. Optional: Select the check box **Allow only one unreleased voucher batch per workbook** if you need to have only one voucher batch available for editing in this workbook. If you enable this functionality, the voucher numbering sequence in a batch will not be interrupted. 1. In the **Voucher batch** field, select a numbering ID to use as the default number series for the voucher batch. 1. In the **Voucher** field, select a numbering ID to use as the default number series for the vouchers within the voucher batch. 1. In the **Voucher default values** section, you can fill in different default values that should apply for this workbook. The values available depends on the workspace you have selected in step 4. **Example**: If you have selected the workspace Customer ledger, you will get three default values that you can choose to fill in: **Customer**, **Location,** and **Default description**. These will then be pre-filled in the voucher window. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Create a voucher batch in a workbook /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-workbooks/create-a-voucher-batch-in-a-workbook section The procedure for creating a voucher batch is the same for all workbooks. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a voucher batch in a workbook The procedure for creating a voucher batch is the same for all workbooks. 1. Open the workbook type for which you want to create voucher batches. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add a new voucher batch. > [!NOTE] > ** If you have selected the check box **Allow only one unreleased voucher batch per workbook** in the setup, it will not be possible to add a new voucher batch until you have released all previous unreleased batches in the workbook. 1. In the dialog box that is displayed, enter a description for the batch. 1. Click **Create**. The system redirects you to a simplified window for the transaction type that belongs to the workbook. 1. Some of the required fields in the top part of the window are already filled in, like the transaction date and the post period. You can change the transaction date, and the post period will change accordingly. Fill in the rest of the required fields. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add rows to the transaction. 1. Optional: Click **Save and add** if you want to add more vouchers to the voucher batch. 1. Click **Save and close**. This will take you back to the workbook, where you also see a list of all the voucher batches that were created for this workbook.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Delete a voucher batch from a workbook /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-workbooks/delete-a-voucher-batch-from-a-workbook section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Delete a voucher batch from a workbook 1. Open the workbook that contains the voucher batch you want to delete. > [!NOTE] > ** If you delete a voucher batch, the voucher numbers will also be deleted. 1. Click to select the batch you want to delete. > [!NOTE] > that you can only delete one batch at a time. Even though you are allowed to select more than one voucher batch, it is the last one you select that will be deleted. 1. Click ![icon-delete-cross](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete-cross.png) to delete the batch. Click **OK** in the warning pop-up, to delete the selected voucher batch including all its vouchers. ![icon-confirmation](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-confirmation.png) is displayed to the left of the deleted batch after processing.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Release a voucher batch in a workbook /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-workbooks/release-a-voucher-batch-in-a-workbook section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Release a voucher batch in a workbook 1. Open the workbook that contains the voucher batches you want to release. 1. Click one ore more check boxes in front of the listed voucher batches, to select them. 1. Click **Release**. All released voucher batches will be marked with a ![icon-confirmation](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-confirmation.png) in the leftmost column. 1. Click ![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) to go back to the default view. All released voucher batches are now marked in the **Released** column. To view a released voucher batch, select it and click **View and edit**.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Update a voucher batch in a workbook /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-workbooks/update-a-voucher-batch-in-a-workbook section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Update a voucher batch in a workbook 1. Open the workbook that contains the voucher batch you want to update. 1. Select a voucher batch and click **View and edit**. On the left side you see one or more vouchers that are included in this voucher batch. 1. Click each of the vouchers you want to change and make the necessary changes. 1. If you are done, click **Save and close** or click **Save and add** if you want to add another voucher. You can only add a voucher if the batch is unreleased. > [!NOTE] > You can also delete a voucher. Just do step 1 and 2, on the left side click the voucher you want to delete and then click ![icon-delete](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete.png). Note that the voucher number will be lost.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

General ledger windows /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger windows General ledger windows - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview page On the menu of Visma Net, the windows are grouped into workspace items on the left hand side of the screen. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger windows - overview On the menu of Visma Net, the windows are grouped into workspace items on the left hand side of the screen. Each item contains a workspace with tiles and categories. This topic follows the listing of the category items in the General ledger workspace. ## Transactions [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) [Workbooks (GL307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/workbooks-gl307000/) [Trial balance (GL303010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/trial-balance-gl303010/) [Budget (GL302010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/) ## Registers [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) [Subaccounts (GL203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/subaccounts-gl203000/) [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) [Allocations ( GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) [Recurring transactions (GL203500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/recurring-transactions-gl203500/) ## Processes [Release transactions (GL501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-transactions-gl501000/) [Reclassify transactions (GL506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000/) [Release workbooks (GL50505S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-workbooks-gl50505s/) [Release vouchers (GL501500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-vouchers-gl501500/) [Release budgets (GL505510)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-budgets-gl505510/) [Post transactions (GL502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/post-transactions-gl502000/) [Close financial periods (GL503000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/close-financial-periods-gl503000/) [SIE export (GL40100S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/sie-export-gl40100s/) [SIE import (GL40101S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/sie-import-gl40101s/) [Hermes export (GL40300S)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/hermes-export-gl40300s/) [Run allocations (GL504500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/run-allocations-gl504500/) [Generate recurring transactions (GL504000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/generate-recurring-transactions-gl504000/) [Import consolidation data (GL509000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/import-consolidation-data-gl509000/) [Validate account history (GL509900)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/validate-account-history-gl509900/) ## Inquiries [Account summary (GL401000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-summary-gl401000/) [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) [Account by subaccount (GL403000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-by-subaccount-gl403000/) [Account by period (GL402000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-by-period-gl402000/) [Voucher list (GL40600S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/voucher-list-gl40600s/) [Voucher details inquiry (GL40601S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/voucher-details-inquiry-gl40601s/) [Voucher document inquiry (GL40400S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/voucher-document-inquiry-gl40400s/) ## Reports [Trial balance summary (GL63200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/trial-balance-summary-gl63200s-report/): Displays the account balances for the period. [Trial balance detailed (GL632500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/trial-balance-detailed-gl632500/): For the selected period, displays the balances of the accounts, detailed to subaccounts. [Transactions for period (GL63300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-for-period-gl633000/): Displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. [Transactions for account (GL633500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-for-account-gl633500/): Shows activities on the account and under the specified subaccount during the range of periods. [All unreleased documents (GL65601S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/all-unreleased-documents-gl65601s/): [Budgets (GL612001)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/budgets-gl612001/): Displays the list of budget articles with their requested and released amounts in the selected ledger for the specified branch and for the specified financial year. [Unreleased transactions summary (GL61150S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-summary-gl61150s/): Displays the list of transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. [Unreleased transactions (detailed) (GL610500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-detailed-gl610500/): Shows transactions entered but not released for different accounts during the specified period (or all open periods). [Unreleased transactions account distribution (GL61100S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-account-distribution-gl61100s/): Displays the list of transactions, with their details, that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. [Unreleased transactions account distribution (currency) (GL61120S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-account-distribution-currency-gl61120s/): [General ledger register (GL62050S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-register-gl62050s/): Displays the list of all the batches released and posted to General Ledger during the specified financial period. [General ledger register (detailed) (GL62100S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-register-detailed-gl62100s/): Displays the list of all the batches released and posted to General Ledger during the specified financial period. Batch details include accounts, subaccounts, currency, and amounts. [Recurring transactions (GL641500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/recurring-transactions-gl641500/): Displays a schedule or the list of schedules created for recurring transactions. [Recurring transactions (detailed) (GL640500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/recurring-transactions-detailed-gl640500/): Displays the details of a schedule or schedules to which recurring transactions are assigned. [Journal transactions list (GL63302S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/journal-transactions-list-gl63302s/): [Reversing batches (GL690010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/reversing-batches-gl690010/): Displays the list of reversing batches with their details which have been generated for the selected batch. [Balance sheet specification/Open entries (GL63309S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-specification-open-entries-gl63309s/): [Audit transaction list (GL63303S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/audit-transaction-list-gl63303s/) [Transactions with external codes (GL63304S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-with-external-codes-gl63304s/): [Balance with external codes (GL63201S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-with-external-codes-gl63201s/): [Account specification (GL63301S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/account-specification-gl63301s/): ## Financial statements [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/): Displays the company's balance sheet as of the start of the specified financial period. Assets are shown against liabilities. [Profit and loss (GL635000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/profit-and-loss-gl635000/): Displays your company's profits and losses for the specified period in period-to-date and year-to-date amounts, versus the period-to-date and year-to-date amounts of the previous year as calculated for the same date. [Balance sheet - detailed (GL63401S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-detailed-gl63401s/): Displays the company's balance sheet by quarter. Assets are shown against liabilities. [Balance sheet - quarterly (GL634500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-quarterly-gl634500/): Displays the company's balance sheet by quarter. Assets are shown against liabilities. Balance sheet - quarterly (detailed) (GL63451S): Displays the company's balance sheet by quarter. Assets are shown against liabilities. [Profit and loss (detailed) (GL63501S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/profit-and-loss-detailed-gl63501s/): [Profit and loss - quarterly (detailed) (GL63551S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/profit-and-loss-quarterly-detailed-gl63551s/): Displays your company's profits and losses in year-to-date amounts for each quarter. ## Preferences [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/) [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) [Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/inter-branch-account-mapping-gl101010/) [Voucher entry codes (GL106000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/voucher-entry-codes-gl106000/) [General ledger numbering (GL107000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-numbering-gl107000/) [Workbooks (GL107500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/workbooks-gl107500/) [Budget configuration (GL205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-configuration-gl205000/) [Account classes (GL202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-classes-gl202000/) [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) [Edit account information (GL50506S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/edit-account-information-gl50506s/) [External codes 1 (GL20251S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/external-codes-1-gl20251s/) [External codes 2 (GL20252S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/external-codes-2-gl20252s/) [BI analysis codes (GL20253S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/bi-analysis-codes-gl20253s/) [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) [SIE import VAT settings (GL20200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/sie-import-vat-settings-gl20200s/) [Standard VAT codes (CS20500S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/standard-vat-codes-cs20500s/) [Export/import settings (CS10200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/export-import-settings-cs10200s/) Account by period (GL402000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-by-period-gl402000 page You can use this window to easily obtain all information about a selected account by financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Account by period (GL402000) You can use this window to easily obtain all information about a selected account by financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to easily obtain all information about a selected account by financial period. By using the **Subaccount** field, you can select either one subaccount or a group of subaccounts and view the related transactions. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Account details Navigates to the Account by subaccount (GL403000) window.
Account by subaccount Navigates to the Account details (GL404000) window.
## The top part In this area, you can specify criteria to narrow the information displayed in the table. In the **Subaccount** field, you can select one particular subaccount or select a group of subaccounts by specifying values for only some of the segments. You also can view the currency details if any currencies other than the base currency were used in the transactions related to the account.
Element Description
Branch The branch of the company whose data you want to view. You can select a required branch, or clear this field. If the field is left empty, information on all branches is shown. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Ledger The ledger of the accounts you want to review.
Financial year The financial year whose periods you want to view.
Account The account whose balance you want to view through all the financial periods of the selected financial year.
Subaccount

A subaccount or a group of subaccounts.

If the field is left blank, all the transactions for the selected account in the specified period will be listed. If the values for only some segments are specified, this defines a group of subaccounts with the specified values as well as all the different values in the segments that were left blank.

Show currency details A check box that indicates (if selected) that the additional columns related to the currency will be displayed.
## The table This table contains the account balances for all the financial periods of the selected financial year. The account balances are calculated for the group of subaccounts specified in the **Subaccount** field in the top part.
Column Description
Period The financial period of the year.
Beg. balance The balance of the account, calculated for the selected subaccounts, at the beginning of the financial period.
Debit total The debit total charged to the account during the specified period. The amount is calculated for the selected subaccounts only.
Credit total The credit total charged to the account during the specified period. The amount is calculated for the selected subaccounts only.
Ending balance The balance of the account, calculated for the selected subaccounts, at the end of the specified period.
### The additional table columns The following columns also appear if the **Show currency details** check box is selected.
Column Description
Currency The currency of transactions in the account. If it is not specified, the balance is in the base currency.
Curr. beg. balance The account balance in the selected currency at the start of the selected period.
Curr. debit total The debit total in the selected currency for the specified account over the selected period.
Curr. credit total The credit total in the selected currency for the specified account over the selected period.
Curr. ending balance The account balance in the selected currency at the end of the selected period.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related concepts Related reference [Journal transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) [Account summary](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-summary-gl401000/)
Account by subaccount (GL403000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-by-subaccount-gl403000 page You can use this window to easily obtain information, by different subaccounts, about activities on the selected account. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Account by subaccount (GL403000) You can use this window to easily obtain information, by different subaccounts, about activities on the selected account. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to easily obtain information, by different subaccounts, about activities on the selected account. In the **Subaccount** field, you can select a group of subaccounts by specifying values in only particular segments while leaving other segments blank. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Account details Navigates to the Account details (GL404000) window, so you can view the account details.
## The top part By using the elements in this area, you can narrow the records to be displayed in the table. You can select a particular subaccount, or you can select a group of subaccounts by specifying the values for only some of the segments in the **Subaccount** field.
Element Description
Branch

The branch of the company whose data you want to view. You can select a required branch, or clear this field. With the empty field, information on all branches is shown.

This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Ledger The ledger whose accounts you want to review.
Period The financial period for which you want to view data.
Account The account whose data you want to display.
Subaccount

The subaccount or mask for a group of subaccounts.

If you leave the field blank, all transactions for the selected account in the specified period will be listed. If values are specified for only some segments, this defines a group of subaccounts with the specified values as well as all the different values in the segments that were left blank.

Show currency details A check box that indicates (if selected) that the columns showing the currency details of the transactions will also be displayed. If the check box is cleared, all transactions are shown in the base currency.
## The table This table displays the account balances for all the subaccounts specified in the **Subaccount** field of the top part.
Column Description
Subaccount The subaccount used with the account.
Beg. balance The balance of the account by the subaccount at the beginning of the selected financial period.
Debit total The debit total posted to the account by the subaccount during the selected financial period.
Credit total The total of credits posted to the account by the subaccount during the selected financial period.
Ending balance The balance of the account by the subaccount at the end of the selected financial period or on the current business date.
### The additional table columns The following columns appear if the **Show currency details** option is selected.
Column Description
Currency ID The currency of transactions in the account. If it is not specified, the balance is in the base currency.
Beg. balance (currency) The account balance in the selected currency at the start of the selected period.
Debit total (currency) The debit total in the selected currency for the specified account over the selected period.
Credit total (currency) The credit total in the selected currency for the specified account over the selected period.
Ending balance (currency) The account balance in the selected currency at the end of the selected period.
### Parent topic [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related concepts Related reference [Account summary (GL401000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-summary-gl401000/) [Account by period (GL402000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-by-period-gl402000/) [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/)
Account classes (GL202000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-classes-gl202000 page By using this window, you can create new account classes and maintain the list of account classes in the system. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Account classes (GL202000) By using this window, you can create new account classes and maintain the list of account classes in the system. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can create new account classes and maintain the list of account classes in the system. There is no specific logic associated with account classes; these user-defined classes are used as properties of general ledger accounts for convenient grouping, sorting, and filtering of information associated with general ledger accounts in reports and inquiries. For example: Liability accounts can be divided into several classes, such as the following: + Current liabilities, Supplier ledger + Current liabilities, Wages payable + Current liabilities, Interest payable + Long-term liabilities, Bonds payable + Long-term liabilities, Mortgage loan payable ## The table
Column Description
Account class ID An alphanumeric string of up to 10 characters identifying the account class. Follow appropriate internal agreements before naming account classes; the ID cannot be changed in the future.
Type The type of the accounts in this class, which is one of the following four types: Asset, Liability, Income, or Expense.
Description

A description of the account class. An alphanumeric string of up to 30 characters may be used.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Account details (GL404000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000 page The Subaccount field is available only if the Subaccounts check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Account details (GL404000) The Subaccount field is available only if the Subaccounts check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. For more information: [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can view all activities in a specific account during a selected financial period or range of financial periods. You can easily switch between financial periods. In the **Subaccount** field, you can select one subaccount or a group of subaccounts; you can then view the related transactions. It is also possible to view the reconciled transactions. In the **Account** field, you select an account that was used to reconcile transactions in the [Journal reconciliation (GL30201S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-gl30201s/) window. By using this window, you can also select required transactions for reclassification, or view the reclassification history for the selected **Reclassification** transaction. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Reclassify

Opens the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window, where you can proceed with the reclassification of the selected transactions.

You select the check boxes next to the required transactions in the table before clicking Reclassify.

Reclassify all Opens the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window, where you can proceed with the reclassification of all transactions listed on this window.
Reclassification history

Opens the Reclassification history (GL405000) window for the selected transaction.

This button is available only if the reclassified transaction is selected in the table.

## The top part By using the elements in this area, you can specify the selection criteria to show the transactions in the table. If you specify a period that spans multiple years to view batches recorded to the accounts of the **Income** and **Expenses** types and the **Retained earnings** account, the system will display zero balance in the **Beginning balance** and **Ending balance** fields.
Element Description
Company

The company whose data you want to view.

This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Branch

The branch of the company whose data you want to view. You can select a required branch, or clear this field. With the empty field, information on all branches is shown.

This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Ledger

The ledger in which you want to view the account balances.

You can select a ledger of the Actual, reporting, or Statistical type.

A ledger of the Budget type is not available for selection.

From period The financial period that begins the date range of the batches you want to view.
To period The financial period that ends the date range of the batches you want to view.
Account The account for which you want to view activities in the selected financial period.
Subaccount

The subaccount or mask for a group of subaccounts.

If the field is left blank, all the transactions for the selected account in the specified period will be listed. If values are specified for only some segments, this defines a group of subaccounts with the specified values, as well as all the different values in the segments that were left blank.

From date The first date of the interval within the period.
Period start date The first date of the selected financial period.
To date The last date of the interval within the selected period.
Period end date The last date of the selected financial period.
Manually started search

When you have a large number of transactions that you want to view, you can select the Manually started search check box to avoid that the system starts searching every time you change your search criteria, and to faster see your search results.

By clicking the Manually started search, a Search button appears. Select your search criteria and then click the Search button. Each time you click the Search button, a new set of transactions matching your search criteria will appear in the search result list.

Search The Search button that appears when you have selected the Manually started search check box.
Show summary A check box that indicates (if selected) that the rows with transactions in the table are combined by dates. That is, the transactions of the same date are combined into one row, in which the amounts of all included transactions are summarised.
Include unposted A check box that indicates (if selected) that the unposted batches are also added to the list.
Include unreleased A check box that indicates (if selected) that the balanced batches are also added to the list.
Include reclassified A check box that indicates (if selected) that the reclassified batches are also added to the list.
Show currency details A check box that indicates (if selected) that additional table columns with currency details will be displayed below.
Show beginning and ending balance A check box that indicates (if selected) that the additional table columns Beg. balance and Ending balance will be displayed below.
Beginning balance The balance of the selected account (with the specified subaccount) on the date selected in the From date field, or at the beginning of the period selected in the From period field if the date is not specified.
Turnover The difference between the ending and beginning balances.
Ending balance

The ending balance of the account calculated based on the transactions shown in the table.

When a filter is applied to the records in the table, the ending balance of the account is calculated as the beginning balance of the account in the period selected in the From period field plus the turnover amount calculated based on the records shown in the table.

## The table In this table, the list shows the batches that match the criteria specified in the top part.
Column Description
Workspace

The workspace where the transaction originated.

This column appears if, for the selected range of days or periods, there are transactions originating in other workspaces that updated the balance of the selected account.

Batch no.

The reference number of the batch (generated for the transaction) that updated the balance of the selected account.

Click the link to navigate to the Journal transactions (GL301000) window so you can view batch details.

Trans. date The date of the transaction.
Period The financial period of the transaction.
Description The user-defined description of the transaction.
Ref. no. The reference number of the external document on which this transaction is based. Click the link to navigate to the appropriate window so you can view the details of the transaction.
Branch

The branch of the company, that the entry was posted in.

This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Account The account updated by the batch transactions.
Subaccount The subaccount used in the batch.
Beg. balance The running total of the account’s beginning balance calculated in the order of transactions displayed in the table. If you reorder or filter transactions, the amount in this column will be recalculated.
Debit amount The transaction debit amount charged to the account during the selected financial period.
Credit amount The transaction credit amount charged to the account during the selected financial period.
Ending balance The running total of the account’s ending balance calculated in the order of transactions displayed in the table. If you reorder or filter transactions, the amount in this column will be recalculated.
Reclass. batch number The number of the corresponding Reclassification batch.
Customer/Supplier no.

The ID of the customer or the supplier account.

It is defined by the BIZACCT segmented key or by the CUSTOMER or the SUPPLIER segmented key (which inherits its structure from the BIZACCT key) when you are creating a new customer or a supplier in the Customers (AR303000) or the Suppliers (AP303000) window.

You can later change the customer or supplier no. by selecting Change ID from the Actions menu in the toolbar in the same window.

Customer/Supplier name

The name of the customer or the supplier, that appear in the system, which may be a trading name or a doing-business-as (DBA) name.

The name is created in the Customers (AR303000) or the Suppliers (AP303000) window.

Item ID The Stock or Non-stock item identifier number associated with the transaction, if relevant.
Line no. The transaction’s line number in the batch.
Quantity Optional. The quantity of items associated with the transaction, if relevant.
Hidden from reconciliation A check box selected in the Journal reconciliation (GL30201S) window that indicates that the transaction is not to be reconciled
Reconciliation ref. no. The reconciliation reference number that is created in the Journal reconciliation (GL30201S) window.
Reconciled by user The user who reconciled the transaction.
Reconciled date The reconciliation date.
### The additional table columns The following columns also appear if the **Show currency details** check box is selected.
Column Description
Currency The currency of transactions in the account. If it is not specified, the balance is in the base currency.
Beg. balance (currency) The account balance in the selected currency at the start of the selected period.
Debit amount (currency) The debit amount in the selected currency for the specified account over the selected period.
Credit amount (currency) The credit amount in the selected currency for the specified account over the selected period.
Ending balance (currency) The account balance in the selected currency at the end of the selected period.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Account summary (GL401000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-summary-gl401000 page By using this window, you obtain summary information about all accounts of a specific class for the selected financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Account summary (GL401000) By using this window, you obtain summary information about all accounts of a specific class for the selected financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you obtain summary information about all accounts of a specific class for the selected financial period. You can easily drill down to every document detail. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Go to previous record Changes to the last selected record. If the From period and To period fields are not the same period, this button will change both to and from periods one period back.
Go to next record Changes to the next selected record. If the From period and To period fields are not the same period, this button will change both to and from periods one period forward.
Account details Navigates to the Account details (GL404000) window.
Account by subaccount Navigates to the Account by subaccount (GL403000) window.
Account by period Navigates to the Account by period (GL402000) window.
## The top part By using the elements in this part, you can narrow the accounts for which summaries are displayed. Also, you can specify a subaccount, or select a group of subaccounts by specifying a mask in the **Subaccount** field.
Field Description
Company: The company for which data you want to view. To be able to view the account summary by branches, leave this field empty.
Branch The branch of the company for which data you want to view. You can select a required branch, or clear this field. If the field is left empty, information on all branches is shown. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Ledger The ledger for the accounts you want to review.
From period The start period for which you want to display summaries and the period for the beginning balance.
To period The end period for which you want to display the summaries and the period for the ending balance.
Account class

Optional.

The account class for which you want to display summaries. For the selected class, all the account activities matching the selected subaccount or subaccount group will be displayed in the table. If this element is left blank, accounts of all classes will be displayed. The available account classes are defined in the Account classes (GL202000) window.

Subaccount

A subaccount or a mask for a group of subaccounts.

If the field is left blank, all the transactions for the selected account or accounts in the specified period will be listed. If values only for some segments are specified, this defines a group of subaccounts with the specified segment values and various values in any segments that you left blank.

Show currency details A check box that indicates (if selected) that the additional columns related to the currency used in accounts will be displayed. Note! Only accounts defined as currency accounts will have a value in the currency columns.
Show only accounts with activity

Selecting this check box will display a list of accounts with only a debit or credit transaction in the specified period.

Accounts with only Beginning balance / Ending balance but with no debit or credit values will be excluded from the list.

Group by public code 1 A check box that will group the lines by the defined Public code 1 on the Chart of accounts. If some accounts are missing a value, they will be summarized on an empty line.
Group by branches A check box that (if selected) will display the summary grouped by branches.
## The table This table lists the summary balances for general ledger accounts and subaccounts that meet the criteria you entered in the top part.
Column Description
Branch The branch of the company.
Account The specific account.
Type The type of the account, which is one of the following values: Expense, Asset, Income, or Liability.
Description The user-defined description of the account.
Beg. balance The balance of the account at the beginning of the selected From period.
Debit total The total of debits posted to the account during the selected financial periods.
Credit total The total of credits posted to the account during the selected financial periods.
Ending balance The balance of the account at the end of the selected To period.
Consolidation account The consolidation account of the parent company for this account.
Account class The account class of this account.
Last activity The period of the most recent transaction posted to the account. After you close the last period of a financial year, the column shows the first period of the next financial year by default (even if there is no transaction posted to this account in this period yet).
### The additional table columns The following columns also appear if the **Show currency details** or the **Group by public code 1** check box is selected.
Column Description
Currency ID The currency of transactions in the account. If it is not specified, the balance is in the base currency.
Beg. balance (currency) The account balance in the selected currency at the start of the selected period.
Debit total (currency) The debit total in the selected currency for the specified account over the selected period.
Credit total (currency) The credit total in the selected currency for the specified account over the selected period.
Ending balance (currency) The account balance in the selected currency at the end of the selected period.
Public code description This field contains the description of the Public code. This column will only appear if the check box Group by public code 1 is selected.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/)
Allocations (GL204500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500 page By using this window, you can create, modify, or delete allocation templates. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Allocations (GL204500) By using this window, you can create, modify, or delete allocation templates. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can create, modify, or delete allocation templates. For more information on creating and using allocation templates and performing allocations, see: [Allocation rules](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-allocations/about-allocation-rules/). This window is available only if the **Allocation templates** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part You use the elements in this area to select an existing allocation or to provide the settings for a new allocation.
Element Description
Allocation ID

The unique ID of the allocation.

The system generates IDs in accordance with the numbering series selected for allocations on the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.

Description

A detailed description of the allocation.

The alphanumeric string may contain as many as 30 characters.

Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the allocation is active.
## The Allocation tab This tab contains general settings for an allocation.
Element Description
From period The first financial period when allocation may be applied.
To period The last period when allocation may be applied.
Recurring A check box that indicates (if selected) that the allocation is recurring (that is, should be applied each year for each of the specified periods).
Allocation method

The way the allocation amount should be collected from the source accounts. Select one of the following options:

By account PTD
The period-to-date amount should be collected from the source accounts.
From prev. allocation
The amount accumulated since the last allocation should be collected from the source accounts.
Note

If it is important for you to have the allocation batch on the same financial period as the source document, select By account PTD.

If it is more important to allocate all transactions that are not yet allocated, no matter what financial date the source document has, select From prev. allocation.

Distribution method

The way the allocated amount is distributed over the destination accounts. The following options are available:

By percent
The source amount is distributed among destination accounts by percentages, which are set in the Destination accounts tab of this window. The total is 100 percent.
By weight
The amount is distributed between destination accounts by user-defined coefficients, which are set on the Destination accounts tab of this window. The total is not defined.
By destination account PTD
The amount is distributed between the destination branches proportionally to period-to-date balances of the destination accounts in the allocation ledger or proportionally to PTD balances of the base accounts of the base branches in the base ledger if it is specified or in the allocation ledger if the base ledger is not specified.
By destination account YTD
The amount is distributed between the destination branches proportionally to year-to-date balances of the destination accounts in the allocation ledger or proportionally to YTD balances of the base accounts of the base branches in the base ledger if it is specified or in the allocation ledger if the base ledger is not specified.
Allocation ledger

Required.

The ledger to which journal entries generated for the allocation are posted. You can select a ledger of the following types: Actual, Statistical, Budget, or Reporting types.

Source ledger

Required.

The specified ledger is used to calculate an amount to be allocated.

Base ledger An optional property used only for the distribution methods By destination account YTD and By destination account PTD. If specified, it is used to calculate the proportions for distributing allocation amounts among the destination accounts. If the base ledger is not specified, the allocation ledger will be used for calculating proportions.
Sort order An integer specifying the order in which this allocation should be applied if there are several allocation for the same period. Those with lower values should be applied first.
Last revision date The last date when the revision of an allocation was made.
## The Source accounts tab The **Source accounts** tab contains the list (in a tabular format) of accounts in the allocation ledger which will be used as allocation source.
Column Description
Branch The branch whose accounts will be the source of allocation amounts.
Account

The account or accounts (if you use a grouping mask) that will be the source of the allocation amount. To use a grouping mask, specify characters common for all account identifiers and use ? as a wildcard character to designate varying characters in the accounts.

If you want to specify common characters only at the beginning of the segment, you may leave the rest of segment blank. You need not type ? in every position, but if you want to specify characters at the beginning and at the end of the same segment, type ? in the positions between them.

For example: The mask 110____ selects all the accounts in which identifiers start with 110. The mask 310???5 selects the accounts in which identifiers start with 310 and end in 5: 3100005, 3100015, 3100195, and so on.

Subaccount

The subaccount for the accounts that will be the source of the allocation amount. You can use a grouping mask to specify a group of subaccounts. Select a segment and press F3 to select a value common to all subaccounts you want to view; leave the segments blank if they can have varying values in the subaccounts.

If you want to specify only several characters in a specific segment, type ? in other positions of the segment.

For example: You could use the mask Dept1/Product2//orDept?/Product?//, where**/** is a segment separator character.

Contra account

Optional.

The account from which the allocated amount will be actually deducted. You may not use a grouping mask here.

Contra subaccount

Optional.

The subaccount for the specified contra account. You may not use a grouping mask here.

Amount limit The maximum amount that may be allocated from each account grouped by the account and subaccount masks within one period (so that if the accounts are grouped by the account and subaccount masks, the limit will be specific for each such account).
Percentage limit

The percentage of the balance that may be allocated from each account grouped by the account and subaccount masks.

The default is 100 percent.

## The Destination accounts tab This tab contains a list (in a tabular format) of the destination accounts for the allocation, which you can use to specify how the allocation amount is to be distributed between accounts of specific branches. For details on using this tab, see: [Allocation rules](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-allocations/about-allocation-rules/).
Column Description
Account An account that will be the destination of the allocation amounts.
Subaccount An subaccount that will be the destination of the allocation amounts.
Base branch

(Optional and available only if Distribution method is set to By destination account PTD or By destination account YTD.)

The base branch, whose account balances should be used to calculate a proportion for distributing the allocation amount between the destination accounts of the destination branches. For this, the system uses the base branch’s account balances in the ledger specified in the Base ledger field on the Allocations tab.

If no base ledger is specified, the system uses the allocation ledger.

If no base branches are specified in this column, no base accounts and base subaccounts are specified in the respective columns, the system distributes the allocation amount between the destination branches proportionally to YTD or PTD balances of the destination accounts (with corresponding subaccounts). If only the base branches are not specified, the system uses the destination branches for calculate proportions based on the balances of base accounts.

Base account

(Optional and available only if Distribution method is set to By destination account PTD or By destination account YTD.)

The base account for the allocation. The allocation amount will be distributed between the destination branches according to the current PTD or YTD balances of the base accounts for the base branches. For this calculation, the system uses the account balances of the branches (for the base subaccounts) in the base ledger (specified in the Base ledger field on the Allocations tab).

If no base branch is specified, the system uses the destination branch.

If no base ledger is specified, the system uses the balances of the base accounts in the allocation ledger.

Base subaccount

(Optional and available only if Distribution method is set to By destination account PTD or By destination account YTD.)

The base subaccount for the allocation. The allocated amount will be distributed according to the current PTD or YTD balances of the base accounts under the specified base subaccounts in the base ledger for the base branch.

If no base branch is specified, the system uses the destination branch. If the Base ledger is not specified on the Allocations tab, the proportion is calculated based on the balances in the allocation ledger.

Weight/percent

(Available only if Distribution method is set to By percent or By weight and required.)

A value that defines the weight of the account. The allocation amount will be distributed among the destination accounts proportionally to their respective weights or according to the specified percentages. If the Distribution method is By percent, the sum of values in this column must be equal to 100 percent.

## The Allocation history tab This tab displays read-only information about the history of batches generated for the allocation.
Column Description
Workspace The workspace that generated the batch.
Batch number The unique identification number of the batch. You can click this number to open the Journal transactions (GL301000) window, on which you can view the details of the batch.
Ledger The ledger to which the batch transactions will be posted.
Transaction date The date when the batch was generated.
Post period The financial period to which the batch transactions should be posted.
Status The batch status, which is initially Unposted.
Control total The control total amount of the batch.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/)
BI analysis codes (GL20253S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/bi-analysis-codes-gl20253s page This code is used in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window and must be defined here first. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # BI analysis codes (GL20253S) This code is used in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window and must be defined here first. For more information: [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. It can then be used as a filter or a summary in general inquiries or APIs, to sort or summarise general ledger transactions. The table
Column Description
Analysis code The ID of the analysis code.
Description The description of the analysis code.

Related pages

Concepts

Budget configuration (GL205000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-configuration-gl205000 page You use this window to create a budget structure for your organisation or to view and modify the existing budget structure. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Budget configuration (GL205000) You use this window to create a budget structure for your organisation or to view and modify the existing budget structure. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. The budget structure is represented by a tree that consists of budget articles. Some of the budget articles are **leaves**, and some are **nodes**. Each budget article that is a **leaf** is defined by an account-subaccount pair. Each budget article that is a **node** contains leaves, other nodes, or leaves and nodes. The budget articles, whether they are leaves or nodes, listed within a node, are also referred to as **subarticles**. For more information on budget structures, see: [Budget structure example](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-budgets/budget-structure-example/). > [!NOTE] > When you create a budget by using the [Budget (GL302010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/) window, you specify the amounts for only budget articles that are leaves. The amount for each budget article that is a node is calculated automatically as the sum of the article's subarticles. ## The Budget tree pane In this pane, you can view or modify the budget tree that will be used for all budgets in all branches of your organisation. The pane displays only the budget articles that are nodes; click any node to open the list of its subarticles in the right pane.
Button Description
Delete node Removes the selected node from the tree.
Move left Moves the selected node one level up, under the enclosing node.
Move right Moves the selected node one level down or appends the node at the bottom of the list contained by the upper node of the same level.
Move node up Moves the selected node one position up the list within the same node.
Move node down Moves the selected node one position down the list within the same node.
## The Subarticles pane In this pane, you can view the list of budget articles contained within the budget article that is a node selected in the **Budget tree** pane. The list may contain budget articles that are nodes and budget articles that are leaves. In this pane, you can create the list of items for the node selected in the tree as follows: To add nodes to the list : For each node-type budget article, add a row, type the article name in the **Description** column and select the **Node** check box. Optionally, specify a mask for accounts and a mask for subaccounts that will define the article's subarticles. When you save your changes, the budget articles appear as same-level nodes on the budget tree. To add leaves to the list : Click **Preload accounts** on the pane toolbar and, in the dialog box, specify the range of accounts and a mask for subaccounts (if subaccounts are used in your system). The system will generate all possible pairs by using only the accounts listed on the chart of accounts and all the subaccounts that are combinations of subaccount segment values. Once this list is generated, you can remove the account-subaccount pairs you don't need for budgets.
Button Description
Preload accounts Opens the Preload accounts dialog box, which you use to specify a range of accounts and a subaccount mask for generating possible account-subaccount pairs.
Configure security

Navigates to the Restriction groups by budget article (GL105020) window so you can review and edit the restriction groups related to budget articles.

This button is available only if the Row-level security check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

### The Preload accounts dialog box
Element Description
Account from The account that starts the range of accounts selected for loading.
Account to The account that ends the range of accounts selected for loading.
Subaccount mask (This field appears only if the Subaccounts functionality is activated in your system.) The subaccount mask that defines the subaccounts to be loaded. You can specify a particular segment value or just a few characters of the segment value to select the subaccounts for loading. You can use ? as a wild card character.
OK (button) Closes the dialog box and generates account-subaccount pairs by selecting existing accounts from the specified range and existing subaccounts according to the specified mask.
Cancel (button) Closes the dialog box without loading any data.
### The table
Column Description
Node A check box that, indicates (if selected) that this subarticle (list item) is a node on the budget tree.
Account The account of the budget article, if the article is a leaf article. A leaf budget article is defined by an account (or by an account-subaccount pair if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in your system).
Subaccount (This column appears only if the Subaccounts functionality is activated in your system.) The subaccount of the budget article if the article is a leaf article. A leaf budget article is defined by an account-subaccount pair.
Description A description of the budget article. The description is used as the budget article name on the budget tree and on other budget-related windows.
Account mask

The account mask. The mask specified for the node will provide the default values for the account range in the Preload accounts dialog box when you populate this node.

If the mask is specified for a leaf article, then, on data loading for a new budget, amounts can be aggregated over all the account-subaccount pairs selected by this mask and the mask for subaccounts.

Subaccount mask

The subaccount mask. This mask, if specified for a node, provides the default subaccount mask in the Preload accounts dialog box when you populate this node.

This mask, if specified for a leaf article, on data loading for a new budget, amounts can be aggregated over all the account-subaccount pairs selected by the mask for accounts and this mask.

(This column appears only if the Subaccounts functionality is activated in your system.)

Secured A check box that indicates (if selected) that this budget article is included in one or more restriction groups.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Budget (GL302010) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010 page You use this window to create new budgets or to view and update existing budgets. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Budget (GL302010) You use this window to create new budgets or to view and update existing budgets. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Each budget should be saved in a dedicated ledger of the **Budget** type. If no budget tree has been configured in your system in the [Budget configuration (GL205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-configuration-gl205000/) window, you can create only single-level budgets. To be able to create hierarchical budgets, you should configure the budget tree first. A single-level budget is a list of budget articles, each of which is defined by an account-subaccount pair with the amount. You can enter the amounts manually, import them from a file, or calculate the amounts when you load budget articles from the actual ledger or other budgets. A hierarchical budget (one that is based on the budget tree configured in the [Budget configuration (GL205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-configuration-gl205000/) window) includes budget articles of two types: **leaves** and **nodes**. + A budget article that is a leaf, is defined by an account-subaccount pair. + A budget article that is a node, may contain node-type articles and leaf-type budget articles. You can enter the amount for each budget article that is a leaf, but you cannot enter the amount for any article that is a node. The amount for each node article is calculated automatically as a sum of all sub-articles of this node. The budget articles that were loaded with the budget tree cannot be removed from a particular budget. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Preload articles Opens the Preload budget articles wizard dialog box, which you can use to load (into the node selected on the tree) the selected data of a specific financial year from an actual, statistical, or budget ledger with a specific multiplier.
Manage budget Opens the Manage budget dialog box.
### The Preload budget articles wizard (Step 1 of 3) dialog box
Element Description
Branch

Required.

The branch whose budget you create or view. By default, it is the branch to which you have signed in.

This field appears only if the Multi-branch check box is selected and enabled the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Ledger

Required.

The ledger of the Budget or Statistical type that stores the budget.

Financial year

Required.

The financial year of the budget.

Multiplier (%)

The multiplier, expressed as a percent, to be used to calculate the amounts for the budget.

By default, the multiplier is 100.

Cancel (button) Closes the dialog box without making any changes.
Next (button) Opens the next step of the dialog box.
### The Preload budget articles wizard (Step 2 of 3) dialog box
Element Description
Account from

Optional.

The account that starts the range of accounts you want to load. If any value appears by default, it is based on the account mask specified for the node.

If you leave the field blank, the system will use the first account listed the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window.

Account to

Optional.

The account that ends the range of accounts you want to load. If any value appears by default, it is based on the account mask specified for the node.

If you leave the field blank, the system will use the last account listed in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window.

Account mask

Optional.

The account mask that selects the accounts to be loaded. Use ? as a wildcard character.

If both the range and the mask are specified, the accounts selected both by the mask and by the range will be loaded.

Subaccount mask

Optional.

The subaccount mask that defines the subaccounts to be loaded. You can specify a value of a particular segment or just a few characters of the segment value to select the subaccounts for loading. Use ? as a wildcard character.

This field appears only if the Subaccounts check box is selected and enabled the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Cancel (button) Closes the dialog box without making any changes.
Prev (button) Returns to the previous step of the dialog box.
Next (button) Opens the next step of the dialog box.
### The Preload budget articles wizard (Step 3 of 3) dialog box
Element Description
Update existing articles only A check box that you select to update only the budget articles that exist in this budget.
Update existing articles and load non-existent articles A check box that you select to update the existing budget articles and load the articles that do not already exist in the budget.
Load non-existent articles only A check box that you select to load only the articles that do not already exist in the budget.
Cancel (button) Closes the wizard without making any changes.
Prev (button) Returns to the previous step of the wizard.
Finish (button) Closes the wizard and loads the selected data.
## The Manage budget dialog box
Element Description
Select action

Determines the action to be taken if you click OK:

Roll back to released values
Cancels the changes made to the budget after it has been released, and restores the released values.
Convert budget using current budget configuration
Transforms the current budget into a budget tree, which you can view and edit in the Budget configuration (GL205000) window. We recommend that you fill in the Account mask and Subaccount mask columns for the nodes in the configured budget tree. The account and subaccount masks define the group of articles that can be added to each node during the conversion. If the account and subaccount masks are not specified for the nodes and if a leaf is not defined for each required article of the node, the appropriate articles will not be added to the required nodes. As a result, the conversion will be completed improperly.
OK (button) Closes the dialog box and executes the selected operation.
Cancel (button) Closes the dialog box.
## The top part In the top part, you can select a branch, a budget ledger, and a budget year to create a new budget or to review an existing one. Also, you can select the data to compare the budget. When you create a new budget (for a future year, another branch, or a new budget ledger), the system loads the budget configuration from the budget tree if such a budget tree has been configured in the system. To quickly find the data you need in an existing budget, do the following: + To view in the right pane the budget articles with specific subaccounts only, specify the subaccount filter. + To view in the tree pane specific nodes only, use the tree node filter.
Element Description
Branch

The branch of the organization whose budget is being created or selected for viewing.

This field appears only if the Multi-branch check box is selected and enabled the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Ledger

The budget ledger.

If you are going to create a new budget from scratch, you should first create a budget ledger by using the Ledgers (GL201500) window.

Financial year

The financial year of the budget.

If the budget ledger does not contain data for the selected year, the system prompts you to agree to load the budget tree structure.

Tree view A check box that appears only if a budget tree has been configured in the Budget configuration (GL205000) window. This check box indicates (if selected) that the budget article structure is displayed in the Budget structure pane of the current window. With the budget tree shown in the left pane, the Budget articles table lists only subarticles of the article selected in the tree. If the check box is not selected, the Budget structure pane is hidden and all subarticles of all levels are listed in the Budget articles table.
Compare to branch

Optional.

This field appears only if the Multi-branch check box is selected and enabled the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

The branch whose budget or ledger data will be used for comparison.

Compare to ledger

Optional.

The ledger to be used for comparison. The amounts from the selected ledger for the selected year will be displayed in the Budget articles pane in a separate line under each budget article for comparison.

Compare to year

Optional.

The financial year to be used for comparison.

Subaccount filter

Optional.

This field appears only if the Subaccounts functionality is activated in your system. Specify the segment values to display in the right table only the budget articles with specific segment values in their subaccounts.

Tree node filter

Optional.

This field can be used only if the Tree view check box is selected.

Specify the characters in node names to display only the specific nodes of the budget tree in the Budget tree pane.

## The Budget area (the lower part) The Budget area of this window consists of the Budget tree pane and the Budget articles table: + The Budget tree pane (on the left side of the table): Note: It is displayed only if the **Tree view** check box is selected. + The Budget articles table: Contains a table with the list of all budget articles if there is no budget tree configured, or the list of the budget articles of the node selected in the Budget tree pane. The table is documented below.
Button Description
Distribute Opens the Distribute year amount by periods dialog box, which helps you distribute the year amount over financial periods.
### The Distribute year amount by periods dialog box
Element Description
Distribution method

The method of distribution, which is one of the following options:

Evenly
To distribute the year amount over the financial periods evenly, excluding the adjustment period if this period has been configured in your system.
Proportionally to the previous year
To distribute the year amount over the financial periods proportionally to amounts of the previous year’s periods, including the adjustment period. (This option is available only if budget articles were loaded with the amounts from one of the previous years.)
Proportionally to compared values
To distribute the year amount over the financial periods proportionally to the amounts selected for comparison. (This option is available only if budget articles were loaded with the amounts.)
Apply to all articles in the node A check box that you select if you want to distribute for the selected article and other articles in this node the year amounts among the periods.
Apply to subarticles A check box that you select if you want to distribute the year amount among the periods for each subarticle of the selected node.
OK (button) Calculates the budget amounts for each period and closes the dialog box.
Cancel (button) Closes the dialog box without making any changes.
### The Budget articles table
Column Description
Node A check box that indicates (if selected) that the budget article in this row is a node on the budget tree.
Released A check box that indicates (if selected) that the budget article has been released.
Account The account of the budget article if the article is a leaf on the budget tree.
Subaccount

The subaccount of the budget article if the article is a leaf on the budget tree.

This column appears only if the Subaccounts check box is selected and enabled the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Description A description of the budget article. By default, this column displays the account description.
Amount

The article amount, which is one of the following:

  • A manually entered amount if the article is a leaf
  • A read-only amount, automatically aggregated over the subarticles, if the article is a node
  • An editable amount, initially automatically aggregated for a leaf article over the subarticles specified by an account mask and subaccount mask
Distributed amount The amount distributed over the periods. For the budget article to be released, the distributed amount should be equal to the value in the Amount column.
Period 01 through Period 12 Columns reserved for distributing the article amount over the periods of the year. Each column contains the budget article’s amount for the respective period in the budget year.
Created by The name of the user who created this budget item.
Last modified by The name of the user who last edited this budget item.
Released amount The amount that has been released for this article.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Chart of accounts (GL202500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500 page You use this window to create and maintain the structure of accounts specific to your company. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Chart of accounts (GL202500) You use this window to create and maintain the structure of accounts specific to your company. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You use this window to create and maintain the structure of accounts specific to your company. The system supports four types of general ledger accounts: **Asset**, **Liability** (balance accounts), **Income**, and **Expense** (income statement accounts). With this window, you also can assign accounts to account classes, which can be used for information grouping and sorting for reports and inquiries. For more information about accounts, see: [About account types and classes](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/about-account-types-and-classes/). Before you create your chart of accounts by using this window, create the account classes by using the [Account classes (GL202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-classes-gl202000/) window. Also, consider your organisational structure, and configure the account and subaccount identifiers by using the designated segmented keys defined in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
View restriction groups Navigates to the Restriction groups by general ledger account (GL104020) window and displays the list of restriction groups associated with the account. You can add the account to the selected restriction groups.
View notification feedback

This button appears if the Webhook notifications check box in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window is selected.

If you click this button, the Webhook notification for account (GL407000) window opens where you can view the notifications regarding changes done on accounts and view the notification feedbacks.

## The table
Column Description
Account

The unique identifier of the general ledger account in the system.

While specifying the values in segments, you can use the validation function, which allows you to select a value for each segment from the list of existing ones. For details, see the Segment keys (CS202000) window. For details about validation, see: About account IDs.

Account class Optional. The account class to which the account is assigned. Account classes are used for convenient grouping, sorting, and filtering of the information associated with General Ledger accounts in reports and inquiries.
Type The type of account, which is one of the following four types: Asset, Liability, Income, or Expense.
Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the account is active. An inactive account does not appear in the drop-down lists of available accounts on data-entry forms. Clear the check box if the account is no longer used.
Description

An alphanumeric string of up to 30 characters that describes the account.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Require units A check box that indicates (if selected) that every transaction posted to this account should have quantities and units of measure specified.
Use default sub A check box that causes the system (if selected) to set the default subaccount as the Subaccount if the account is selected. The default subaccount is defined using the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.
Post option

An option that defines how transactions created in other workspaces are posted to this account. Two options are available:

  • Summary (default): Indicates that transaction amounts can be summarised for posting to the account (subaccount, if any).
  • Detail: Indicates that each transaction will be posted to a selected account (subaccount) separately. If you select this option, the Post summary on updating general ledger option specified on the preferences forms of other workspaces will be overwritten. The Detail option is specified by default and not available for editing for the accounts, for which the Cash account check box is selected.

If the Post summary on updating general ledger check box is cleared on the preferences window of a particular workspace, the transactions will be posted separately to account (subaccount) regardless of which option is specified for an account in the current window.

The summarised transaction amounts will be posted to an account (subaccount) only if both the Summary option is specified for an account and the Post summary on updating general ledger check box is selected on the preferences window of the corresponding workspace.

Consolidation account

Optional. This column is used only if the company is a consolidation unit in a parent company.

The external general ledger account from the parent company’s chart of accounts to which the balance of the account will be exported in the process of consolidation. Select the account in this column only if the synchronization of the parent company with the current company has been performed in the Consolidation (GL103000) window for the parent company.

This column is available only if the General ledger consolidation functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Currency

Optional: This column appears only if support for multiple currencies has been activated for the system.

The currency of denomination used for the account. If the field is blank, the account uses the base currency. Denominated general ledger accounts cannot be used as source or destination accounts for general ledger allocations. You can always cancel currency denomination by clearing this field.

Cash account A check box that indicates (if selected) that the account has a cash account or multiple cash accounts linked to it. Cash accounts are created by using the Cash accounts (CA202000) window.
Control account module

A control account is a general ledger account that aggregates the balances of entities in a subledger; it can be used for analytical purposes as well as for the reconciliation of balances between subledgers and the general ledger.

You indicate that an account is to be used as a control account for a particular subledger by selecting the subledger.

The alternatives are:

  • Supplier ledger
  • Customer ledger
  • Supplier ledger and Customer ledger
Allow manual entry A check box that indicates (if selected) that the account allows manual entries.
Control account module The identifier of the subledger for which the account is used as a control account. The field is unavailable if the Cash account check box is selected.
Allow manual entry A check box that indicates (if selected) that users can post transactions directly to this control account. This check box is available for selection only for control accounts (that is, for accounts for which a subledger is specified in the Control account module column).
Secured A check box that indicates (if selected) that the account is included in one or more restriction groups.
Revaluation rate type The exchange rate type that should be used for the account when revaluation is performed. A value is required only for accounts denominated to a foreign currency.
Account group The account group (used in project management if the Projects workspace has been activated) that includes this account.
VAT category

A VAT category that you define for the selected account. When you create a journal transaction manually in the Journal transactions (GL301000) window, based on this VAT category, the taxable amount will be calculated for the journal entry. The category selected here will be used as the default on the invoice lines with this account.

The type of the account must correspond to the type of the tax specified in the VAT category. For example: A VAT category representing a sales tax could not be associated with an expense account, and a VAT category representing value-added tax (VAT) accumulated on purchases could not be associated with an income account.

Public code 1

It is used as the standard account code in the SAF-T report for Norway ( SAF-T report (TX50600S) ) and the FIA report ( FIA report (GL40500S) for Finland.

There is no lookup here, so you have to know what code to enter.

External code 1 These are codes for free usage and you have to register values in the External codes 1 (GL20251S) window.
External code 2 These are codes for free usage and you have to register values in the External codes 2 (GL20252S) window.
Analysis code This codes for free usage and you have to register values in the BI analysis codes (GL20253S) window.
Account ID This is the unique id for the account and are used all places where there is a reference to an account in the system. This is given a value automatically.
Order of the charts of accounts

This column is filled out based on the Account type and are used in some reports and inquiries to sort and group the accounts. The values are as following: 1 = Assets, 2 = Liability, 3 = Income and 4 = Expense.

In the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window you can select the sort order for this code.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Close financial periods (GL503000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/close-financial-periods-gl503000 page You can use this window to close financial periods in the General ledger workspace. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Close financial periods (GL503000) You can use this window to close financial periods in the General ledger workspace. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to close financial periods in the General ledger workspace. A period can be closed in the General ledger workspace only if it has been closed in the Cash management, Supplier ledger, Customer ledger, Inventory, and Fixed assets workspaces. When you close a given financial period, all preceding active periods will also be closed if they have not already been closed. The financial year is considered closed only when all periods of the year are closed. For more details, see: [About period-end closing procedures](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-financial-periods/about-period-end-closing-procedures/). Generally, posting transactions to closed periods is not allowed. To post to closed periods, select the **Allow posting to closed periods** option in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Close periods

Initiates the process of closing the selected financial periods.

Note

The green OK icon appears in the form toolbar if the operation was completed successfully. The red icon indicates that the operation was cancelled because some necessary conditions were not met.

Unposted documents Runs and opens the Unposted general ledger documents report.
## The table This table displays the active financial periods (in a tabular format) for the earliest year that has active periods.
Column Description
Financial period ID The identifier of the financial period.
Description A description of the financial period.
Active A check box that, if selected, indicates that the financial period is active.
Closed in supplier ledger

A read-only check box that, if selected, indicates that the financial period is closed in the Supplier ledger workspace; if the check box is cleared, it indicates that the period is active in the Supplier ledger workspace.

To close a period in the Close financial periods (AP506000) window. For details see: About period-end closing procedures.

Closed in customer ledger

A read-only check box that, if selected, indicates that the financial period is closed in the Customer ledger workspace; if the check box is cleared, it indicates that the period is active in the workspace.

To close a period in the Customer ledger workspace, use the Close financial periods (AP506000) window.

Closed in inventory

A read-only check box that, if selected, indicates that the financial period is closed in the Inventory workspace; if the check box is cleared, it indicates that the period is active in the Inventory workspace.

To close a period in the Inventory workspace, use the Close financial periods (AP506000) window.

Closed in cash management

A read-only check box that, if selected, indicates that the financial period is closed in the Cash management workspace; if the check box is cleared, it indicates that the period is active in the Cash management workspace.

To close a period in the Cash management workspace, use the Close financial periods (AP506000) window.

Closed in fixed assets

A read-only check box that, if selected, indicates that the financial period is closed in the Fixed assets workspace; if the check box is cleared, it indicates that the period is active in the Fixed assets workspace.

To close a period in the Fixed assets workspace, use the Close financial periods (AP506000) window.

### Parent topic [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/) [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/)

Related pages

Concepts

Column sets (CS206020) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020 page To define what data will be displayed in each analytical report and how it will be organised, you need to define the row set and column set; optionally, you can define the unit set. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Column sets (CS206020) To define what data will be displayed in each analytical report and how it will be organised, you need to define the row set and column set; optionally, you can define the unit set. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. To define what data will be displayed in each analytical report and how it will be organised, you need to define the row set and column set; optionally, you can define the unit set. A column set defines the columns to be included in the report and the data to be displayed in each column, as described in [Column sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/column-sets/column-sets-overview/). This window, which is part of the Analytical report manager, displays the column sets defined for the analytical reports. You can view or modify existing column sets, create new column sets, and delete any column sets. For each column set, add the columns to be included in the analytical report and define the properties for each column. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Copy column set

Initiates the copying of the selected column set configuration.

If you click this button, you type the new column set code in the New column set code dialogue box that opens.

## The top part This area of the window displays basic information about the column set. You can define a new column set, or you can look up an existing one by selecting its code or using actions on the window toolbar.
Element Description
Code The unique code used to identify the column set. You can use up to 10 alphanumeric characters.
Type

The data source of the column set. Select one of the following options:

General ledger
The General ledger workspace is used as the data source.
Project
The Projects workspace is used as the data source.
Description The descriptive name of the column set.
## The upper table This area displays the headers defined for the columns and their properties, which you can modify. You can add or delete a header for a single column or a selected column range. The column headers are displayed in the table and can be modified.
Button Description
Shift left Shifts the selected cell value to the left.
Shift right Shifts the selected cell value to the right.
Shift down Shifts the selected cell value down.
Shift up Shifts the selected cell value up.
Copy style Copies the printing style from a header to use it in another header.
Paste style Pastes the printing style copied from another header.
Element Description
Height The height of the header line (in pixels).
Printing group The printing group to which the header is applied. When you specify a printing group for a header, the header will be printed for only the columns in the defined printing group.
Formula

The formula that defines the header name and printing style selected for the range of columns. To specify the header name, you can use text or formulas.

You click the selector in this field to view the Formula dialog box. To specify a formula, enter it in this field. For more information about formulas, see: About formulas.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

### The Formula dialog box You use the **Formula** dialog box, which you invoke by clicking the selector in the **Formula** field, to define the text of the header. This dialog box has the following elements:
Element Description
Column range The column range for which the header is displayed. Enter the first and last column names in these fields.
You use the Style section of the dialog box to define the printing style for the column range.
Text align

The alignment of the text to be displayed for the range of columns. You can select one of the following options:

Not set
There is no specific text alignment.
Left
The text is left-aligned.
Centre
The text is centred.
Right
The text is right-aligned.
Colour The colour to be used for the range of columns.
Background colour The background colour used for the range of columns.
Font The name of the font to be used for the range of columns.
Font size The font size to be used for the range of columns. Enter the appropriate value in the text field, and use the drop-down field to select the unit of measure ( Pixel, Point, Pica, Inch, Mm., or Cm. ) for the value.
Bold A check box that indicates (if selected) that the text displayed in the range of columns will be in bold type.
Italic A check box that indicates (if selected) that the text displayed in the range of columns will be italicised.
Strikeout A check box that indicates (if selected) that the text displayed in the range of columns will have the strikeout font style applied to it.
Underline A check box that indicates (if selected) that the text displayed in the range of columns will be underlined.
## The lower table The lower table displays in a tabular format the columns included in the column set and their properties, which can be modified. You can add a column to the column set or delete a column from the set.
Button Description
Shift left Shifts the selected cell value to the left.
Shift right Shifts the selected cell value to the right.
Copy style Copies the printing style from a header to use it in another header.
Paste style Pastes the printing style copied from another header.
Column Description
Description

The descriptive name of the column.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Type The column type, which defines how the values in the column are calculated.
Value

The value to be displayed in the column. You can create a formula to define the value.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Rounding

The rounding rule, which the system uses to round the values in the corresponding columns of the report. Select one of the following values:

No rounding
The value is not rounded in the report.
Whole currency unit
The system rounds the value to an integer. (€1,117,559,400.58 is rounded to €1,117,559,400.)
Thousands
The system truncates the last three digits of the value (before the decimal point) and rounds the number to an integer portion and one decimal place. (€1,117,559,400.58 is rounded to €1,117,559.4.) Thus, the values in the selected column of the report will be considered thousands.
Whole thousands
The system truncates the last three digits of the value (before the decimal point) and rounds the number to an integer value. ( €1,117,559,400.58 is rounded to €1,117,559.) Thus, the values in the selected column of the report will be considered thousands.
Millions
The system truncates the last six digits of the value (before the decimal point) and rounds the number to an integer portion and one decimal place. (€1,117,559,400.58 is rounded to €1,117.6.) Thus, the values in the selected column of the report will be considered millions.
Whole millions
The system truncates the last six digits of the value (before the decimal point) and rounds the number to an integer value. ( €1,117,559,400.58 is rounded to €1,118.) Thus, the values in the selected column of the report will be considered millions.
Billions
The system truncates the last nine digits of the value (before the decimal point) and rounds the number to an integer portion and one decimal place. (€1,117,559,400.58 is rounded to €1.1.) Thus, the values in the selected column of the report will be considered billions.
Whole billions
The system truncates the last nine digits of the value (before the decimal point) and rounds the number to an integer value. ( €1,117,559,400.58 is rounded to €1.) Thus, the values in the selected column of the report will be considered billions.

The selected rounding rule is applied to all column cells except those whose rows contain the RoundingDiff() function in the formulas. The values of such cells will be rounded by the rows’ formulas.

Format

The format used to convert the data selected from the data source to the string value used in the printed report. You can use C# data conversion functions to convert data to string values.

  • #,##0.00 format an amount column with 2 decimals
  • #,##0% format for a calculation and add % in the end
Width The column width (in pixels).
Auto height A check box that, if selected, adjusts the height of the cell in the selected column. You can use this attribute when you need to move a long string of text to the next line inside the cell.
Extra space The extra space added to the column (in pixels).
Hide empty A check box that, if selected, prevents the printing of empty columns.
Hide zero A check box that, if selected, prevents the printing of zero values in the row.
Hide line A check box that, if selected, prevents the printing of empty lines.
Printing group

The printing group to include the column.

If you specify a printing group, the data from these columns will be printed only in the rows that have the same Column group value as the value defined here.

Unit group The unit group that includes the row.
Printing control

The way the column will be printed, which is one of the following:

Print
The column will be printed in the report.
Hidden
The column will be hidden from the report and used only to store some values.
Merge next
The column will be merged with the next one in the report.
Visible formula

The formula that defines the conditions of visibility of a column in the generated report.

For details, see: Column attributes.

Page break A check box that indicates (if selected) that a page break should be inserted after the column in the printed report.
Style

The printing style to be used for this data row. The printing style parameters are defined in the Style dialog box, which you invoke by clicking the selector in this field.

For this lookup description, see the Style parameters section of Printing styles.

Data source

The source of the data to be displayed in the column.

Used to limit content based on Ledger, Account, Subaccount, Period, Offset period, Unit set, Amount type.

Mostly used for offset periods and budget columns.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Consolidation (GL103000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/consolidation-gl103000 page The parent company uses this form to set up consolidation with its consolidation units or subsidiaries. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Consolidation (GL103000) The parent company uses this form to set up consolidation with its consolidation units or subsidiaries. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. The parent company uses this form to set up consolidation with its consolidation units or subsidiaries. The system uses the information provided on this form to import consolidation data from the consolidation units. For more detailed information, see: [General ledger consolidation overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-consolidations/general-ledger-consolidation-overview/). This window is available only if the **General ledger consolidation** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Synchronise Synchronises the data for the selected consolidation units or imports the list of ledgers from the units. In the unit or subsidiary, these ledgers should be marked as Consolidation source in the Ledgers (GL201500) window.
Synchronise all Synchronises the data for all consolidation units.
## The top part In this area, you can select a consolidation segment by a number that defines the position of the segment in the segmented key.
Element Description
Consolidation segment number

The ID of a segment in the subaccount segmented key of the parent company.

You reserve this subaccount segment for identifying a subsidiary once the consolidation process is performed. The system inserts a specified subaccount segment value of a subsidiary to this segment.

The appropriate segment values are specified for each required subsidiary in the Consolidation segment value column of the current window.

Note that the consolidation segment is not involved in mapping because the subsidiary does not contain such a segment in its subaccounts.

## The table In this table, you can select different ledgers and particular branches in the parent company to consolidate data of different types from the consolidation units or from specific branches of those units. For example: Use one ledger for actual data and another for budget data.
Column Description
Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the ledger is active.
Consolidation company The name of the consolidation company.
Consolidation branch The branch of the consolidating company to which the data will be imported.
Consolidation ledger The ledger (of the Actual type) to hold the imported records from the consolidation unit or units.
Consolidation unit The description of the consolidation unit.
Username The username to be used to sign in to the Visma Net website of the consolidation unit.
Password The password associated with the user name.
URL The address of the consolidation unit website.
Source ledger

The ledger of the consolidation unit that should be used as a data source for consolidation.

The list of ledgers appears after you click Synchronise on the window toolbar.

Source branch The branch of the consolidation unit.
From period The period starting which the data should be imported.
To period The last period for which the data should be imported.
Last post period

A read-only value that displays the financial period of the last consolidation.

The value is updated each time a consolidation has been performed.

Last consolidation date A read-only value showing the date of the last consolidation.
Bypass account/sub. validation A check box that, if selected, indicates that account and subaccount validation should be bypassed.
Consolidation segment value The segment value used to identify the consolidation unit. This value will be inserted to the specified segment (in the Consolidation segment number field) of the parent’s company subaccount during the consolidation process if the Paste segment value check box is selected.
Paste segment value A check box that indicates (if selected) that the consolidation segment value is added to the specified subaccount segment of the parent company during the consolidation process.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) [Import consolidation data (GL509000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/import-consolidation-data-gl509000/)
Edit account information (GL50506S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/edit-account-information-gl50506s section In this window, a financial administrator can correct the account class and account type. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Edit account information (GL50506S) In this window, a financial administrator can correct the account class and account type. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, a financial administrator can correct the account class and account type. The results of the correction are displayed in the [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) window. Changes to account classes and types are always logged, so that you can see who has done the changes. Note: Other users must not enter transactions in the system while you edit the account type and validate the account history. Some posted batches might not be included in the account history, but they will be included when you run the validation again. ## The top part
Button Description
Process Click Process to make your changes take effect.
## The table The icons in the table are standard icons. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add the account you want to make changes to.
Element Description
Account The account you want to make changes to.
Current account class The current account class.
New account class The account class you want to change the current account class to.
Current account type The current account type.
New account type

The account type you want to change to. There are four account types to choose from:

  • Asset
  • Liability
  • Income
  • Expense
Active If this check box is selected, the account is an active account. You cannot change the preference for this check box in this window.
Description The description of the account.

Related pages

Concepts

Export/import settings (CS10200S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/export-import-settings-cs10200s page Here you define export or import scenarios for VAT reporting and the FIA report. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Export/import settings (CS10200S) Here you define export or import scenarios for VAT reporting and the FIA report. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. It is only the Governmental general ledger reporting scenario that is in use. ## The Government settings tab ### The VAT reporting section
Element Description
VAT reporting scenario

Select the VAT reporting scenario you want to use for export/import of VAT.

It is mandatory to enter a value. Use the default Export VAT Scenario.

### The Governmental general ledger reporting section
Element Description
Governmental general ledger reporting scenario

Select the governmental general ledger reporting scenario you want to use.

It is mandatory to have a value, so use the default FIA Reporting Export Scenario. Others will affect the output of the file created.

It is used in the FIA report (GL40500S) window. On the export, this value which is selected here is used as a scenario name in the exported report.

Related pages

Concepts

External codes 1 (GL20251S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/external-codes-1-gl20251s page This code is used in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window and must be defined here first. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # External codes 1 (GL20251S) This code is used in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window and must be defined here first. For more information: [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. It can then be used as a filter or a summary in general inquiries or APIs, to sort or summarise general ledger transactions. There are two internal reports that contain this column: + [Transactions with external codes (GL63304S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-with-external-codes-gl63304s/) + [Balance with external codes (GL63201S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-with-external-codes-gl63201s/) The table
Column Description
External code The ID of the external code, max. 10 characters.
Description The description of the external code.

Related pages

Concepts

External codes 2 (GL20252S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/external-codes-2-gl20252s page This code is used in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window and must be defined here first. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # External codes 2 (GL20252S) This code is used in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window and must be defined here first. For more information: [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. It can then be used as a filter or a summary in general inquiries or APIs, to sort or summarise general ledger transactions. There are two internal reports that contain this column: + [Transactions with external codes (GL63304S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-with-external-codes-gl63304s/) + [Balance with external codes (GL63201S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-with-external-codes-gl63201s/) The table
Column Description
External code The ID of the external code, max. 10 characters.
Description The description of the external code.

Related pages

Concepts

Financial periods (GL201000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000 page By using this window, you can generate financial periods for a new financial year, activate a financial period, or delete a financial period that has no transactions posted. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Financial periods (GL201000) By using this window, you can generate financial periods for a new financial year, activate a financial period, or delete a financial period that has no transactions posted. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can generate financial periods for a new financial year, activate a financial period, or delete a financial period that has no transactions posted. You can also view the status of a period in the Customer ledger, Supplier ledger and General ledger workspaces. By default, when you open this window, it displays the data of the current year. To initially configure a financial year and its periods, use the [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/) window. ## The window toolbar The window toolbar includes standard and window-specific buttons.
Button Description
Generate periods Generates financial periods for the specified year in accordance with the settings in the Financial year (GL101000) window. If a new financial year has just been activated, all financial periods will be generated. If some of the financial periods for the current year had been generated earlier, only the rest of the periods for this year will be generated.
Reopen period

Open a dialog where you can select what workspace you want to reopen. The General ledger will always be reopened if it is closed when you select another workspace.

The dialog:

This will open the general ledger and other selected workspaces for the chosen and subsequent periods.

Reopen from period PP-YYYY

  • General ledger
  • Supplier ledger
  • Customer ledger
  • Cash management
  • Inventory management
  • Fixed assets

If you try to reopen a period in which all workspaces are open, you will get the message Financial Period ‘09-2024’ is already opened.

Add year before the first Adds a financial year before the currently first year, for which you can then generate financial periods. The button is displayed if you have clicked the Shift the first year button in the Financial year (GL101000) window.
## The top part In this area, you can add a new financial year or select an existing year to view its periods.
Element Description
Financial year The financial year. To view a past year, select it from the list of financial years. To open a new year, type it directly into the field.
Start date A read-only field that displays the date when the financial year starts.
Number of periods A read-only field that specifies the total number of periods in the year.
User defined periods

A check box that you select to enable modification of the periods of the current year.

You can edit the end dates of periods; the start dates of the periods will adjust automatically. If, after modification of the periods, the last period ends on a different date than the financial year does, when you save your changes, the system opens the Update financial year dialog box where you can select a method to update the end of the year.

You can select one of the following options:

Modify start date of the next year:
To move the start date of the next financial year to the end of the last period.
Modify financial year settings:
To modify the settings of the financial year to make the last period end when the year ends.
Extend the last period:
To extend the last period so that it will include the end of the year.

Also, you can select whether to move the start date of a financial period to another day of the week.

You can also select whether to move the start date of a financial period to another day of the week. ## The table In this table, you can view the list of financial periods for the selected financial year. The total number of periods and their start and end dates are defined in the [Financial year (GL101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000/) window. You can modify the financial periods for the current financial year if needed. To do this, select the User-defined periods check box. You can only change the last financial year; if next year is created, you can delete this if there are no transactions. You cannot delete a financial period if journal transactions associated with the period are released. When you have selected **User-defined periods** and are working on setting up the year, the financial periods must have consecutive numbers; that is why each time you want to delete a period, you can delete only the last period. Later, you can add missing periods when they are needed. NOTE: Modifying financial periods is highly inadvisable because it will cause errors in all budgets and reports that compare data from two or more successive years.
Column Description
Period no. The two-digit unique ID of the period within a financial year. This number, automatically generated by the system, represents the order of the period: 01 is the first period, 02 is the second period, and so forth.
Period The unique ID of the financial period. The value is automatically generated by the system as a combination of the financial year and the period number.
Start date The date when the financial period starts. This date is automatically calculated based on the settings provided in the Financial year (GL101000) window.
End date The date when the financial period ends. This date, too, is automatically calculated based on the settings provided in the Financial year (GL101000) window.
Length (days) The length of the period in days. This column is available only if the User defined periods check box is selected.
Description

The description of the financial period (such as the name of the month or the number of the quarter). This value is set in the Financial year (GL101000) window but can be overwritten.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Adjustment period

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the adjustment period is active and available for posting adjustment transactions.

This column is available only if the User defined periods check box is selected.

Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the period can be used for posting transactions. Open but inactive periods can be used only for budgets.
Closed in Supplier ledger A read-only check box that indicates (if selected) that the financial period is closed in the Supplier ledger workspace; if this check box is cleared, the period is active in the Supplier ledger workspace.
Closed in Customer ledger A read-only check box that indicates (if selected) that the financial period is closed in the Customer ledger workspace; if this check box is cleared, the period is active in this workspace.
Closed in Inventory management A read-only check box that indicates (if selected) that the financial period is closed in the Inventory workspace; if this check box is cleared, the period is active in the workspace.
Closed in General ledger A read-only check box that indicates (if selected) that the financial period is closed in the General ledger workspace; if this check box is cleared, the period is active in the General ledger workspace.
Closed in Cash management A read-only check box that indicates (if selected) that the financial period is closed in the Cash management; if this check box is cleared, the period is active in this workspace.
Closed in Fixed assets A read-only check box that indicates (if selected) that the financial period is closed in the Fixed assets workspace; if this check box is cleared, the period is active in the Fixed assets workspace.
Reopened by user This field contains the username of the last user who reopened the period.
Reopened date/time This field contains the last date and time the reopening was done.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Close financial periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/close-financial-periods-gl503000/)

Related pages

Concepts

Financial year (GL101000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-year-gl101000 section You can use this window for the initial configuration of your company's specific financial year and financial periods. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Financial year (GL101000) You can use this window for the initial configuration of your company's specific financial year and financial periods. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Setting up financial periods is one of the first tasks you need to accomplish when you configure Visma Net for your company. You can set up any configuration of financial periods, including periods based on months, periods based on weeks, or custom periods of arbitrary durations. A financial year whose periods are based on weeks or have custom lengths will have a variable length. By default, the same configuration will be used for all subsequent years. If you have configured the wrong year, you can delete it by clicking **![icon-delete](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete.png)** in the window toolbar. This operation is available only if there are no financial periods generated for this year in the [Financial periods (GL201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) window. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Generate periods

Generates a period template based on which you generate the financial periods for a financial year in the Financial periods (GL201000) window.

A periods template can be generated for the periods of the Month, Two months, and Quarter types (specified in the Period type field), and for the custom periods (the Custom number of periods option specified in the Period type field).

The system does not support automatic period generation for periods based on weeks.

Shift the first year

Shifts the company’s first year to one year earlier.

After clicking this button, you can add a new financial year and generate periods for it by using the Financial periods (GL201000) window.

## The top part The top part of the window contains information about the financial year and financial periods. For more details on different types of periods, see: [About the financial year and financial periods](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/set-up-a-financial-year/about-the-financial-year-and-financial-periods/).
Column Description
First financial year The first year your company wants to keep records in Visma Net. If you want to start recording operations at the very beginning of the financial year and post beginning balances for the accounts, specify the previous year in this field and post balances for its last period.
Start financial year The start date of the financial year (and the first financial period of the year).
Belongs to next year A check box that indicates (if selected) that the start date of the year belongs to the next financial year. Select this option if the next financial year starts in the current year, as with a 2021 financial year that starts on September 15, 2020.
Period type

The type of financial periods that make up the year. The following options are available:

Month
Each of the financial periods lasts one month (12 periods per year).
Two months
Each of the financial periods has a duration of two months (six periods per year).
Quarter
Each of the financial periods lasts a quarter-year, or three months (four periods per year).
Week
Each of the financial periods lasts one week (52 or 53 periods per year). For instructions, see: Configure week-based financial periods.
Two weeks
Each of the financial periods lasts two weeks (26 or 27 periods per year).
Four weeks
Each of the financial periods has a duration of four weeks (13 or 14 periods per year).
4-4-5 weeks
The financial year is divided into four quarters, and each quarter includes two four-week periods and a five-week period.
4-5-4 weeks
The financial year is divided into four quarters, and each quarter includes a four-week period, a five-week period, and a four-week period.
5-4-4 weeks
The financial year is divided into four quarters, and each quarter includes the following periods: a five-week period and two four-week periods.
Custom number of periods
The financial year is divided into a user-defined number of financial periods. Once you specify the number in the Number of financial periods field, the system generates the periods, and you will be able to adjust the their lengths.
Periods start day of week

The day of the week when each period starts.

Note: This setting is available only for period types based on weeks.

First period start date Read-only. The date on which the first period starts.
Adjust to period start

A check box that you select to align the start and end dates of financial periods with the start and end dates of the corresponding calendar period.

This option is enabled for the following period types:

  • Month
  • Two months
  • Quarter

For example, with this option selected:

  • If the financial year’s start date is March 10 and the period type is Monthly, the first period will start on March 1.
  • If the period type is Quarterly, the first period will start on January 1.
  • If this option were not selected in either case, then the first period would start on March 10 (as the financial year does).
Number of financial periods

This field is available only for period types based on months and for the Custom number of periods option.

The total number of financial periods within a financial year. With custom-length periods (or a custom number of periods), this setting defines the required number of financial periods. Otherwise, it displays the number of periods, which the system calculates automatically based on the period type.

Use adjustment period

A check box that causes the system (if selected) to generate an adjustment period or an additional period for posting adjustments. The adjustment period will have the same start and end date and will be the last period in the financial year.

The adjustment period does not appear by default for any date; in the lookup boxes for selecting document dates, you have to select it manually.

Length of financial period This field is available only for period types expressed in weeks. The length of periods for the selected period type.
Year-end calculation method

Note: This field is available only for week-long periods.

The method used to determine the end of the year for week-long periods. You can select one of the following options:

Last day of the financial year
To add an additional (fifty-third) week-length period if the last period ends four or more days earlier than the financial year ends. If the last period ends fewer than four days earlier, no additional period will be added.
Include last <Day of week> of the financial year
To add an additional (fifty-third) week-length period only if the specific day of week (which is the last in the financial year) is not included in the last period.
Include <Day of week> nearest to the end of financial year
To set the year end so that its last period includes the specific day of week that is nearest to the end of the financial year. An additional (fifty-third) period will be added if the specific day of week is closer to the end of the year than to the end of the last period.

For these options, <Day of the week> is the day of the week selected in the Day of week field.

Day of week (This field is available only for period types expressed in weeks.) The specific day of the week to be used with the Year end calculation method option. By default, the <Day of week> is the day of the week on which each week-length financial period ends.
## The table This table contains information about the start and end date of each financial period, based on your specifications in the top part. For the **Custom number of periods** type of periods, you can define periods of arbitrary length by selecting the end date for each period—the start date of the next period will adjust automatically.
Column Description
Period no. The number of the financial period. The system automatically generates these numbers for periods.
Start date The start date of the period. For the first period, the date is calculated automatically based on the Financial year starts on value. For each successive period, the start date is calculated based on the end date of the previous period.
End date The date the financial period ends. This date is calculated automatically, based on the start date of the period and its duration.
Description

A description of the financial period (such as the name of the month or the number of the quarter). For financial periods based on months, the descriptions are populated automatically but can be overwritten.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [gl201000-ref.html](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/financial-periods-gl201000/) [Close financial periods (GL503000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/close-financial-periods-gl503000/)

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

General ledger account access (GL104000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-account-access-gl104000 page By using this window, you can create restriction groups for managing the visibility of accounts and subaccounts to users, or modify existing restriction groups by adding or removing users, accounts, or subaccounts. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger account access (GL104000) By using this window, you can create restriction groups for managing the visibility of accounts and subaccounts to users, or modify existing restriction groups by adding or removing users, accounts, or subaccounts. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can also use the [Restriction groups by general ledger account (GL104020)](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/row-level-security/row-level-security-windows/restriction-groups-by-general-ledger-account-gl104020/) and [Restriction groups by subaccount (GL104030)](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/row-level-security/row-level-security-windows/restriction-groups-by-subaccount-gl104030/) windows to manage the visibility of accounts and subaccounts to users, but you cannot create restriction groups on these windows. > [!CAUTION] > By restricting the visibility of accounts, subaccounts, > and branches, you also restrict the visibility of the cash accounts that are linked to > the restricted entities. > It is recommended that you carefully configure restriction groups > that contain accounts, subaccounts, and branches because including these entities in > different restriction groups may block the processing of the associated cash > accounts. ## The top part In this area, you can enter the settings of a new restriction group or select an existing group and edit its settings.
Element Description
Group name The name of the restriction group. You can type a name of a new group or select an existing group.
Description The description of the restriction group. You can type a description if this field is empty or edit an existing description.
Group type The type of the restriction group. You can select one of the following types: A, A inverse, B, or B inverse. For more information, see: About types of restriction groups.
Active

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the restriction group is active. You can clear the check box to make the group inactive, which means that restrictions imposed by the restriction group do not affect the visibility of entities to users.

By default, this check box is selected.

## The Users tab On this tab, you can view the list of users defined in the system and select those to be included in the restriction group.
Column Description
Login Read-only. The login of the user.
Full name Read-only. The full name of the user.
Comment Read-only. The additional information that has been specified for the user in the Users (SM201010) window.
## The Accounts tab On this tab, you can view the list of general ledger accounts defined in the system and select those to be included in the restriction group.
Column Description
Account Read-only. The account that can be included in the restriction group.
Type Read-only. The account type, which can be Asset, Liability, Income, or Expense.
Account class Read-only. The account class to which this account belongs.
Active Read-only. A check box that indicates (if selected) that the account is active.
Description Read-only. The description of the account.
Currency Read-only. The account currency, for a currency-denominated account.
## The Subaccounts tab By using this tab, you can view the list of subaccounts defined in the system and select those to be included in the restriction group. This tab is displayed on the window when the **By segmented key** mode is selected in the **Lookup mode** field in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window for the **SUBACCOUNT** segmented key.
Column Description
Subaccount The subaccount to be included in the restriction group. You can click the subaccount to open the Subaccounts - reference information window.
Active Read-only. A check box that indicates (if selected) that the subaccount is active.
Description Read-only. The description of the subaccount.
## The Subaccount segments tab By using this tab, you can view the list of subaccount segment values by the segment ID defined in the system and select those to be included in the restriction group. This tab is displayed on the window when the **By segment: All avail. segment values** mode is selected in the **Lookup mode** field in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window for the **SUBACCOUNT** segmented key.
Element Description
Segment ID The ID of the subaccount segment. When you select a value in this field, in the Segment values table, the system displays the list of the segment values that correspond to this ID.
Column Description
Segment value The value of the subaccount segment to be included in the restriction group.
Active Read-only. A check box that indicates (if selected) that the subaccount segment is active.
Description Read-only. The description of the subaccount segment.

Related pages

Concepts

General ledger numbering (GL107000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-numbering-gl107000 section This window contains the list of transaction codes available in the system. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger numbering (GL107000) This window contains the list of transaction codes available in the system. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can add new codes by clicking the ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) icon. ## The table
Element Description
Numbering code The numbering code for the general ledger number series, max. 5 digits.
Numbering ID The numbering ID of the number series, which you can select by clicking the icon-select icon.

Related pages

Concepts

General ledger preferences (GL102000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000 page You use this window to assign numbering sequences and special accounts used in the General ledger workspace and to select the document processing options. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger preferences (GL102000) You use this window to assign numbering sequences and special accounts used in the General ledger workspace and to select the document processing options. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The Number series section
Element Description
Batch number series A number series assigned to batches.
Import number series A number series assigned to imports of trial balances.
Schedule number series A number series assigned to schedules.
Allocation number series

A number series assigned to allocations.

This field is available only if the Allocation templates check box is selected in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Document batch number series A number series assigned to batches of documents that users have entered in the General ledger workspace by using the Journal vouchers (GL304000) window.
Reconciliation setting ID A number serie assigned to the Setting ID for the Journal reconciliation preferences (GL30200S) window.
Reconciliation number series A number series assigned to Reference no. in the Journal reconciliation (GL30201S) window.
Reuse reference numbers in Journal vouchers

A check box that, if selected, indicates that reference numbers for documents created by using the Journal vouchers (GL304000) window are reused in case the number was allocated for the document that was not saved (thus, not created), or the reference number was allocated for a deleted document.

This check box is available if the Journal voucher check box is selected in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Public code digit rule

A setting for the number of digits for the SAF-T standard account code.

For the Norwegian SAF-T report only the values 2 or 4 are valid.

## The Chart of accounts settings
Element Description
Year to date net income account A special general ledger account the system maintains. You must create the account by using the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window before you specify the account here. Once specified, the account can be replaced by another one as long as no journal transactions were posted to it.
Retained earnings account A special account the system maintains. You must create the account by using the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window before you specify the account here. Once specified, the account can be replaced by another one as long as no journal transactions were posted to it.
Sign for trial balance

The option that defines how the balances of the liability and income accounts are represented in the trial balance. The following options are available:

Normal
The credit balances for liability and income accounts are displayed with the plus sign, the debit balances with the minus sign. The Year to date net income account is included in the trial balance. In the trial balance of this type, the total balance of all asset accounts is equal to the total balance of all liability accounts.
Reversed
The credit balances of liability and income accounts are displayed with the minus sign, the debit balances with the plus sign. The Year to date net income account is excluded from the trial balance. In the trial balance of this type, the total balance of all accounts is equal to zero.

You need to specify an appropriate option before importing the trial balance to Visma Net depending on the type of the trial balance to be imported.

Webhook notifications When this check box is selected and saved, the View notification feedback button appears in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window. You will now be notified regarding changes on the account.
### The Chart of accounts order section The option button that you select in this section defines the order of accounts on the general ledger reports. The following option buttons are available.
Button Description
1:Assets 2:Liabilities 3:Income and Expenses The system generates GL reports that have accounts listed in the following order: assets accounts, liabilities accounts, and then income and expense accounts are shown in mixed order, sorted by the account ID.
1:Assets 2:Liabilities 3:Income 4:Expenses The system generates GL reports that have accounts listed in the following order: assets accounts, liabilities accounts, income accounts, and expense accounts. Within each section, the accounts are sorted according to the account ID.
1:Income 2:Expenses 3:Assets 4:Liabilities The system generates GL reports that have accounts listed in the following order: income accounts, expenses accounts, assets accounts, and finally liabilities accounts. Within each section, the accounts are sorted according to the account ID.
1:Income and Expenses 2:Assets 3:Liabilities The system generates GL reports that have accounts listed in the following order: income and expenses accounts are shown in mixed order, then assets accounts and finally liabilities accounts. Within each section, the accounts are sorted according to the account ID.
Custom chart of accounts order You specify the order of accounts manually by using the Chart of accounts order column in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window. In this column, you specify the number that indicates the order in which the account appears in the list of all accounts in the general ledger reports.
## The SIE settings section
Element Description
Target for SIE import Select where the SIE files will be imported: To workbooks or to journal transactions.
## The Posting settings section
Element Description
Generate reversing entries

The option that indicates when the system generates reversing batches: On period closing or On post.

The On period closing cannot be selected if you want to revalue supplier/customer accounts in the currency management module (windows Revalue supplier accounts (CM504000) and Revalue customer accounts (CM505000) ).

Automatically post on release A check box that indicates (if selected) that transaction posting upon release is allowed. This simplifies batches processing. No batches with an Unposted status will be generated.
Allow posting to closed periods

A check box that indicates (if selected) that transaction posting to closed financial periods is allowed. Closed periods do not appear in the data entry windows on the list of financial periods, so the users have to type in the period directly.

If this check box is not selected, an error message will appear if the user attempts to post or enter transactions into a closed financial period.

Generate consolidated batches

A check box that indicates (if selected) that on the release of multiple documents in the Supplier ledger, Customer ledger, Cash management, and Inventory workspaces, documents are grouped by branch, posting period, and currency, and the batches are generated on a per-group basis rather than on a per-document basis.

If this check box is not selected, then for each document released in the Supplier ledger, Customer ledger, Cash management, and Inventory workspaces, a separate batch is generated in the General ledger workspace.

Automatically release reclassification batches A check box that indicates (if selected) that Reclassification transactions will be posted automatically upon the release.
Allow reversing batches from other workspaces A check box that indicates (if selected) that is possible to reverse batches from other workspaces in the General ledger workspace.
## The Data entry section
Element Description
Hold batches on entry A check box that indicates (if selected) that when new batches are saved, they have the On hold status by default.
Hold vouchers on entry

This check box is only available when the Journal voucher check box is selected in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

If you select this check box, then when new vouchers are saved, they have the On hold status by default.

Validate batch control totals on entry

A check box that indicates (if selected) that batch control totals will be validated: The users will have to enter the batch control total before they save the batch in the Journal transactions (GL301000) window.

If the check box is not selected, validation will be performed only when the user deselect the Hold batches on entry check box for a batch, and unbalanced batches may be saved as drafts.

Require voucher entry codes on journal transactions

This field is available only if the VAT entry from general ledger and the Journal voucher check boxes are enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the voucher entry code is required when you add VAT-related journal transactions in the Journal transactions (GL301000) window.

Require ref. nos. for general ledger documents with VAT

This check box is only available when the Journal voucher check box is selected in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

If this check box is selected, the Ref.no. column in the Journal transactions (GL301000) window is automatically populated, with the next available number from the assigned numbering which you find in the Last number column in the Number series (CS201010) window.

Default subaccount A subaccount to be used as the default subaccount with accounts for which the Use default subaccount option is selected in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window.
## The Rounding settings section The accounts and subaccounts specified here are used for recording rounding gains and losses of the base currency. To start recording rounding gains and losses, you need to select the **Invoice rounding** check box in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window and set up the rounding rules and the precision. For details, see: [About rounding of document amounts](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/process-invoices/about-rounding-of-document-amounts/). Also, rounding gains and losses may occur when the amounts calculated are rounded in accordance with the currency precision if the **Multi-currency accounting** check box is selected in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window.
Element Description
Rounding gain account The account to which gains resulted from rounding in the base currency will be posted.
Rounding gain subaccount The corresponding subaccount for such gains.
Rounding loss account The account to which losses resulted from rounding in the base currency will be posted.
Rounding loss subaccount The corresponding subaccount for such losses.
Rounding limit The limit that a user specifies to prevent the release of the documents with the unacceptable rounding difference. That is, the difference between the rounded and original document amount. The limit is defined in the base currency and may have 0 or a positive value.
## The ARM report settings section
Element Description
Use From branch filter to get only the selected branch When this check box is selected, you can use the filter for From branch to report a single branch.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Ledgers (GL201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/) [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) [Account classes (GL202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-classes-gl202000/) [Chart of accounts (GL202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/chart-of-accounts-gl202500/) [Journal vouchers (GL304000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-vouchers-gl304000/)

Related pages

Concepts

Generate recurring transactions (GL504000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/generate-recurring-transactions-gl504000 page In this window, you run a schedule or multiple schedules that the system uses to automatically generate recurring general ledger transactions. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Generate recurring transactions (GL504000) In this window, you run a schedule or multiple schedules that the system uses to automatically generate recurring general ledger transactions. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you run a schedule or multiple schedules that the system uses to automatically generate recurring general ledger transactions. The schedules to be processed are filtered by the date that you specify in the **Execution date** field. You also need to specify the condition on which the system will stop running the schedules. Each time a schedule is processed, the system updates the **Last executed on** date. No batches can be generated ahead of time, but you can generate missing batches for previous due dates by running the schedule for each skipped due date. For details, see: [Generate recurring transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/recurring-journal-transactions/generate-recurring-transactions/). The system generates recurring transactions by using the original transactions as templates with transaction dates set according to the schedules. No matter how many times a schedule is run, batches will be generated only as required by the schedule settings. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Run Runs the schedules you have selected in the table by using the unlabelled check boxes.
Run all Runs all schedules in the table.
## The top part You use the elements in this area to specify the criteria that the system uses for selecting the schedules to be loaded to the table and determining when the schedule executions should be stopped.
Element Description
Execution date

The date that the system uses to filter the schedules to be loaded to the table. Those schedules whose Next execution date is earlier than or equal to the date specified in this field are loaded. Clear the field to display all schedules.

By default, the current business date is displayed.

Stop on execution date An option button that indicates that the date you specify in the Execution date field will be used as the date when the system stops running the schedules.
Stop after number of executions An option button that indicates that the system stops running schedules when the specified number of schedule executions have been performed. You specify the number of schedule executions in the field located near this option button.
## The table The table contains the list of active schedules that match the settings you have specified. You can select the check boxes to include schedules for processing.
Column Description
Schedule ID

The schedule’s unique ID.

By clicking the number, the system opens the Recurring transactions (GL203500) window as a dialog window; in this window, you can view the details of the selected schedule.

Description The user-defined description of the schedule.
Start date The start date for the schedule.
Expiration date The expiration date for the schedule.
Executed (times) The number of times the batches attached to the schedule were generated.
Execution limit (times) The maximum number of times the schedule may be executed.
Next execution The date when the documents should be generated next.
Last executed The date when the documents were last generated, according to the schedule.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) [Recurring transactions (GL203500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/recurring-transactions-gl203500/)

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Import consolidation data (GL509000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/import-consolidation-data-gl509000 page This window is used by the parent company to import consolidation data from its consolidation units. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Import consolidation data (GL509000) This window is used by the parent company to import consolidation data from its consolidation units. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This window is used by the parent company to import consolidation data from its consolidation units. Data is imported for all open periods, and only data posted to the ledgers of the consolidation units after the previous consolidation is imported to the specified consolidation ledger of the parent company. For access to the unit's website and automatic importing, the system uses information provided in the [Consolidation (GL103000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/consolidation-gl103000/) window. This window is available only if the **General ledger consolidation** check box is selected in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Process Initiates the process of automatically importing the consolidation data from the website of the consolidation unit.
## The table The table listing the consolidation units contains all the necessary information to import the consolidation data.
Column Description
Consolidation branch The branch of your company that consolidates the data from consolidation units.
Consolidation ledger The ledger to which all the imported records from consolidation units will be stored.
Consolidation unit The description of the consolidation unit.
Consolidation company The name of the consolidation company.
URL The web address of the consolidation unit’s website.
Source ledger The consolidation unit’s source ledger used for data import.
Source branch The branch of the consolidation unit.
Last post period A read-only field that contains the financial period of the last consolidation. The system updates this value each time consolidation is performed.
Last consolidation date The date of the last consolidation. The system updates this value each time consolidation is performed.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/)
Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/inter-branch-account-mapping-gl101010 page By using this window, you can select a posting ledger for each newly added branch. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010) By using this window, you can select a posting ledger for each newly added branch. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Also, if the **Inter-branch transactions** functionality is activated in your system, you can specify the rules to be used to automatically balance transactions that occur between different branches in the organisation. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part By using the elements in this area, for a recently added branch, you can select a posting ledger. Also, you can select a branch to define the rules to be used to automatically generate transactions for each inter-branch transaction originated in this branch.
Element Description
Originating branch The branch for which you define the rules for auto-generating transactions to balance any inter-branch transaction originating in this branch. You can select one of the existing branches that are defined in the Branches (CS102000) window.
Posting ledger The posting ledger of the Actual type for the selected branch.
## The Transaction in originating branch tab This tab is available only if the **Inter-branch transactions** functionality is activated in your system. On this tab, you can specify the rules to be used to generate balancing transactions in the originating branch or the branch that initiates an inter-branch transaction. The **originating** branch is always the branch specified in the top part of the document to be balanced, and each of the branches specified in the document lines are **destination** branches. For each destination branch, you can specify a range of accounts (or multiple ranges) and map each of these ranges to a specific offset account (and subaccount) in the originating branch. Then, if an inter-branch transaction refers to an account in one of the specified ranges in any destination branch, the system will generate a new balancing transaction in the originating branch for the respective offset account. Such offset accounts are often called **Inter-branch receivables**.
Column Description
Destination branch The branch specified in the line of the original document to be balanced.
Account from The destination branch’s account that starts the account range for mapping.
Account to The destination branch’s account that ends the account range for mapping.
Offset account The account to be used in the originating branch to offset the inter-branch transactions on the accounts of the specified range in the destination branch.
Offset subaccount The corresponding subaccount to be used for balancing transactions in the originating branch.
## The Transaction in destination branch tab This tab is available only if the **Inter-branch transactions** functionality is activated. By using this tab, you can specify the rules to be used to generate balancing transactions in each of the destination branches. An **originating** branch is always the branch specified in the top part of the document to be balanced, and each of the branches specified in the document lines are **destination** branches. For each destination branch, you can specify a range of accounts (or multiple ranges) in the destination branch and map each of these ranges to a specific offset account (and subaccount) in the destination branch. Then, if an inter-branch transaction refers to an account in one of the specified ranges in specific destination branch, the system will generate a balancing transaction in this destination branch for the specified offset account. These offset accounts are often called **Inter-branch payables**.
Column Description
Destination branch The branch specified in the line of the original document to be balanced.
Account from The destination branch’s account that starts the account range for mapping.
Account to The destination branch’s account that ends the account range for mapping.
Offset account The account to be used in the destination branch to offset the inter-branch transactions on the accounts of the specified range.
Offset subaccount The corresponding subaccount to be used for balancing transactions in the destination branch.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/)

Related pages

Concepts

Journal reconciliation (GL30201S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-gl30201s page By using this window, you can reconcile your account transactions. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Journal reconciliation (GL30201S) By using this window, you can reconcile your account transactions. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can reconcile your account transactions. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Reconcile This will set the reconciliation on selected transactions.
Void This will void the already reconciled transactions.
## The top part ### Input section
Element Description
Reference no. The reference number of the reconciliation.
Reconciliation setting The setting of the reconciliation.
Reconciliation date The date when the reconciliation was created.
Reconciliation balance Here you enter the reconciliation balance.
Hold A check box that indicates (if selected) that the batch has the On hold status and cannot be released or posted. You can clear the check box only if the batch has total debits equal to total credits.
Description A description of the reconciliation.
### The Filter documents on section
Element Description
Load documents up to Load documents up to your selected date.
Include unposted Includes unposted documents to be reconciled.
Include reclassified Includes reclassified documents to be reconciled.
Include hidden lines Includes hidden lines.
### The Calculation section
Element Description
Beginning balance Beginning balance from previous reconciliation.
Reconciled debit The sum of the debit transactions that are check-marked.
Reconciled credit The sum of the credit transactions that are check-marked.
Difference The difference between debit and credit transactions.
## The table
Button Description
Select all Sets a check box in selected for all records displayed in the table.
Deselect all Removes the check box in selected for all records displayed in the table.
Column Description
Selected A check box that you select to indicate that the transaction is included in the reconciliation document as a reconciled one.
Account The account of the reconciliation.
Account description A description of the account
Ref. no.

The reference number of the external or internal document associated with the journal transaction. Journal entries related to the same document should have the same reference number specified.

The documents reference numbers must be specified for VAT-related journal transactions.

It is required because VAT and taxable amounts are reflected in the VAT reports only if they are linked to the corresponding documents.

If the reference number of the external document has been manually specified for a journal transaction, the document cannot be opened because it was not added to the system.

Transaction description A description of the transaction or any comments relevant to the transaction.
Transaction date The transaction date of the document associated with the journal transaction.
Debit

The debit amount of the journal entry.

You can specify only a debit or a credit amount for a single journal entry.

Credit

The credit amount of the journal entry.

Again, you can specify only a debit or a credit amount for a single journal entry.

Subaccount The subaccount of the reconciliation.
Released This check box is selected when the document is released.
Reclassified This check box is selected if this is a journal entry of the type Reclassification.
Batch no. The unique ID of the batch, which is generated by the number series assigned to batches in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.
Workspace

The workspace where the batch originates.

New batches can be created only for General ledger.

Orig. batch no. The number to the original general ledger batch based on which the selected Reclassification batch has been generated.
Orig. workspace The original workspace based on which the selected Reclassification batch has been generated.
Post period The period that the transaction is posted in.
Posted Status for the transaction if it is posted or not.
Hide line A check box for hiding this line for future reconciliations.
Branch The branch associated with this journal entry.
Project

The project with which this transaction line is associated, or the code indicating that this batch is not associated with any project.

The Non-project code is specified on the General information tab in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

This column appears only if the Project accounting check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Project task

The particular task of the project with which this transaction line is associated.

This column appears only if the Project accounting check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Related pages

Concepts

Journal reconciliation preferences (GL30200S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-reconciliation-preferences-gl30200s page By using this window, you can set up the accounts by the branch you want to reconcile. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Journal reconciliation preferences (GL30200S) By using this window, you can set up the accounts by the branch you want to reconcile. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can set up the accounts by the branch you want to reconcile. You can put in several accounts for the same branch, or accounts in different branches. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part This part contains summary information about the number and description of the reconciliation setting.
Element Description
Setting ID The identifier of the reconciliation setting.
Description A description of the reconciliation setting.
Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the reconciliation setting is active.
## The table
Column Description
Account The account to be reconciled.
Account description The description for the account from the chart of accounts.
Branch The branch in which the account will be used for reconciliation.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Journal transactions (GL301000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000 page By using this window, you can do the following: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Journal transactions (GL301000) By using this window, you can do the following: This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. + View batches containing journal transactions created by different system workspaces. + Directly enter journal transactions intended to update the General ledger account balances. Direct entering is allowed only in the General ledger workspace. + Create special batches for which recurring and auto-reversing journal transactions will be generated. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## What to do from this window + [Create a batch](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/general-ledger-batches/create-a-batch/) + [Reverse a batch](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/auto-reversing-transactions/reverse-a-batch/) ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Release Initiates the batch release process and changes the batch status to Unposted or Posted, depending on whether the Automatically post on release option has been selected in the preferences window of the appropriate workspace.
Actions

Provides the following menu commands:

Reverse batch
Generates a reversing batch for the currently open batch and displays its details in the window. Enter the Control total for the reversing batch and save it.
Add to schedule
Navigates to the Recurring transactions (GL203500) window, where you can specify the schedule parameters for the batch. Once the batch is assigned to a schedule, its status changes to Scheduled. Only batches with the Balanced status can be assigned to a schedule.
Reclassify
Opens the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window, in which you can initiate the reclassification process. For details, see: About reclassifying general ledger transactions.
Reports

Includes the following menu commands you can click to generate reports:

Batch register details
Navigates to the General ledger register (detailed) (GL62100S) report, which displays the list of all the batches released and posted to the general ledger during the specified financial period. Batch details include accounts, subaccounts, currency, and amounts.
Unreleased transactions details
Navigates to the Unreleased transactions (detailed) (GL610500) report, which displays the list of transactions that were entered (but not released) during the specified financial period.
Reversing batches
Navigates to the Reversing batches (GL690010) report, which displays details of reversing batches.
## The top part This part contains summary information about batch transactions, such as the financial period, the posting ledger, the batch date, the workspace where the batch was created, the debit and credit totals, and the currency of the transactions.
Element Description
Workspace The workspace where the batch originates. New batches can be created only for General ledger.
Batch no. The unique ID of the batch, which is generated by the number series assigned to batches in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.
Status

The current status of the batch. The status defines what processing can be applied to the batch. The following options are available:

On hold
This status is usually assigned to newly created batches. Batches with the On hold status cannot be released or posted. If an On hold batch has total debits equal to the total credits, its status can be changed to Balanced once you clear the Hold check box.
Balanced
This status indicates that the debit total of the batch equals the credit total and that the batch is ready to be released or posted. A balanced batch can be modified or deleted, but changes can be saved only if the batch credit and debit totals are equal.
Scheduled
This status indicates that the batch was attached to a schedule. Scheduled batches are used as templates for generating similar general ledger batches, with the dates calculated according to the schedule settings. The batch can be scheduled if its status is Balanced. A batch with a Scheduled status can be modified, but it can be saved only if the debit and credit totals are equal.
Unposted
This status indicates a balanced batch that was released but not yet posted. Such a batch cannot be edited or deleted.
Posted
This status indicates that batch journal entries were posted or were used for updating appropriate general ledger account balances. Posted batches cannot be modified or deleted; they are available only for viewing.
Void
This status indicates that this batch is invalid and was cancelled, for example, in cases when the batch was removed from the schedule before the schedule was completed. However, because it is needed for auditing, the batch cannot be deleted.
Hold A check box that indicates (if selected) that the batch has the On hold status and cannot be released or posted. You can clear the check box only if the batch has total debits equal to total credits.
Transaction date

The date when the batch was created, which relates to the transaction dates of the journal entries as follows:

  • For a manually created batch: All journal entries included in the batch have this transaction date specified in the Transaction date column in the table.
  • For a batch generated automatically by a Visma Net workspace other than the General ledger: Each journal entry included in the batch can have its own transaction date specified in the Transaction date column of the Table area according to the transaction date specified in the corresponding workspace.
Post period

The financial period to which the transactions should be posted.

All transactions from a batch are posted to the same financial period. By default, the period is calculated based on the transaction date and the definition of financial periods, but the period can be changed. If the transaction date doesn’t match any financial period, an error message stating that the financial period is closed or does not exist in the system will appear, and you will not be able to save the batch.

The system supports posting to closed financial periods if the Allow posting to closed periods check box is selected in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window. Closed financial periods do not appear in the list of financial periods, so a closed period can be entered only manually.

Description The description of the batch.
Branch The branch to which this batch is related.
Ledger The unique ID of the ledger to which batch transactions are posted. By default, it is the default posting ledger specified for the branch in the Inter-branch account mapping window, but another posting ledger can be selected.
Currency The currency used for all the journal transactions in the selected batch. By default, it is the base currency defined for all branches in the Branches (CS102000) window.
Automatic reversing

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the batch is auto-reversing.

For such a batch, the General ledger workspace automatically creates a batch that reverses the original debit and credit transactions into the next financial period (that is, the debit entry is reversed and becomes a credit entry, and the credit entry is reversed and becomes a debit entry).

Such batches are used to reverse period-end adjustments. A reversed batch will be created when the original batch is released or posted, depending on the value selected for the Generate reversing entries option in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.

Reversing entry A check box that indicates (if selected) that the batch is a reversing batch. The Orig. batch number field displays the ID of the batch that was reversed by this batch.
Trans. code The code of the transaction. This field is displayed if the Journal voucher option is selected in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Type

The type of this general ledger batch, which is specified by the system automatically. A general ledger batch can be one of the following types:

Normal
The type of general ledger batch that either you create manually in the General ledger workspace, or the system creates automatically in any workspace of Visma Net once a document is released and posted to the General ledger. For example: When you release a supplier invoice in the Supplier ledger workspace, a general ledger batch of the Normal type is generated in the General ledger workspace.
Consolidation
The type of general ledger batch generated by the system once the process of importing the data from the consolidation units to the parent company is run. For details, see: General ledger consolidation overview.
Trial balance
The type of general ledger batch generated by the system when you release the trial balance entry in the Trial balance window. For details on importing the trial balances, see: Import trial balances - overview.
Reclassification
The type of general ledger batch generated by the system when you reclassify a general ledger transaction of the Normal type. For details on the reclassification process, see: About reclassifying general ledger transactions.
Allocation
The type of general ledger batch generated by the system when the allocation process is run. For details on the allocation process, see: About allocation rules.
Orig. batch number For a scheduled or auto-reversing batch, the reference number of the batch used as a template.
Reversing batches The number of reversing batches for the selected batch. The field is not displayed if there are no reversing batches. Clicking the number navigates to the Reversing batches (GL690010) report, which displays details of reversing batches.
Debit total The total of transaction debit amounts for the batch; the value is calculated automatically.
Credit total The total of transaction credit amounts for the batch; the value is calculated automatically.
Control total The control total of the batch, which is used for batch status validation. The batch can be posted, released, or scheduled only if this amount is equal to the Debit total and Credit total amounts for the batch. To disable this control, clear the Validate batch control totals on entry check box in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.
Create VAT transactions

A check box that indicates (if selected) that a VAT-related transaction can be created manually; select this check box when you begin to create the transaction. When you select this check box, the VAT ID and VAT category columns appear in the table area on this window.

If this check box is selected, the Skip VAT amount validation check box appears in the top part of this window.

Note that it is not possible to enter both purchase and sales VAT in the same batch, and VAT IDs having the artially deductible VAT set cannot be used.

Skip VAT amount validation

A check box that (if selected) causes automatic validation of a VAT-related transaction that you create manually to be skipped. This check box appears only if the Create VAT transactions check box is selected in this window.

It is recommended that you leave this check box clear so the system performs VAT amount validation.

If the VAT amount validation is skipped (this check box is selected), the system does not warn you if the manually entered VAT amount does not match the taxable amount of a transaction, which may cause errors in the appropriate VAT report.

## The table The table contains the list of journal entries and their details. Each row defines one journal entry, and a single journal entry specifies only a debit or credit amount. For the batch to be posted, total credits for all journal entries in the batch must be equal to total debits.
Button Description
View source document Opens the document based on which this batch was generated. This button is active for batches originating in workspaces other than General ledger.
Reclassification history

Opens the Reclassification history window for the selected transaction.

This button is available only if a reclassified transaction is selected in the table.

Column Description
Branch The branch associated with this journal entry.
Account

The account (associated with the specified branch) whose balance will be updated by the journal entry. If an account denominated to a foreign currency is specified, all other batch transactions should be in the same foreign currency.

NOTE: The account that is specified as the Year to date net income account in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window cannot be used for direct updating by journal entries.

Description A detailed transaction description provided by a user or generated by the system.
Subaccount The subaccount used with the account to detail a journal entry.
Project The project with which this batch is associated, or the code indicating that this batch is not associated with any project. The non-project code is specified in the Project accounting preferences window. This column appears only if the Projects workspace has been enabled in your system and integrated with this workspace.
Project task

The particular task of the project with which this batch is associated.

This column appears only if the Projects workspace has been enabled and integrated with this workspace.

Ref. no.

The reference number of the external or internal document associated with the journal transaction.

Journal entries related to the same document should have the same reference number specified.

The documents reference numbers must be specified for VAT-related journal transactions. It is required because VAT and taxable amounts are reflected in the VAT reports only if they are linked to the corresponding documents.

If the reference number of the external document has been manually specified for a journal transaction, the document can only be opened if it originates from workspaces other than General ledger.

Quantity Optional. The quantity of items associated with the transaction, if relevant.
UoM Optional. The unit of measure for items associated with the transaction, if relevant.
Debit amount The debit amount of the journal entry. You can specify only a debit or a credit amount for a single journal entry.
Credit amount The credit amount of the journal entry. Again, you can specify only a debit or a credit amount for a single journal entry.
Transaction description A description of the transaction or any comments relevant to the transaction.
VAT ID

The VAT used to calculate the VAT amount; this column appears if the Create VAT transactions check box is selected in the top part. The VAT is entered automatically by the system when you select an account in the Account column (and the subaccount in the Subaccount column, if applicable) associated with a particular VAT.

You can overwrite the default value.

Note that a VAT ID having partially deductible VAT will not be available in this module, you have to use Purchase invoices (AP301000) or Transactions (CA304000) window.

VAT ID description The description of the VAT ID.
VAT category

The VAT category based on which the taxable amount is calculated; this column appears if the Create VAT transactions check box is selected in the top part of the window.

This VAT code is entered automatically by the system if you select an account in the Account column for which a particular VAT category has been defined in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window.

You can change the default VAT code.

Note that a VATcategory having partially deductible VAT will not be available in this module, you have to use Purchase invoices (AP301000) or Transactions (CA304000) window.

VAT category description The description of the VAT category.
Non-invoiceable A check box that indicates (if selected) that this transaction is non-invoiceable in the project. This column appears only if the Projects module has been enabled and integrated with this workspace.
Reclass. batch number The number of the reclassification batch that was generated for the selected general ledger transaction. This number is displayed only for a transaction that has been reclassified.
Orig. batch number The number to the original general ledger batch based on which the selected Reclassification batch has been generated.
Transaction date

The date when the transaction was generated, which the system fills in as follows:

  • For a manually created batch: This is the date of batch creation as specified in the Transaction date field in the top part of the current window.
  • For a batch generated automatically by an Visma Net workspace other than General ledger: This is the creation date that was defined for the transaction by the conventions of the functionality that generated this transaction.

The date specified in this column is used for the transaction in Visma Net reports.

Customer/Supplier The customer or supplier specified in the transaction.
Ledger The ledger for the posting.
Line no. The line number in the batch.
Item ID Shows a link to the stock or non-stock item.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Journal vouchers (GL304000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-vouchers-gl304000 page By using this window, you can quickly enter a batch of miscellaneous documents from a single window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Journal vouchers (GL304000) By using this window, you can quickly enter a batch of miscellaneous documents from a single window. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can quickly enter a batch of miscellaneous documents from a single window. For each document type, as determined by the transaction code defined in the [Voucher entry codes (GL106000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/voucher-entry-codes-gl106000/) window, you enter only the required information, by summary or with line details, if needed. On batch release, the system generates and releases actual documents of the specified types in the General ledger, Customer ledger, Supplier ledger, and Cash management workspaces. While adding the documents to a batch, you can apply them to payments or apply payments to them, depending on the document type. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Release Initiates the batch release process and changes the batch status to Released if all listed documents have been generated and released successfully.
## The top part This part contains summary information about the batch, such as the branch originator, the batch date, the posting period, the batch debit and credit totals, and the currency of documents and transactions.
Element Description
Batch number The unique identifier of the document batch, which is generated by the numbering series assigned to document batches in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.
Status

The current status of the batch. The status defines what processing can be applied to the batch. The following options are available:

On hold
This status is usually assigned to newly created batches. You can add new documents to the batches with the On hold status. You can take the batch off hold only if all the included documents have all the required information.
Balanced
This status indicates that all the batch’s documents are valid or the documents have all the required information. A balanced batch can be modified or deleted, but changes can be saved only if the added documents are valid.
Released
This status indicates that all the listed documents were successfully generated.
Hold

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the batch has the On hold status and cannot be released.

You can deselect the check box only if the documents included in the batch are valid (have all the required information).

Transaction date The date when the batch was created.
Post period

The financial period to which all the documents and transactions should be posted. All transactions from a batch are posted to the same financial period.

By default, the period is calculated based on the batch date and the definition of financial periods.

Nevertheless, you may specify other dates for particular documents or transactions included in the batch.

Branch The branch to which this batch is related.
Ledger The ledger to which batch transactions are posted—that is, the default posting ledger specified for the branch in the Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010) window.
Currency

The currency used for all the journal transactions in the selected batch.

By default, this is the base currency defined for all branches in the Organisations (CS101500) window. However, it is possible to select a different currency by clicking the field.

Exchange rate

The exchange rate of the document that is valid for the chosen document currency and the Transaction date as defined in the Currency rates (CM301000) window.

You can change the rate in the Rate selection dialog box which appears by clicking the exchange rate field.

View base / View currency

(button)

By clicking this button you switch between the base currency and the foreign currency view of the document.
Description A description of the batch.
Debit total The total of the debit amounts for the batch; the value is calculated automatically.
Credit total The total of transaction credit amounts for the batch; the value is calculated automatically.
Control total

The batch’s control total, which is used for batch status validation. The batch can be posted, released, or scheduled only if this amount is equal to the Debit total and Credit total amounts.

To make this control unavailable, deselect the Validate batch control totals on entry check box under the Data entry section in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.

## The Rate selection dialog box This dialog box opens once you click in the **Exchange rate** field in the top part. It shows the available currency options to use, and has the following elements.
Element Description
Currency rate type ID The rate type specified for the selected currency pair.
Effective date A certain date on which the currency rate becomes effective.
Currency unit equivalents The rate and reciprocal rate for the selected currency pair
OK (button) This button saves the settings and closes the dialog box.
## The Transactions tab You use this tab to enter information about the Customer ledger, Supplier ledger, and Cash management documents and General ledger transactions required to generate appropriate documents and transactions in the respective workspaces. Once you select a document type by specifying the transaction code, the elements specific to this document type will be available, and the elements that are not used for documents of this type will be unavailable. In each row, you enter information available in the document header, and the line total (the document amount with VAT amounts included) and line subtotal (the document amount before VAT is calculated). To provide line details, select the **Split** check box in the table; this leaves the information about document header on the existing row and makes it possible to add rows with information about document lines.
Button Description
View document Opens the document generated based on information specified in this row.
Show VAT Opens the Document VAT dialog box (described below), so that you can view the list of taxes that apply to the selected document.
Column Description
Ref. no

The reference number to be used for the generated document; the number is assigned as you specify a few values for the document, and it is reserved for the document until the actual document will be generated.

This number is generated according to the number series assigned to the selected type of documents.

Trans. code

The transaction code.

User-defined transaction codes are assigned to the document types available in Visma Net in the Voucher entry codes (GL106000) window.

Transaction date The date of the document or transaction.
Customer/supplier The customer or supplier involved.
Location The location of the customer or supplier related to the transaction.
Entry type ID The entry type of the cash transaction if the selected code is associated with the Cash management workspace.
Debit account

The account that will be debited by the document or transaction amount.

The system fills in this field automatically according to the settings specified for a selected customer or supplier on the General ledger accounts tab in the Suppliers (AP303000) or the Customers (AR303000) window.

For example, on the General ledger accounts tab in the Suppliers (AP303000) window the following will be used:

  • For the supplier invoice, an account specified in the Supplier ledger account field.
  • For a prepayment document, an account specified in the Prepayment account field.
Debit subaccount

The subaccount to be used for the debit journal entry.

Inserted by the system automatically cording to the settings specified for a selected supplier or customer.

You can overwrite a default value manually.

Credit account The account that will be credited by the amount of the document or transaction.
Credit subaccount The subaccount be used for the credit journal entry.
Ext. ref. number The reference number of the external document or transaction that this document is based on.
Total amount The amount of the document or transaction, including the tax total amount.
Subtotal amount The sum of the document (or transaction) details or lines.
VAT zone The VAT zone for the document, if applicable.
VAT category The VAT category of the document, if applicable.
VAT amount The amount of the VAT applicable to the document.
Split A check box that indicates (if selected) that this document or this transaction includes details specified on other rows.
Transaction description A description of the document or transaction or any comments relevant to the transaction.
Project

The project with which this transaction is associated, or the code indicating that this batch is not associated with any project.

The Non-project code is specified in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

This column appears if the Projects check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Project task

The particular task of the project with which this batch is associated.

This column appears if the Projects check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Payment method The payment method used for this document, if this document is a payment.
Terms The payment terms used for the supplier or customer associated with the document.
Due date The due date for the document, if applicable.
Cash discount date The date of the cash discount for the document if applicable.
Cash discount The amount of the cash discount for the document, if applicable.
Included VAT amount A check box that indicates (if selected) that the VAT amount is included in the document total.
Doc. total The document total.
Doc. created A check box that indicates (if selected) that the document specified by this row has been created.
Released A check box that indicates (if selected) that the document specified by this row has been released. The system releases the documents once they have been generated.
Line no. The line number of the displayed batch.
Payment message The message connected to the payment.
Payment ref. no. The reference number of the payment.
Payment type The type of supplier ledger payment document in the Supplier payments (AP302000) window.
### The Document VAT dialog box This dialog box opens once you click **Show VAT** on the table toolbar of the **Transactions** tab. It shows the list of VAT applicable to the selected document.
Element Description
VAT ID The VAT that applies to the selected document.
Taxable amount The amount that is subjected to the VAT.
VAT rate The VAT rate.
VAT amount The resulting amount of the VAT.
OK (button) This button closes the dialog box.
## The Outgoing payment applications tab This tab contains two tables, that you can use to apply the checks or prepayments available in the batch to the supplier ledger documents in the same batch or to documents available in the system: + The upper table displays the payments available in the batch. + The lower table you can use to select the documents to apply to the payment selected in the upper table. Make sure you saved the batch before you start applying the payments to the documents. The newly added documents will not appear on this tab until they are saved with the batch. You can enter a supplier ledger payment and apply it to an invoice or invoices also added to the same batch of documents. The batch cannot be saved as **Balanced** if it includes a check with non-zero unapplied balance. ### The table for payments available in the batch
Column Description
Trans. code The code of the supplier ledger payment document.
Ref. no The reference number of the payment document.
Transaction date The date of the payment document.
Supplier The supplier specified on the document.
Location The location of the supplier associated with the document.
Payment method The payment method used for the document.
Debit account The account that will be debited by the document amount.
Debit subaccount The subaccount used for the debit entry.
Credit account The account that will be credited by the document amount.
Credit subaccount The subaccount used for the credit entry.
Ext. ref. no The reference number of the original supplier document.
Currency The currency of the transaction.
Application amount The amount of the application.
Unapplied balance The unapplied balance of the document.
Subtotal amount The amount of the payment before taxes.
Transaction description The description of the document.
### The Documents to apply table
Column Description
Document type The type of supplier ledger document. Once you have selected the document, the value in this field cannot be edited.
Ref. no The reference number of the generated document. Once you have selected the document, the value in this field cannot be edited.
Amount paid The amount paid for this document (that is, the application amount).
Cash discount taken The amount of the cash discount taken on the document.
With. tax The tax amount withheld on the document.
Date The date of the document.
Due date The due date for the document.
Cash discount date The date until which the cash discount is available.
Balance The balance of the document after payment application.
Cash discount balance The amount of the cash discount that has not been used.
With. tax balance The balance of the tax withheld on the document.
Description The description of the document.
Currency The currency of the document.
Post period The financial period to post the document.
Supplier ref. The document’s original reference number as assigned by the supplier (for informational purposes).
## The Incoming payment applications tab This tab contains two tables, that you can use to apply the customer ledger payments available in the batch to the customer ledger documents available in the system: + The upper table displays the payments available in the batch. + The lower table you can use to select the documents to apply to the payment selected in the upper table. Make sure you have saved the batch before you start applying the payments to the documents. The newly added documents will not appear on this tab until they are saved with the batch. ### The table for payments available in the batch
Column Description
Trans. code The code of the customer ledger payment document.
Ref. no The reference number of the generated document.
Transaction date The date of the document.
Customer The customer specified on the payment document.
Location The location of the customer associated with the document.
Payment method The payment method used for the document.
Debit account The account that will be debited by the document amount.
Debit subaccount The subaccount used for the debit entry.
Credit account The account that will be credited by the document amount.
Credit subaccount The subaccount used for the credit entry.
Ext. ref. no The reference number of the original customer document.
Currency The currency of the document.
Application amount The amount of the application.
Unapplied balance The unapplied balance of the document.
Subtotal amount The amount of payment before taxes.
Transaction description The description of the document.
### The Documents to apply table
Column Description
Document type The type of customer ledger document. Once you have selected the document, the value in this field cannot be edited.
Ref. no The reference number of the generated document. Once you have selected the document, the value in this field cannot be edited.
Amount paid The amount paid for this document.
Cash discount taken The amount of the cash discount taken on the document.
Balance write-off The amount that has been written off.
Write-off reason code The identifier of the write-off reason code that provides a general ledger account to be updated with the write-off transaction amount.
Date The date of the document.
Due date The due date of the customer document.
Cash discount date The last date when the cash discount for the customer was available.
Balance The balance of the payment after document application
Cash discount balance The amount of the cash discount that has not been used.
Write-off limit The write-off limit allowed for the customer.
Invoice text The description of the invoice document. But also for debit/credit notes and other documents.
Currency The currency of the document.
Post period The financial period to post the document.
Customer order The reference number of the original customer order.
## The General ledger transactions tab This tab shows the general ledger transactions automatically generated for the documents included in the batch upon the release of these documents.
Column Description
Ref. no The reference number of the generated document.
Workspace The workspace where the document or transaction was generated.
Batch no. The reference number of the batch.
Transaction date The date of the document or transaction.
Account The account updated by the document transaction.
Subaccount The subaccount used.
Quantity Optional. The quantity of items associated with the transaction, if relevant.
Currency The currency of the transaction.
Debit amount The debit amount of the transaction.
Credit amount The credit amount of the transaction.
Transaction description The description of the transaction.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Ledgers (GL201500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500 page You use this window to enter and maintain information about financial ledgers used in the system. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Ledgers (GL201500) You use this window to enter and maintain information about financial ledgers used in the system. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You use this window to enter and maintain information about financial ledgers used in the system. The default posting ledger is the only built-in ledger; by using this window, you can create other ledgers when they are needed. This table lists all the ledgers available in the system. If the ledger has any transactions posted to it, you cannot delete the ledger or change its currency or ledger type. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part
Element Description
Ledger ID

An alphanumeric string of up to 10 characters used to identify the ledger.

Follow your company’s internal rules when naming ledgers. The ID, once specified, cannot be changed in the future.

Description

A detailed ledger description. This alphanumeric string can be up to 30 characters.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Balance type

The type of balance in the ledger. Select one of the following predefined types:

Actual
A ledger of this type is updated through journal transaction posting. Journal transactions are organised in batches, and the double-entry bookkeeping rule is enforced for these batches. The system supports multiple actual ledgers in the General ledger workspace; however, journal transactions generated by other workspaces will be posted only to the default posting ledgers specified for each branch in the Inter-branch account mapping (GL101010) window.
Budget
A budget ledger is used to store budget information. You update this type of ledger directly in the Budget (GL302010) window. Entering journal transactions to a budget ledger is not allowed.
Reporting
A reporting ledger is used to store translated financial information. This option is available only if the Multi-currency accounting functionality has been activated.
Statistical
A statistical ledger is used to store statistical information. Ledgers of this type are updated through journal entries in the Journal transactions (GL301000) window.
Currency The default currency of the ledger. All transactions in other currencies posted to the ledger will be converted to the base currency by using the currency rate effective on the date of transaction.
Branch accounting

A check box that you select to indicate that the system should automatically generate inter-branch transactions for this ledger to balance transactions for all branches involved.

This column is displayed only if the Inter-branch transactions functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window, and is available for editing if the consolidated branch ( Consol. branch ) is specified.

Consolidation source

A check box that specifies, if selected, that the ledger should be used as a source ledger for consolidation. Ledgers for consolidation have the Reporting balance type if they contain information translated from the base currency.

This column is available only if the General ledger consolidation check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

## The Organisations tab
Column Description
Company The company ID that can use this ledger.
Company name The name of the company.
Active The check box shows if the Company is active or inactive.
Organisation type
  • Without branches
  • Without branches not requiring balancing
  • With branches requiring balancing
## The Branches tab
Column Description
Branch ID The branch ID that can use this ledger registered.
Branch name The branch name.
Active The check box shows if the Branch is active or inactive.
Company name The company name this branch belongs to.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Post transactions (GL502000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/post-transactions-gl502000 page You can use this window to post batches of transactions (journal entries). 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Post transactions (GL502000) You can use this window to post batches of transactions (journal entries). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to post batches of transactions (journal entries). When the window opens, it lists all batches with a status of **Balanced** or **Unposted**. To post selected batches, select the appropriate check boxes and click **Post** in the window toolbar; to post all the batches at once, click **Post all**. Either operation changes the status of the affected batches to **Posted**. Posted batches cannot be deleted or modified; they are available only for viewing. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Post Initiates the posting process for the selected batches.
Post all Initiates the posting process for all listed batches.
## The table This window includes a table with the list of batches that can be posted.
Column Description
Module A read-only value that specifies the workspace where the batch transactions were created.
Batch number The batch number. You can click the link to view the details of the batch.
Ledger A read-only value specifying the ledger.
Transaction date A read-only value that specifies the date of the transactions as it was entered in the Journal transactions (GL301000) window.
Last modified by A read-only value indicating the last user who modified the batch.
Post period A read-only value that indicates the financial period to which the batch transactions will be posted.
Control total A read-only value showing the batch control total. It should be equal to the debit total or credit total amount.
Description The description of the batch.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Release transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-transactions-gl501000/)
Reclassification history (GL405000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassification-history-gl405000 page In this window, you can view the list of transactions generated by the reclassification process for a particular original transaction. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reclassification history (GL405000) In this window, you can view the list of transactions generated by the reclassification process for a particular original transaction. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can view the list of transactions generated by the reclassification process for a particular original transaction. The original general ledger transaction is displayed in the first row of the table. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Reclassify Opens the Reclassify transactions (GL506000) window with the last transaction of the reclassification chain displayed.
## The table The table contains the list of general ledger transactions generated by the system during the reclassification process. The first general ledger transaction in the list is the original general ledger transaction.
Column Description
Batch number The batch number of the transaction.
Branch

The branch to which the transaction was posted.

This column is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Account The account to which the transaction amount was posted.
Description The description of the general ledger account.
Subaccount

The subaccount to which the transaction amount was posted.

This column is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Debit amount The amount that debited the specified account (if any).
Credit amount The amount that credited the specified account (if any).
Transaction description The description of the transaction (if any).
Transaction date The date of the transaction.
Post period The financial period to which the transaction amount was posted.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Account details](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) [Account summary](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-summary-gl401000/) [Journal transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/)

Related pages

Concepts

Reclassify transactions (GL506000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/reclassify-transactions-gl506000 page In this window, you can initiate the reclassification process of the selected transactions. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reclassify transactions (GL506000) In this window, you can initiate the reclassification process of the selected transactions. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can initiate the reclassification process of the selected transactions. You can load the needed transactions by specifying the required selection criteria in the **Load transactions** dialog box (which you open by clicking **Load** in the window toolbar), or the transactions already appear in the list if the system has navigated to this window from the [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) or [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window. A transaction is available for reclassification (the system selects the check box in the row of transaction) once you have modified any of the required parameters in its row. You can change the required parameters for each selected transaction manually by modifying settings as needed in each row, or initiate the system to change them at once by using the **Find and replace** dialog box (which you open by clicking **Replace** in the window toolbar). For details, see: [About reclassifying general ledger transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/reclassify-and-split-general-ledger-transactions/about-reclassifying-general-ledger-transactions/). ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Load

Opens the Load transactions dialog box.

In this dialog box, you can specify the selection criteria to load the required list of transactions to the window.

Replace

Opens the Find and replace dialog box.

In this dialog box, you can specify the original and reclassification parameters for the transactions.

This replacement will be applied to the bulk of transactions that match the specified original parameters.

Split

Inserts a row under the one you have selected, in which you can specify the parameters to be used when the system splits the transaction.

This button is available only if you have clicked the row of an entry to be split in the table of the window.

Process Initiates the reclassification process, which generates the reclassification batch.
### The Load transactions dialog box
Element Description
Branch

The branch to which the transaction was posted.

This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

From account

The first account in the range of accounts.

For a transaction to be uploaded to the window, its account must be within the specified range of accounts.

To account

The last account in the range of accounts.

For a transaction to be uploaded to the window, its account must be within the specified range of accounts.

From subaccount

The first subaccount in the range of subaccounts.

For a transaction to be uploaded to the window, its subaccount must be within the specified range of subaccounts.

This field is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

To subaccount

The last subaccount in the range of subaccounts.

For a transaction to be uploaded to the window, its subaccount must be within the specified range of subaccounts.

This field is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

From period

The first financial period in the range of periods.

For a transaction to be uploaded to the window, its period must be within the specified range of periods.

To period

The last financial period in the range of periods.

For a transaction to be uploaded to the window, its period must be within the specified range of periods.

From date

The first date in the range of dates.

For a transaction to be uploaded to the window, its date must be within the specified date range.

To date

The last date in the range of dates.

For a transaction to be uploaded to the window, its date must be within the specified date range.

Workspace

The workspace where the transaction originated.

If you select a workspace, a transaction will be uploaded to the window only if it originated in this workspace.

Batch no. The number of the batch.
Ref. no. The reference number of a document in a batch (if any).
Customer/supplier

The customer or a supplier specified in the transaction.

If you select a customer or supplier, a transaction will be uploaded to the window only if it is specified in the transaction.

Max. number of transactions

The maximum number of the records to be selected from the database.

The default value is 999. The system selects 999 records from the database that matches the criteria, applies additional filters, if needed, and displays the list of records.

Load

A button that closes the dialog box and loads transactions that match the specified criteria.

New transactions are added to the list of existing transactions (if any).

Reload A button that closes the dialog box and loads transactions that match the specified criteria. Any existing transactions listed in the window are removed, and new transactions that match the specified criteria appear.
Cancel A button that closes the dialog box and ignores any specified criteria.
### The Find and replace dialog box In this dialog box, which opens when you click **Replace** in the window toolbar, you can specify the parameters for mass updating of the rows listed in the window.
Element Description
Find
Branch

The branch of the original transaction.

This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Account The account specified in the original transaction.
Subaccount

The subaccount specified in the original transaction.

This field is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Date The date of the original transaction.
Post period The financial period to which the original transaction was posted.
Transaction description

The description of the original transaction. The system searches for the exact string that you enter in this field.

To find transactions with no descriptions, enter two quotation marks in this field. You can use the wild card characters (* or?) to perform flexible search.

Replace with
Branch

The branch which should be specified in the reclassification transaction.

This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Account The account that should be specified in the reclassification transaction.
Subaccount

The subaccount that should be specified in the reclassification transaction.

This field is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Date The date to which the reclassification transaction should be posted.
Transaction description The description of the reclassification transaction. To replace the description of the original transaction with the empty description in the reclassification transaction, enter the quotes in this field.
Replace Initiates the process of replacing the original parameters with the specified reclassification parameters in the rows of the current window.
Cancel Closes the dialog box and ignores any specified parameters.
## The table The table contains the list of journal transactions that you can reclassify or split. You can either change the required parameters in each selected transaction manually or change the same parameters in a group of transaction by using the **find and replace** functionality (the **Replace** button in the window toolbar). To split a transaction, you click the transaction, click the **Split** button in the window toolbar, and change the required parameters in the new line manually.
Column Description
Arrow icon

The arrow icon that identifies the new entry that has been added in the process of splitting the selected journal entry. Select the original entry to be split or the new entry that has been added in the process of splitting the selected journal entry.

This column appears only if you have split the selected journal entry.

Reclass. batch number

The number of the generated reclassification batch.

This column appears once the selected journal entry has been reclassified split and processed.

To branch

The branch of the reclassified transaction. This field is available for editing.

If you change this parameter, the system selects the check box to indicate that this transaction will be reclassified.

This column is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

To account

The account of the reclassified or split transaction. This field is available for editing.

If you change this parameter, the system selects the check box to indicate that this transaction will be reclassified.

Description The description of the account specified in the original transaction.
To subaccount

The subaccount of the reclassified or split transaction. This field is available for editing.

If you change this parameter, the system selects the check box to indicate that this transaction will be reclassified or split.

This field is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

New trans. date

The date of the reclassified or split transaction. This column is available for editing.

For the lines of the split transaction, this column is available for editing if the branch, account, or subaccount (if applicable) has been changed in the To branch, To account, or To subaccount columns.

New transaction description

A description of the reclassified or split transaction. You can enter an appropriate description. This field is available for editing.

For the lines of the split transaction, this column is available for editing if the branch, account, or subaccount (if applicable) has been changed in the the To branch, To account, or To subaccount columns.

New amount

This column appears when you click Split for the selected journal entry and is available for editing only for the new lines that have been added when splitting the selected journal entry.

The remaining amount that can be split from the original journal entry or the amount to be transferred from the original entry to a new entry (for a new line).

For the new entries, either positive or negative values can be specified in this column. Positive amounts will decrease the amount of the original entry. Negative amounts, which are highlighted in red, will increase the amount of the original entry.

Debit amount (currency) The debit amount of the original transaction is shown in the foreign currency. This column is not available for editing.
Credit amount (currency) The credit amount of the original transaction is shown in the foreign currency. This column is not available for editing.
Currency The currency of the original transaction. This column is not available for editing.
Debit amount The debit amount of the original transaction in the base currency. This column is not available for editing.
Credit amount The credit amount of the original transaction in the base currency. This column is not available for editing.
Branch

The branch of the original transaction. This field is not available for editing.

This column is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Account The account of the original transaction. This field is not available for editing.
Description The description of the account specified in the original transaction. This field is not available for editing.
Subaccount

The subaccount of the original transaction. This field is not available for editing.

This field is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Transaction date The date of the original transaction. This field is not available for editing.
Post period The financial period of the original transaction. This field is not available for editing.
Transaction date The description of the original transaction. This field is not available for editing.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) [Account summary (GL401000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-summary-gl401000/) [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/)

Related pages

Concepts

Recurring transactions (GL203500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/recurring-transactions-gl203500 page You can use this window to create and maintain scheduled batches. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Recurring transactions (GL203500) You can use this window to create and maintain scheduled batches. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Also, you can view the details of active and completed schedules. Schedules are used to automatically generate recurring batches, such as loan-related journal entries recording monthly paid interest or principal amounts or both. A schedule defines how many times and how often specific batches should be repeated. One or several batches of the **Normal** type and the **Balanced** status can be assigned to a schedule. Once a batch is assigned to a schedule, its status changes to **Scheduled**. The system uses the original batches as templates to generate similar batches with transaction dates generated based on how you define the schedule. Only batches originated in the General ledger can be scheduled. > [!NOTE] > For user reference, you can attach to a schedule a scanned image (or electronic version) of the related contract or another document that is the basis for the schedule you have created. For more information on recurring batches, see: [About recurring journal transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/recurring-journal-transactions/about-recurring-journal-transactions/) and [Schedule a recurring batch](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-transactions/recurring-journal-transactions/schedule-a-recurring-batch/). ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar The window toolbar includes standard and window-specific buttons.
Button Description
Run now Executes the schedule.
## The top part In the top part, you can create a new schedule or select any existing schedule for editing or deleting.
Element Description
Schedule ID The ID of the schedule. The system assigns a new schedule’s unique ID in accordance with the numbering series assigned to schedules in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.
Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the schedule is active. When the check box is cleared, the schedule cannot be used.
Start date The start date for the schedule.
Expiration date The date that, if set, indicates when the schedule expires (unavailable when the Never expires check box is selected).
Never expires A check box that indicates (if selected) that no expiration date is set.
Execution limit (times) The maximum number of times the schedule can be executed. This field is unavailable when the No limit check box is selected.
No limit A check box that indicates (if selected) that the schedule should be continued into future financial periods.
Description A description for the schedule.
Last executed A read-only field that displays the date when the batches were last generated, if applicable.
Next execution A read-only field that displays the date when the schedule should be executed next, based on the schedule parameters.
Executed (times) A read-only field whose value shows how many times the schedule was executed —that is, how many times batches were generated. A 0 here indicates that the schedule was not executed yet and no batches were generated.
Schedule type

The frequency of batch generation. The following options are available, and the time-related ones are described in detail in the next section:

Daily
The batches should be generated daily or every x days.
Weekly
The batches should be generated once a week or every x weeks.
Monthly
The batches should be generated once per month or every x months.
By financial period
The batches will be generated only once per financial period or every x financial periods.
### The Daily section Enter the parameters described below, which depend on the schedule's type.
Element Description
Every x day(s) An integer that specifies a time interval (in days) for batch generation. For example: 1 would mean every day and 2 would mean every other day, starting on the Start date.
### The Weekly section
Element Description
Every x week(s) An integer that specifies a time interval (in weeks) for batch generation, with the check boxes indicating the day of the week when the batches should be generated: Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, or Saturday.
### The Monthly section
Element Description
Every x month(s) An integer that specifies a time interval (in months) for batch generation. For example: A 3 here would generate the batch every three months.
On day The day of the month for the batch.
On then th day of the week This option includes an ordinal number in the left field that specifies the week in the month, and a day of the week in the right field, such as 2nd Thursday.
### The By financial period section
Element Description
Every x period(s) An integer that specifies a time interval for batch generation, measured in financial periods.
Start of financial period An option button that sets the start date of the financial period as the day when documents should be generated.
End of financial period An option button that sets the end date of financial period as the day when documents should be generated.
Fixed day of the period An option button that defines the particular day of the financial period when documents should be generated.
## The Batch list tab This tab includes the list of batches assigned to the schedule (in a tabular format). Each row displays details of the selected batch. The table toolbar includes only standard buttons.
Column Description
Batch number The reference number of the original batch, which is used as a template for scheduled batches.
Ledger The default ledger to which the batch transactions should be posted.
Transaction date The date of the batch transactions.
Post period The financial period to which the batch transactions are to be posted.
Status The status of the original batch.
Control total The control total of the batch, which should be equal to both the credit and debit amounts of the batch.
Currency The currency used for the batch transactions.
## The Generated documents tab This tab contains the list of batches generated according to the schedule. The table toolbar includes only standard buttons.
Column Description
Batch number The ID number of the generated batch.
Ledger The default ledger to which the batch transactions should be or were posted.
Transaction date The date of the batch transactions.
Post period The financial period to which the batch transactions should be or were posted.
Status The status of the generated batch.
Control total The control total of the batch, which is equal to both the credit and debit amounts of the batch.
Currency The currency used for the batch transactions.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/)
Release budgets (GL505510) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-budgets-gl505510 page This window can be used to release budget articles. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Release budgets (GL505510) This window can be used to release budget articles. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This window can be used to release budget articles. Once released, budget articles are stored in the appropriate ledger and are available for reports, budget consolidation, and comparison with the actual data. When you open the window, it lists all budget articles that are not yet released. To release the budget articles, select the appropriate check boxes and click **Release** on the toolbar. To release all budget articles at once, click **Release all**. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Release Initiates the release process for the selected budget articles.
Release all Initiates the release process for all budget articles.
## The table The list contains all budget articles that have not been released. You can release all articles or select particular articles for release.
Column Description
Branch The branch whose budget article is shown in the table row.
Ledger A read-only field showing the ledger where the budget will be stored.
Financial year A read-only field that contains the financial year for which the budget is created.
Account A read-only field that specifies the account of the budget article.
Subaccount A read-only field that specifies the subaccount of the budget article.
Description The description provided for the budget article.
Amount The budget amount for the article.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Budgets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/budget-gl302010/)

Related pages

Concepts

Release transactions (GL501000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-transactions-gl501000 page This window lists all batches that have a status of Balanced. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Release transactions (GL501000) This window lists all batches that have a status of Balanced. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This window lists all batches that have a status of **Balanced**. You can release either all batches or only those you select. After successful completion of the release operation, the status of the released batches changes to **Unposted** or **Posted**, depending on whether the **Automatically post on release** option is selected in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Release Releases the selected batches and changes their statuses to Released or Unposted, depending on whether the Automatically post on release option is selected in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.
Release all Releases all the batches and changes their statuses to Released or Unposted, depending on whether the Automatically post on release option is selected in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.
## The table This window includes a table with the list of batches that are ready to be released.
Column Description
Workspace The workspace where the batch transactions were created.
Batch number The batch number.
Ledger The ledger to which batch transactions should be posted.
Transaction date The date of transactions.
Last modified by The last user to modify the batch.
Post period The financial period to which the batch transactions will be posted.
Control total The batch control total, which should be equal to both the credit total and the debit total for the batch to be released.
Description The description of the batch.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Journal transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) [Post transactions](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/post-transactions-gl502000/)

Related pages

Tasks

Release vouchers (GL501500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-vouchers-gl501500 page You can use this window to release all ready-to-be-released ( Balanced ) batches of documents that were prepared in the Journal vouchers (GL304000) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Release vouchers (GL501500) You can use this window to release all ready-to-be-released ( Balanced ) batches of documents that were prepared in the Journal vouchers (GL304000) window. For more information: [Journal vouchers (GL304000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-vouchers-gl304000/). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to release all ready-to-be-released (**Balanced**) batches of documents that were prepared in the [Journal vouchers (GL304000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-vouchers-gl304000/) window. Upon release of the batch or batches, the system generates and releases actual documents of the specified types in the General ledger, Supplier ledger, Customer ledger, or Cash management workspaces. This window is available if the **Journal voucher** option is selected in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Release Releases a selected batch and changes the batch status to Released if all documents of the batch have been generated and released successfully.
Release all Releases all batches listed in the table, and changes their status to Released if the documents of all batches have been generated and released successfully in the respective workspaces.
## The table The table contains all ready-to-be-released (**balanced**) batches. To release a batch (or multiple batches), select the unlabeled check box in the line of the required batch (or batches) and then click **Release** on the window toolbar. To release all the batches, click **Release all**on the window toolbar.
Column Description
Workspace The workspace in which the documents included in the batch will be generated and released.
Batch number

The identifier of the batch.

Clicking the link navigates to the Journal vouchers (GL304000) window and displays the details of the selected batch.

Ledger The ledger in which the documents will be posted.
Transaction date The date when the batch was created.
Last modified by The login name of a user who last edited the batch.
Post period The period to which the documents included in the batch will be posted.
Control total The total amount of the transaction (the sum of total amounts of all documents included in the batch).
Description The user-provided description for the transaction.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Voucher entry codes](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/voucher-entry-codes-gl106000/)
Release workbooks (GL50505S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-workbooks-gl50505s page This window can be used to release workbooks. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Release workbooks (GL50505S) This window can be used to release workbooks. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This window can be used to release workbooks. Once released, workbooks are stored in the appropriate ledger and are available for reports, budget consolidation, and comparison with the actual data. When you open the window, it lists all workbooks that are not yet released. To release the workbooks, select the appropriate check boxes and click **Process** on the toolbar. To process all workbooks at once, click **Process all**. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Process Initiates the release process for the selected workbooks.
Process all Initiates the release process for all workbooks.
## The top part
Element Description
Workbook ID Select the workbook that contains the voucher batches you want to release.
Workspace In the table will be displayed the voucher batches for the workbooks connected with the workspace you select here.
Doc. type In the table will be displayed the documents with the type you select here.
## The table In this table, the list shows the vouchers that match the criteria specified in the top part.
Element Description
Workbook ID The ID of the workbook.
Workbook description The description of the workbook.
Voucher batch no. The number of the voucher batch within the workbook.
Batch description The description on the voucher batch.
Workspace The workspace in which the workbook is used.
Doc. type The type of the document, as selected in the top part.
Number of documents The number of documents included in the voucher batch.
Last modified by The user who has last modified the voucher batch.
Last modified on The date when the voucher batch was last modified.
Created by The user who has created the voucher batch.
Created on The date when the voucher batch was created.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Report definitions (CS206000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000 page This window, which is part of the Visma Net Analytical report manager, displays the properties of each defined analytical report. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Report definitions (CS206000) This window, which is part of the Visma Net Analytical report manager, displays the properties of each defined analytical report. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This window, which is part of the Visma Net Analytical report manager, displays the properties of each defined analytical report. You can view or modify existing reports, create a new analytical report, and delete existing reports. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part
Button Description
Copy report Initiates the copying of the selected report configuration. You type the new report code in the New report code dialogue box that opens.
Preview Initiates the previewing of the selected report. You can review the look and feel of the report in the window that opens.
Validate row set definition

This button opens the Account types to be included in the row set validation dialogue box. Here you can select what account types you want to control:

  • Income
  • Assets
  • Liability
  • Expense
  • Check also if there is missing subaccounts

Depending on what you select and what the Row set contains of accounts, you will get a list of accounts that are missing in the row set.

The window includes several sections that hold the settings of the analytical report. ## The Report definition section
Element Description
Code The unique code used to identify the analytical report. You can use up to 10 characters, both numbers and letters.
Description The descriptive name of the analytical report.
Type

The data source of the analytical report. The selected option defines the set of parameters in the Default data source settings section.

Select one of the following options:

General ledger
The General ledger workspace is used as the data source.
Project
The Projects workspace is used as the data source.
Account type Select the relevant account type value to improve performance of the report.
Row set The set of rows to be displayed in this analytical report.
Column set The set of columns to be displayed in this analytical report.
Unit set The set of units to be included in this analytical report.
From unit The start unit in the unit set; this parameter indicates the first unit in the selected unit set. The units starting from this one will be included in the analytical report.
## The Default data source settings section (General ledger) The set of parameters in this section is defined by the option you have selected in the **Type** field in the **Report definition** section. The following settings are displayed if you have selected the **General ledger** option in the **Type** field.
Element Description
Company

The company to be used as the source.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option, to add the Company field to the report window so that the user can select a company before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the Company field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

In addition, this column/check box requires that the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Ledger

The ledger to be used as the data source.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option, to add the Ledger field to the report window so that the user can select a ledger before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the Ledger field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

From account

The starting account in the range of account numbers to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option, to add the From account field to the report window so that the user can select an account number to start with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the From account field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

To account

The ending account in the range of account numbers to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option, to add the To account field to the report window so that the user can select an account number to end with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the To account field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

From sub.

The starting subaccount in the range of subaccounts to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the From sub. field to the report window so that the user can select a subaccount number to start with before running the report.

If the check box is not selected, the From sub. field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

To sub.

The ending subaccount in the range of subaccounts to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option, to add the To sub. field to the report window so that the user can select a subaccount number to end with before running the report.

If the check box is not selected, the To sub. field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

From branch

The starting branch in the range of branches to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option, to add the From branch field to the report window so that the user can select a branch to start with before running the report.

If the check box is not selected, the From branch field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

In addition, this column/check box requires that the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

To branch

The ending branch in the range of branches to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option, to add the To branch field to the report window so that the user can select a branch to end with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the To branch field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

In addition, this column/check box requires that the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

From period

The starting financial period in the range of periods to be used in the report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option, to add the From period field to the report window so that the user can select a financial period to start with before running the report.

If the check box is not selected, the From period field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

To period

The ending financial period in the range of periods to be used in the report. Use the list field to the right of To period to specify how the end period is set:

Not set
No end period is defined for the report.
Request
The end period is added to the report window so that the user can select a value in it before running the report.
Use start
The report uses the same start and end period.
Account class

The account class to be used as the data source.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option, to add the Account class field to the report window so that the user can select an account class before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the Account class field will not appear in the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

Symbol display (+/-)
  • Not set: No symbol is defined for the report.
  • Positive values
  • Swap liability/expense
  • Debit/credit values
Amount type

The amount type to be used to calculate the values in the report.

Select one of the following options:

Not set
No specific amount type is defined for the report.
Turnover
The turnover amounts are included in the report.
Credit
The credit amounts are included in the report.
Debit
The debit amounts are included in the report.
Beg. balance
The beginning balance amounts are used in the report.
Ending balance
The ending balance amounts are used in the report.
Turnover (currency)
The turnover amounts in a foreign currency are included (retrieved from the denominated accounts).
Credit (currency)
The credit amounts in a foreign currency are included (retrieved from the denominated accounts).
Debit (currency)
The debit amounts in a foreign currency are included (retrieved from the denominated accounts).
Beg. balance (currency)
The beginning balance amounts in a foreign currency are included (retrieved from the denominated accounts).
Ending balance (currency)
The ending balance amounts in a foreign currency are included (retrieved from the denominated accounts).
Apply restriction groups A check box that you select to restrict access to report details for users.
## The Default data source settings section (Project) The set of parameters in this section is defined by the option you have selected in the **Type** field in the **Report definition** section. The following settings are displayed if you have selected the **Project** option in the **Type** field.
Element Description
From acc. group

The starting account group in the range of account groups to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the From acc. group field to the report window so that the user can select an account group to start with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the From acc. group field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

To acc. group

The ending account group in the range of account groups to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the To acc. group field to the report window so that the user can select an account group to end with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the To acc. group field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

From project

The starting project in the range of projects to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the From project field to the report window so that the user can select a project to start with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the From project field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

To project

The ending project in the range of projects to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the To project field to the report window so that the user can select a project to end with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the To project field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

From task

The starting task in the range of tasks to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the From task field to the report window so that the user can select a task identifier to start with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the From task field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

To task

The ending task in the range of tasks to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the To task field to the report window so that the user can select a task identifier to end with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the To task field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

From item ID

The first item ID in the range of item IDs to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the From item field to the report window so that the user can select an inventory to start with before running the report.

If the check box is not selected, the From item field will not appear in the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

To item ID

The last item ID in the range of item IDs to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the To item field to the report window so that the user can select an inventory to end with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the To item field will not appear in the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

From branch

The starting branch in the range of branches to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the From branch field to the report window so that the user can select a branch to start with before running the report.

If the check box is not selected, the From branch field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

In addition, this column/check box requires that the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

To branch

The ending branch in the range of branches to be included in the analytical report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the To branch field to the report window so that the user can select a branch to end with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the End branch field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

In addition, this column/check box requires that the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

From period

The starting financial period in the range of periods to be used in the report.

Select the Request check box to the right of the option to add the From period field to the report window so that the user can select a financial period to start with before running the report.

If the Request check box is not selected, the From period field will not appear on the window, and you should specify a value here that will always be used for the report.

To period

The ending financial period in the range of periods to be used in the report. Use the list field to the right of To period to specify how the end period is set:

Not set
No end period of the period is defined for the report.
Request
The end period is added to the report window so that the user can select a value in it before running the report.
Use start
The report uses the same start and end period.
Symbol display (+/-)
  • Not set: No symbol is defined for the report.
  • Positive values
  • Swap liability/expense
  • Debit/credit values
Amount type

The amount type to calculate the values in the report.

Select one of the following options:

Not set
Unspecified amount type; the amount type should be taken from a set (row set or unit set) with a higher priority.
Actual amount
The ending balance of the actual amount of the project budget for the specified period.
Actual quantity
The ending balance of the project budget’s actual quantity for the specified period.
Amount turnover
The turnover of the project budget’s actual amount for the specified period.
Quantity turnover
The turnover of the actual quantity of the project budget for the specified period.
Original budget amount
The original budgeted amount of the project budget.
Original budget quantity
The original budgeted quantity of the project budget.
Revised budget amount
The revised budgeted amount of the project budget.
Revised budget quantity
The revised budgeted quantity of the project budget.
Original committed amount
The original committed amount of the project budget.
Original committed quantity
The original committed quantity of the project budget.
Revised committed amount
The revised committed amount of the project budget.
Revised committed quantity
The revised committed quantity of the project budget.
Committed open amount
The open (not received yet) amount of the original committed project budget.
Committed open quantity
The open (not received yet) quantity of the original committed project budget.
Committed received quantity
The received quantity of the original committed project budget.
Committed invoiced amount
The amount of the released invoices of the original committed project budget.
Committed invoiced quantity
The quantity of the released invoices of the original committed project budget.
Apply restriction groups A check box that you select to restrict access to report details for users.
Optimise unit set report

When this is selected, you will see the unit set selector in Parameters section when starting the report, and you have to select one unit set definition before running the report. The Print all functionality is now disabled in this routine.

This is only visible if Unit set is defined in the Report definition section of this report.

## The Sitemap section
Element Description
Location The site map folder where the report is located.
Title The report title on the site map.
## The Page settings section
Element Description
Paper kind The paper kind used to print the report. Select the appropriate kind from the extensive list of available options.
Landscape

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the report should have landscape orientation, with the shorter side running top to bottom so wider columns can be accommodated.

If the check box is cleared, portrait orientation is used, which means that the longer side runs top to bottom.

## The Margins section The elements in the **Margins** section are used to define the sizes of the margins for the report.
Element Description
Top

The size of the top margin.

Enter the appropriate value in the text field, and use the drop-down field to select the unit of measure ( Pixel, Point, Pica, Inch, Mm., or Cm. ) for the value.

Bottom

The size of the bottom margin.

Enter the appropriate value in the text field, and use the drop-down field to select the unit of measure ( Pixel, Point, Pica, Inch, Mm., or Cm. ) for the value.

Left

The size of the left margin.

Enter the appropriate value in the text field, and use the drop-down field to select the unit of measure ( Pixel, Point, Pica, Inch, Mm., or Cm. ) for the value.

Right

The size of the right margin.

Enter the appropriate value in the text field, and use the drop-down field to select the unit of measure ( Pixel, Point, Pica, Inch, Mm., or Cm. ) for the value.

## The Print area section You use these elements to define the size of the printed area for the report.
Element Description
Width The horizontal size of the printed area for the selected paper format. Enter the appropriate value in the text field, and use the drop-down field to select the unit of measure ( Pixel, Point, Pica, Inch, Mm., or Cm. ) for the value.
Height The vertical size of the printed area for the selected paper format. Enter the appropriate value in the text field, and use the drop-down field to select the unit of measure ( Pixel, Point, Pica, Inch, Mm., or Cm. ) for the value.
## The Default font style section
Element Description
Font The name of the font to be used in the printed report.
Text alignment

The text alignment of the printed report. You can select one of the following options:

Not set
There is no specific text alignment.
Left
The text is aligned to the left.
Centre
The text is aligned by centre.
Right
The text is aligned to the right.
Font style

The font style to be used in printed report.

The available options are Regular, Bold, Italic, Underline, and Strikeout.

Font size

The font size to be used in printed report.

Enter the appropriate value in the text field, and use the drop-down field to select the unit of measure ( Pixel, Point, Pica, Inch, Mm., or Cm. ) for the value.

Colour The colour to be used in the printed report.
Background colour The background colour of the printed report.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Restriction groups by general ledger account (GL104020) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/restriction-groups-by-general-ledger-account-gl104020 page In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular General ledger account. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Restriction groups by general ledger account (GL104020) In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular General ledger account. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular General ledger account. You can also change the visibility of the account in the system by including it in other restriction groups or excluding it from groups that currently contain it. You can create restriction groups for managing the visibility of General ledger accounts by using the [General ledger account access (GL104000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-account-access-gl104000/) window. For more information about restriction groups, see: [About restriction groups in Visma Net](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/row-level-security/about-restriction-groups-in-visma-net-erp/). CAUTION: By restricting the visibility of accounts, subaccounts, and branches, you also restrict the visibility of the cash accounts that are linked to the restricted entities. We recommend that you carefully configure restriction groups that contain accounts, subaccounts, and branches because including these entities in different restriction groups may block the processing of the associated cash accounts. ## The top part In this area, you can select the general ledger account for which you want to view or edit its membership in restriction groups. You can also view additional information about the selected general ledger account.
Element Description
Account The general ledger account whose membership in restriction groups you want to view (and edit, if needed) in the table.
Type

Read-only. The type of the selected account.

For more information, see: About account types and classes.

Description Read-only. The description of the selected account.
Account class

Read-only. The class of the selected account.

For more information, see: About account types and classes

Currency Read-only. The specific currency if the selected general ledger account is a currency-denominated account. (If this field is blank, the base currency is used for the account.)
## The table In this table, you can view the full list of restriction groups in the system, along with some basic information about each group. The check box in the unlabelled Included column is selected for each group that contains the account. You can select and clear these check boxes to change the membership of the general ledger account in restriction groups.
Column Description
Group name Read-only. The name of the restriction group.
Description Read-only. The description of the restriction group.
Active Read-only. A check box that indicates (if selected) that the restriction group is active. The system does not enforce restrictions imposed by inactive groups.
Group type Read-only. The type of the restriction group: A, A inverse, B, or B inverse. For more information, see: About types of restriction groups.
Restriction groups by subaccount (GL104030) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/restriction-groups-by-subaccount-gl104030 page In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular subaccount. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Restriction groups by subaccount (GL104030) In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular subaccount. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular subaccount. You can also change the visibility of the subaccount in the system by including it in other restriction groups or excluding it from groups that currently contain it. You can create restriction groups for managing the visibility of subaccounts by using the [General ledger account access (GL104000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-account-access-gl104000/) window. For more information about restriction groups, see: [About restriction groups in Visma Net](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/row-level-security/about-restriction-groups-in-visma-net-erp/). CAUTION: By restricting the visibility of accounts, subaccounts, and branches, you also restrict the visibility of the cash accounts that are linked to the restricted entities. We recommend that you carefully configure restriction groups that contain accounts, subaccounts, and branches because including these entities in different restriction groups may block the processing of the associated cash accounts. ## The top part In this area, you can select the subaccount for which you want to view or edit its membership in restriction groups. You can also view the description of the selected subaccount.
Element Description
Subaccount The subaccount whose membership in restriction groups you want to view (and edit, if needed) in the table.
Description Read-only. The description of the selected subaccount.
## The table In this table, you can view the full list of restriction groups in the system, along with some basic information about each group. The check box in the unlabelled Included column is selected for each group that contains the subaccount. You can select and clear these check boxes to change the membership of the subaccount in restriction groups.
Column Description
Group name Read-only. The name of the restriction group.
Description Read-only. The description of the restriction group.
Active Read-only. A check box that indicates (if selected) that the restriction group is active. The system does not enforce restrictions imposed by inactive groups.
Group type Read-only. The type of the restriction group: A, A inverse, B, or B inverse. For more information, see: About types of restriction groups.
Restriction groups by sub segment (GL104040) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/restriction-groups-by-sub-segment-gl104040 page In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular subaccount segment value. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Restriction groups by sub segment (GL104040) In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular subaccount segment value. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular subaccount segment value. You can also change the visibility of the subaccount segment value in the system by including it in other restriction groups or excluding it from groups that currently contain it. For more information about restriction groups, see: [About restriction groups in Visma Net](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/row-level-security/about-restriction-groups-in-visma-net-erp/). ## The top part In this area, you can select the subaccount segment value for which you want to view or edit its membership in restriction groups. You can also view additional information about the selected subaccount segment value.
Element Description
Segment ID The subaccount segment (by its identifier) for which you want to select a value.
Segment value The segment value for the selected subaccount segment. In this field, you can select the subaccount segment value for which you want to view or edit its membership in restriction groups.
Description Read-only. The description of the selected subaccount segment value.
Active Read-only. A check box that indicates (if selected) that the selected subaccount segment value is active.
## The table In this table, you can view the full list of restriction groups in the system, along with some basic information about each group. The check box in the unlabelled Included column is selected for each group that contains the subaccount segment value. You can select and clear these check boxes to change the membership of the subaccount segment value in restriction groups.
Column Description
Group name Read-only. The name of the restriction group.
Description Read-only. The description of the restriction group.
Active Read-only. A check box that indicates (if selected) that the restriction group is active. The system does not enforce restrictions imposed by inactive groups.
Group type Read-only. The type of the restriction group: A, A inverse, B, or B inverse. For more information, see: About types of restriction groups.
Row sets (CS206010) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010 page To define what data will be displayed in each analytical report and how it will be organised, you need to define the row set and column set; optionally, you can define the unit set. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Row sets (CS206010) To define what data will be displayed in each analytical report and how it will be organised, you need to define the row set and column set; optionally, you can define the unit set. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. To define what data will be displayed in each analytical report and how it will be organised, you need to define the row set and column set; optionally, you can define the unit set. A row set defines the rows to be included in the report and the data to be displayed in each row. For more information on using row sets, see: [About row sets](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/row-sets/about-row-sets/). This window, which is part of the Analytical report manager, displays the row sets defined for the analytical reports. You use the window to view or modify existing row sets, create new row sets, and delete row sets. For each row set, add the rows to be included in the analytical report and define the properties for each row. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Copy row set Initiates copying of the selected row set configuration. If you click this button, you type the new row set code in the New row set code dialog box that opens.
## The top part This part of the window displays basic information about the particular row set. You can define a new row set, or you can look up an existing one by selecting its code or by using the actions in the window toolbar.
Element Description
Code The unique code used to identify the row set. You can use up to 10 alphanumeric characters.
Type

The data source of the row set. Select one of the following options:

General ledger
The General ledger workspace is used as the data source.
Project
The Projects workspace is used as the data source.
Description The descriptive name of the row set.
## The table The table shows the rows included in the row set, along with their properties, which you can modify. You can add a row to the row set or delete a row from the set.
Button Description
Copy style Copies the printing style from a row to use it in another row.
Paste style Pastes the printing style copied from another row.
Renumber

Initiates the renumbering of rows.

You can type numbering step and code length (up to 10) in the Set numbering step dialog box that opens. The system changes the row codes to comply with new settings.

Column Description
Code The unique code used to identify the row. You can use up to 10 alphanumeric characters.
Description

The descriptive name of the row.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Type

The type of the row.

This property defines how the values in the row are calculated and whether the column will display any data.

Select one of the available options:

General ledger
Use this row type to select the source of the data to calculate the values in the row from the general ledger.
Caption
Use this row type to display the caption of the report in this row.
Line
Use this row type to display the continuous line in this row.
Total
Use this row type to exclude the subtotals from the value calculation for the row.
Header
Use this row type to display the report header in this row.
Value

The value to be displayed in the row. You can create a formula to define the value and use parameters in the formula you define.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Format The format used to convert the data selected from the data source to the string value used in the printed report. C# data conversion functions can be used to convert data to string values.
Data source The source of the data to be displayed in the row. Click the lookup button for the particular row to use the Data source editor dialog box to define the data source.
Style

The printing style to be used for this data row. The printing style parameters are defined in the Style dialog box, which you invoke by clicking the selector in the Style field.

For the description of this lookup, see the Style parameters section of Printing styles.

Printing control The property that identifies the row’s position in the report and the way the row printing will be controlled.
Page break A check box that, if selected, indicates that a page break should be inserted after the row line in the printed report.
Height The row height in the printed report (in pixels).
Indent The indent value used for the row in the printed report (in pixels).
Line style The line style used when the Underline option is selected for the row type in the Type field.
Suppress empty A check box that prevents (if selected) the printing of empty rows.
Hide zero A check box that prevents (if selected) the printing of zero values in the row.
Linked row The code of the row linked to the current one. The linked rows are printed on the same line in the report.
Base row A row code. You specify the row code in the specific row cell if you need to reference to this row in the formula that you enter in the Value field in the Column sets (CS206020) window (by using the @BaseRowCode parameter) when the system should use the value specified in this row to compute another value. For details, see: About parameters.
Column group The column group to include the row.
Unit group The unit group to include the row.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Run allocations (GL504500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/run-allocations-gl504500 page You can use this window to process all allocations that are active in a post period or only selected allocations. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Run allocations (GL504500) You can use this window to process all allocations that are active in a post period or only selected allocations. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to process all allocations that are active in a post period or only selected allocations. You must process an allocation at least once during each financial period involved. An allocation can be processed multiple times during the same post period. You can open the **Allocation history** tab in the [Allocations ( GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) window to check how many batches were created for the selected allocation. Batches will not be generated if the chosen post period is closed. For more information on using allocations, see: [About allocation rules](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-allocations/about-allocation-rules/). If you are processing the allocations manually, note that allocations with the lowest **Sort order** values should be processed first. The batches generated as the result of processing allocations appear in the [Release transactions (GL501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-transactions-gl501000/) and [Post transactions (GL502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/post-transactions-gl502000/) windows. They can be modified and posted as other batches. This window is available only if the **Allocation templates** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Process Generates the batches for the allocations you have selected in the table.
Process all Generates the batches for all allocations.
## The top part By using the elements in this area, you can select the post period for allocations.
Element Description
Allocation date The date of allocation.
Post period The financial period for which you want to view and process allocations.
## The table This table displays a list of the allocations active in the financial period selected as the **Post period**.
Column Description
Allocation ID The identifier of the allocation. The numbering series for allocations is assigned in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.
Description The detailed description of the allocation.
Distribution method

The way a source amount should be distributed between the destination accounts. The available options are as follows:

By percent
By percentages, with a total of 100 percent
By weight
By user-defined coefficients, with the total not defined
By destination account YTD
To year-to-date balances on the specified accounts
By destination account PTD
To period-to-date balances on the specified accounts
Allocation ledger The ledger where the allocation takes place. The source and target accounts must belong to the same ledger.
Sort order An integer that indicates the priority of the allocation. The allocations with lower values are processed first.
Last batch The ID of the batch that was last generated for the allocation.
Batch period The period for which the last batch was generated.
Batch amount The control total of the batch.
Batch status

The status of the batch. By default, the status of an allocation batch is Balanced.

If an allocation batch was modified by a user, it can be saved only if the status remains Balanced.

Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Allocations ( GL204500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/allocations-gl204500/) [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) [Release transactions (GL501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/release-transactions-gl501000/) [Post transactions (GL502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/post-transactions-gl502000/)

Related pages

Concepts

SIE export (GL40100S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/sie-export-gl40100s page A SIE format is an interface that includes: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # SIE export (GL40100S) A SIE format is an interface that includes: This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. • Exchange of data between accounting software • Import of data from pre-systems such as invoicing and payroll • Export of accounting data for financial statement and tax return software ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Export SIE file Click this to execute the export of the SIE file.
## The top part ### The Selection section
Element Description
Export type

Select the type of export you want to execute:

  • Year balance (SIE type 1)
  • Period balance (SIE type 2)
  • Period balance for object (SIE type 3)
  • Balance and transactions (SIE type 4)
  • Transactions (SIE type 4)
Branch If the multi-branch feature is in use, select the branch for which you want to execute the export.
Posting ledger Select the posting ledger from which the export will be executed.
Export only used subaccounts

When this check box is selected, only the accounts that have been used on the selected period will be exported.

If you have in the Export type field, selected Year balance (SIE type 1) then this field is not visible.

### The Period selection section
Column Description
From period Select the period from which the selected type of export will be executed. If you have in the Export type field, selected Year balance (SIE type 1) then this field is not visible.
To period

Select the period to which the selected type of export will be executed.

If you have in the Export type field, selected Year balance (SIE type 1) then this field is not visible.

Financial year

Here you select the financial year from which the export will be executed.

If you have in the Export type field, selected Year balance (SIE type 1) then this field is visible.

## The Subaccounts tab ### The Selection section
Check box Description
Export dimensions When this check box is selected, the dimensions (segments) will be included in the export.
Export only used subaccounts When this check box is selected, only the subaccounts that have been used on the selected period will be exported.
### The table
Column Description
Export Select this check box if you want to export the line.
Segment ID The ID of the segment included the export.
Description The description of the segment included the export.
Mapped SIE dimension The segments must be mapped with the predefined definitions in the SIE standard.
Own ID Use your own dimension type, ID (20-) and dimension name if more dimensions are needed.
Dimension name The name of your own dimension.
Sort Use sort to decide the order of how the segments are presented in the transactions.
## The Voucher number series tab ### The Voucher number handling section
Element Description
Include voucher number series When this check box is selected, the voucher number series will be included in the SIE file.
Include voucher number When this check box is selected, the voucher numbers will be included in the SIE file.
Place the series ID and voucher number in front of the voucher text When this check box is selected, the series ID and voucher number will be placed in front of the text field on the voucher lines.
Enter period and transaction date in front of the voucher text When this check box is selected, the period and the transaction date will be placed in front of the text field on the voucher lines.
### The Merge of voucher series section
Element Description
Move the chosen series to one series When this check box is selected, the chosen series will be moved to one series in the file.
New series ID Enter the ID of the series to which the chosen series will be moved.
First voucher no. Enter the number from which the voucher series of the new series will begin.
Split voucher on different dates When this check box is selected, the voucher will be split on different dates.
### The table
Element Description
Export Select this check box if you want to export the details from the module on the line.
Workspace The workspace from which the details will be exported.
Workspace name The name of the workspace from which the details will be exported.
New series ID The ID of the new series you selected above.

Related pages

Concepts

SIE import (GL40101S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/sie-import-gl40101s page SIE format is an interface that includes: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # SIE import (GL40101S) SIE format is an interface that includes: This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. • Exchange of data between accounting software • Import of data from pre-systems such as invoicing and payroll • Export of accounting data for financial statement and tax return software ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Import SIE file Click this to execute the import of the SIE file.
## The top part ### The Select the file to import section
Element Description
File name Select the SIE file to import. Click button Upload and browse for the file.
### The Import type section
Check box Description
Vouchers Select this check box to import transactions.
Incoming balance Select the check box incoming balance and choose a transaction code (voucher number series), and the system creates a batch with incoming balances for the first date of the first year.
Workbook ID Select the workbook ID from which incoming balance is to be imported from.
Trans. code Select the check box incoming balance and choose a transaction code (voucher number series), and the system creates a batch with incoming balances for the first date of the first year.
SRU codes Select this check box to import the codes used for tax purposes in Sweden to the chart of accounts.
Subaccounts Select this check box to import subaccounts from transactions. This is valid if also the vouchers check box is selected.
### The Selection of vouchers to import section
Column Description
Import all vouchers Select this check box to import all vouchers in the SIE file. If this check box is not selected, set from and to date to filter what vouchers to import.
From If the Import all vouchers check box is not selected, set from and to dates to filter which vouchers to import.
To If the Import all vouchers check box is not selected, set from and to dates to filter which vouchers to import.
### The VAT handling section
Column Description
Create VAT transaction Select this check box to activate VAT handling for the imported transactions and to have them included in the VAT import. When the transactions are imported and visible in the Journal transactions (GL301000) window, the check box Create tax trans. is also selected for the batch there.
Skip VAT amount validation Select this check box to allow differences in calculation of tax amount based on taxable amount. The transactions are imported as in the SIE file even though there are VAT calculation differences.
### The Messages section When there is an error, the SIE import is interrupted. The cause of the error must be fixed and the SIE import can be done again after this.
Column Description
Key value The key value of the error.
Type The type of the error.
Message The error message.
## The Series tab ### The Selection section
Check box Description
Move the chosen series to one series When this is selected, the chosen series will be moved to one series in the file.
Split voucher on different dates When this is selected, the voucher will be split on different dates.
Place the series ID and voucher number in front of the voucher text When this is selected, the series ID and voucher number will be placed in front of the text field on the voucher lines.
New series ID Enter the ID of the series to which the chosen series will be moved.
### The table
Column Description
Import The target of the SIE import (not in use with workbooks).
SIE series ID The ID of the series to which the import is done.
Trans. code The code of the imported transaction.
Workbook ID The target of the SIE import. The feature set General ledger workbooks needs to be activated the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window before you can select a workbook as a target for SIE import.
## The Subaccounts tab ### The Update information section
Check box Description
Import only used subaccounts When this is selected, only subaccounts used in balances or transactions registered in the SIE file, are imported to the subaccount register. All subaccounts from the SIE file are imported to the subaccount table if the check box is not selected.
Update subaccount name from import file Select this check box to use the account description in the SIE import file to update the account description in chart of accounts.
### The table
Column Description
Import Select this check box if you want to import the details on the line.
SIE dimension Select the SIE dimension for the export.
Description The description of the dimension.
Segment ID Select segment ID to use in Visma Net for each SIE dimension in the file.
Segment description The description of the selected segment ID.
## The Accounts and SRU codes tab The Selection section
Check box Description
Import only used accounts When this is selected, only accounts used in balances or transactions registered in the SIE file, are imported to the account register. All accounts from the SIE file are imported to the account table if the check box is not selected.
Update account name from import file Select this check box to use the account description in the SIE import file to update the account description in chart of accounts.
Update SRU codes Select this check box to update SRU codes in column Public code 1 in the chart of accounts according to the SIE import file.
## The VAT settings tab This is used to automate the VAT handling for SIE import: For international transactions (sales/purchases) with zero VAT and reversed VAT. ### The table
Column Description
Account When the account selected here is used or encountered in a SIE import file, the VAT ID selected in the VAT ID field will be added to the transaction with the account.
Posting type Select the posting type to be used on the account.
VAT ID The VAT ID to be used in he import.
Generate extra VAT line When this is selected, the SIE import creates an extra VAT line which facilitates the processing of international transactions.
Extra line account If the Generate extra VAT line box is selected, the extra line account ID is mandatory.

Related pages

Concepts

SIE import VAT settings (GL20200S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/sie-import-vat-settings-gl20200s page This window is used to automate the VAT handling for SIE import: For international transactions (sales/purchases) with zero VAT and reversed VAT. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # SIE import VAT settings (GL20200S) This window is used to automate the VAT handling for SIE import: For international transactions (sales/purchases) with zero VAT and reversed VAT. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. The table
Column Description
Account When the account selected here is used or encountered in a SIE import file, the VAT ID selected in the VAT ID field will be added to the transaction with the account.
Posting type Select the posting type to be used on the account.
VAT ID The VAT ID to be used in he import.
Generate extra VAT line When this is selected, the SIE import creates an extra VAT line which facilitates the processing of international transactions.
Extra line account If the Generate extra VAT line box is selected, the extra line account ID is mandatory.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Standard VAT codes (CS20500S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/standard-vat-codes-cs20500s page In this window, you can maintain Standard VAT codes used in reporting to the government. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Standard VAT codes (CS20500S) In this window, you can maintain Standard VAT codes used in reporting to the government. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. These codes must contain valid codes that are given by the government. These codes are used in the **SAF-T report** and are registered in VAT categories when the internal VAT category has another ID than the code required by the government. The top part
Element Description
Country By default the country of the selected branch. You can change it.
The table
Column Description
Standard VAT code The ID of the standard VAT code, max. 10 characters.
Description The description of the Standard VAT code.
Note Click here to describe the usage of the code or to add instructions
Files Click here to add public documents regarding the code.
VAT type

The VAT type of the code.

The options are:

  • Sales
  • Purchase
  • Both
VAT rate description You can use this for an additional code. Max. 32 characters.
Compensation If the VAT code is a compensation code this check box is selected.
Country

The country code for the VAT code.

Note

This window only shows codes with the same country as the active company. So, if you import codes for other countries, you have to switch to a branch that has the other imported country.

If the import file is missing country, it will be created with the country code from the active branch.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Subaccounts (GL203000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/subaccounts-gl203000 page You use this window to create and maintain the list of subaccounts for your company. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Subaccounts (GL203000) You use this window to create and maintain the list of subaccounts for your company. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You use this window to create and maintain the list of subaccounts for your company. Subaccounts are used to detail records of the activity within an account for subsequent financial analysis. For more information on accounts and subaccounts, see: [About account types and classes](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-accounts/about-account-types-and-classes/). When you use this window, you create subaccounts segment by segment. If the **Validate** check box in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window is selected, you can enter a segment value only by selecting it from the list of values defined in the [Segment values (CS203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-values-cs203000/) window. If the **Validate** check box is cleared, you can enter a new value for the segment, and only the number of characters and the type of string specified in the **Edit mask** field in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window will be validated. In some cases, you should use this window to create a complete list of subaccounts, depending on the **Allow adding new values on the fly** check box, which is also in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window: + If this check box is selected, users can enter subaccounts segment by segment on any data entry window. For each segment, the user selects the segment value from the list of available segment values, which should be populated in advance. You do not need to create a complete list of subaccounts in advance using this window. + If this check box is cleared, you must use this window to configure the subaccounts before they can be used for data entry. After you have done this, on any data entry window, a user can select a subaccount from the list of available subaccounts. ## The window toolbar The window toolbar includes standard and window-specific buttons.
Button Description
View restriction groups Navigates to the Restriction groups by subaccount (GL104030) window, which you can use to view the memberships of the subaccount in restriction groups.
## The table The table in this area lists all subaccounts configured in the system.
Element Description
Subaccount

In this field you can see and add a value for a subaccount.

You configure the length, input mask, and segment structure of the identifier in the Segment keys (CS202000) window. While adding a value to each segment, you can use the validation function, which allows you to select a segment value from the list of existing ones.

For details, see: About account IDs.

Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the subaccount is active. If the check box is cleared, the subaccount is inactive, which means that it does not appear on drop-down lists of available subaccounts on data entry windows and cannot be selected.
Description

A detailed description of the subaccount.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Subaccount ID The unique subaccount identifier.
Secured A check box that indicates (if selected) that the subaccount is associated with restriction groups.
Trial balance (GL303010) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/trial-balance-gl303010 page You use this window to import the trial balances of branches from third-party software during initial implementation. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Trial balance (GL303010) You use this window to import the trial balances of branches from third-party software during initial implementation. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You use this window to import the trial balances of branches from third-party software during initial implementation. The data for import should be in either `.csv` or `.xlsx` format. After the data has been successfully imported, you can process it by mapping the imported accounts and subaccounts to those available in the system. The system performs mapping automatically and marks the accounts and subaccounts that do not exist in your system with error indications. You can perform further mapping manually. After you complete the mapping and make sure the transactions are in balance, you clear the **Hold** check box and click **Release**. This creates an adjusting batch that does the following: + Sets to zero the balances of all account-subaccount pairs (available in the ledger before import) for which no data was imported. + Updates the balances of other accounts to match those in the imported trial balance data. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Release

Initiates the release process for the selected import record.

Only a balanced import can be released. As a result, the status of the import changes to Released.

## The top part Here, you specify the main parameters required for importing the trial balance, such as the target branch, the posting ledger, and the financial period to import trial balance data. This area also contains fields you can use to validate the control debit and credit totals before importing the trial balance.
Element Description
Import number The ID of the import record.
Status

The current status of the import record. The following options are available:

On hold
This status indicates that the import record is a draft and can be edited manually. While the status of an import is On hold, the import may contain error indications. When you clear the Hold check box for an import with this status, if the import contains no errors and its total debits equal its total credits, the system changes the status to Balanced.
Balanced
This status indicates that the import record is created and is ready to be released or posted. An import with this status can be modified or deleted, but changes can be saved only if the credit and debit totals for the import are equal.
Released
This status indicates that the import record has been released.
Hold A check box that indicates (if selected) that the import record has the On hold status and is still a draft. You can clear the check box only if the record contains no error indications and has total debits equal to its total credits.
Import date The date of the import operation for this import record. All journal transactions of the generated batch will have the transaction date specified here.
Period The financial period to which the imported data is posted.
Branch The branch of the organisation whose trial balance is imported.
Ledger The ledger to which the imported data is posted. By default, this is the default posting ledger specified in the Ledgers (GL201500) window, but you can select another posting ledger.
Batch number The batch’s unique identifier, which the system generates based on the numbering series assigned to batches in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window.
Description A brief description of the import operation or of the imported data.
Debit total

The total of the debit amounts for the import record (the sum of the debit totals of the asset and expense accounts).

The system calculates this value automatically.

Credit total

The total of the credit amounts for the import record (the sum of the credit totals of the liability and income accounts).

The system calculates this value automatically.

The system calculates this value by using the type of the balance to be imported, normal or reversed; that is, the sign used to display the positive amounts of the credit totals of the liability and income accounts accounted for calculations.

For details, see: Import trial balances - overview.

## The Transaction details tab This tab contains the list of account-subaccount pairs for the import record and their YTD balances imported from the file. You can validate the data by mapping imported accounts and subaccounts to the internal accounts and subaccounts. The rows where accounts or subaccounts cannot be mapped automatically are marked with errors and can be mapped manually.
Button Description
Select an action

Gives you the ability to select one of the following actions to be performed for the records:

Validate
Validates the selected records or all records if you click the Process or Process all button, respectively
Merge duplicates
Merges duplicates for the selected records or all records if you click the Process or Process all button, respectively
Process Validates or merges duplicates, depending on the selected action, for the selected records.
Process all Validates or merges duplicates, depending on the selected action, for all the records.
Column Description
Status

The status of the record. The following options are available:

New
Indicates that the record was just imported.
Validated
Indicates that the record was validated—that is, that the account and subaccount were mapped to the internal account and subaccount.
Error
Indicates that the record was not validated—that is, that either the account or the subaccount was not mapped to an internal account or subaccount.
Duplicate
Marks the records detected as duplicates.
Imported account The account imported from the file.
Mapped account The internal account to match the imported account to.
Imported subaccount The imported subaccount.
Mapped subaccount The internal subaccount to match the imported subaccount to.
Year to date balance The year-to-date balance of the account-subaccount pair.
Currency YTD balance The year-to-date balance of the account-subaccount pair in a foreign currency.
Type The type of General ledger account.
Description A detailed description of the account.
## The Exceptions tab If you have performed the import for the first time, the **Exceptions** tab is blank. For further imports, the **Exceptions** tab lists (in a tabular format) all account (and subaccount, if applicable) pairs with non-zero balances that are present in the ledger but not listed in the imported data. You should review this list carefully and make sure that the balances of these accounts should be equal to zero in the period for which you are importing the trial balance. It is required, because on release of the trial balance entry, for each account listed, the system generates a transaction that makes the account balance zero for the period you are importing the trial balance for. If these accounts balances should be non-zero, verify and correct the list of accounts in the file from which you are importing the trial balance. For details, see: [Import trial balances - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/import-trial-balances/import-trial-balances-overview/). For released imports, the tab is not displayed.
Column Description
Account The account in the specified ledger.
Subaccount The subaccount used with the account.
Type The type of the account, which is one of the following options: Asset, Liability, Expense, or Income.
Description The description of the account.
Last activity The date of the last activity on the account.
Beg. balance The balance of the account at the beginning of the selected period.
Debit total The total of debits posted to the account since the beginning of the period.
Credit total The total of credits posted to the account since the beginning of the period.
Ending balance The ending balance of the account at the end of the selected period or at the trial balance date if the current period is selected.
**Parent topic:** [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/)
Unit sets (CS206030) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030 page To define what data will be displayed in each analytical report and how it will be organised, you need to define the row set and column set; optionally, you can define the unit set. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Unit sets (CS206030) To define what data will be displayed in each analytical report and how it will be organised, you need to define the row set and column set; optionally, you can define the unit set. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. To define what data will be displayed in each analytical report and how it will be organised, you need to define the row set and column set; optionally, you can define the unit set. Unit sets are used to organise the report structure when the groups of rows and columns included in the report use data from different data sources, or when formulas must be applied to calculate the report values based on the data from the particular groups of columns and rows. For more information about the unit sets, see: [Unit sets - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/manage-analytical-reports/unit-sets/unit-sets-overview/). The Unit sets window, which is part of the Analytical report manager in Visma Net, displays the unit sets defined for the analytical reports. You can view or modify existing unit sets, create new unit sets, and delete any unit sets. For each unit set, define the units to be available for the analytical report and provide the unit description. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Copy unit set Initiates copying of the selected unit set configuration. If you click this button, you type the new unit set code in the New unit set code dialog box that opens.
## The top part This area of the window displays basic information about the particular unit set. You can define a new unit set, or you can look up an existing one by selecting its code or using the actions in the window toolbar.
Element Description
Code The unique code used to identify the unit set. You can use up to 10 alphanumeric characters.
Type

The data source of the unit set. Select one of the following options:

General ledger
The General ledger workspace is used as the data source.
Project
The Projects workspace is used as the data source.
Description The descriptive name of the unit set.
## The Units section This area of the window displays in a tabular format the units included in the unit set, along with their properties, which can be modified. You can add a unit to the unit set or delete a unit from the set. The units in the unit sets are organised in a hierarchical structure, which is displayed left of the **Units** section in the window. Use the buttons above the hierarchical structure to move a unit up or down or change its hierarchical level.
Unit attribute Description
Code The unique code used to identify the unit. You can use up to 10 characters, both numbers and letters.
Description

The descriptive name of the unit.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Value

The formulas to be used to calculate the values to be used in this unit.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Printing group The printing group that includes the unit. If you specify a printing group, the data from these units will be printed only in the rows and columns with the same Column group and Printing group value.
Data source The source of data to be displayed in the reports included in this unit group.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/)

Related pages

Concepts

Validate account history (GL509900) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/validate-account-history-gl509900 page By using this window, you can validate account history in the selected ledgers. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Validate account history (GL509900) By using this window, you can validate account history in the selected ledgers. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can validate account history in the selected ledgers. Validation entails recalculating the balances, based on the account history records, and matching them to the account balances stored in the database. > [!NOTE] > We recommend that you run this process only if a system error has occurred and the account balances are incorrect. For the list of transactions of a particular account, use the [Account details (GL404000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/account-details-gl404000/) window. To validate the account history in all ledgers, click**Validate all**. To validate the account history in particular ledgers, select the check boxes next to those ledgers and click **Validate**. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Validate Validates the history of the accounts in the ledgers you have selected in the table.
Validate all Validates the history of the accounts in all ledgers.
## The table The table lists all the ledgers available in the system.
Column Description
Ledger The ledger ID.
Description The description of the ledger.
Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/) Related reference [Ledgers](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/ledgers-gl201500/)
Voucher entry codes (GL106000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/voucher-entry-codes-gl106000 section By using this window, you can view transaction codes for General ledger, Supplier ledger, Customer ledger, and Cash management documents and transactions; you can also enter new codes. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Voucher entry codes (GL106000) By using this window, you can view transaction codes for General ledger, Supplier ledger, Customer ledger, and Cash management documents and transactions; you can also enter new codes. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Transaction codes are used to generate documents or transactions of particular types in specific workspaces, based on batch of documents entered by using the [Journal vouchers (GL304000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-vouchers-gl304000/) window. This window is available if the Journal voucher option is selected in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. ## The table This table contains the list of transaction codes available in the system.
Column Description
Workspace The workspace where a document or a transaction with a code will be generated. This functionality is available for the following workspaces: General ledger, Supplier ledger, Customer ledger, and Cash management.
Workspace trans. type

The type of document or transaction to be generated for the code. This list of document types that can be processed through document batches in each specific workspace is the following:

  • General ledger: General ledger entry
  • Supplier ledger: Purchase invoice, Quick payment (not in use), Payment, Credit adjustment, Purchase credit note, or Prepayment
  • Customer ledger: Sales invoice, Cash sale, Credit note, Debit note, Payment, or Prepayment
  • Cash management: Cash entry
Unique trans. code The unique code for the type of documents or transactions in the selected workspace.
Description A brief description for the code.
Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that this code can be used in the system.
Numbering ID

The numbering ID of the Number series (CS201010) window, which you can select by clicking the icon-select icon. The selected numbering ID processes the consecutive numbering of the transactions of the entry code it is assigned to. You find the assigned number in the Ref.no. column in the Journal transactions (GL301000) window

Note. Numbering ID is only available for general ledger transactions

Default trans. code

By selecting the check box, the respective Unique trans. code is set as default for the General Ledger entry transaction type.

You find the unique transaction code in the Trans. code field in the Journal transactions (GL301000) window.

Note. Default transaction code is only available for general ledger transactions.

Parent topic: [General ledger windows - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-windows-overview/)
Voucher list (GL40600S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/voucher-list-gl40600s page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Voucher list (GL40600S) This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
View batch Click this to view the batch from which the selected row in the table originates in the Journal transactions (GL301000) window.
View source document Click this to view the source document of the selected row in the table. The window that is opened depends on the module (Sales or Purchases) from which the voucher originates.
## The top part
Element Description
From period The financial period that begins the date range of the vouchers you want to view.
To period The financial period that ends the date range of the vouchers you want to view.
Workspace The module from which the vouchers originate. To view all vouchers regardless of the workspace, select All workspaces.
Transaction type To view the transactions with a certain type, select one here. The options depend on the selected module.
Ref. number starts with Enter here the number with which the reference number of the voucher you want to view starts.
Show missing only Select this to view only the vouchers that are missing one or more reference numbers.
Detailed view Select this to view more details on the voucher.
## The table In this table, the list shows the vouchers that match the criteria specified in the top part.
Column Description
Missing There is a yellow warning sign in this column, if the voucher is missing one or more reference numbers.
Workspace

The workspace where the transaction originated.

This column is displayed for the selected range of days or periods, there are transactions originating in other workspaces that updated the balance of the selected account.

Transaction type The transaction type of the voucher.
Ref. no. The reference number of the external document on which this transaction is based. Click the link to navigate to the appropriate window so you can view the details of the transaction.
Batch status The status of the batch to which the voucher or transaction belongs.
Document status The status of the document to which the voucher or transaction is connected.
Deleted This is selected, if the voucher or transaction has been deleted.
Description The description of the voucher or transaction.
Batch number The batch from which the voucher or transaction originates.
Transaction date The date of the transaction.
Period The period to which the voucher or transactions is posted.
Batch amount The amount of the batch to which the voucher or transaction belongs.
Workbook ID The ID of the workbook to which the voucher or transaction belongs.
Voucher batch no. The number of the voucher batch to which the voucher or transaction belongs.

Related pages

Concepts

Webhook notification for account (GL407000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/webhook-notification-for-account-gl407000 section In this window you can view the webhook notifications that are related to changes done on your accounts. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Webhook notification for account (GL407000) In this window you can view the webhook notifications that are related to changes done on your accounts. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. It is also possible to view notifications for deleted accounts. In order to list information in the table, you must select **Account**, **Type** and/or **Account class**. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
icon-refresh Refreshes the information in the window.
## The top part
Element Description
Account A field where you search and select the unique identifier of the general ledger account in the system.
Type A drop-down where you select the following type of account you want to shown in the table below: Asset, Liability, Income, or Expense.
Account class

A field where you search and select the account class to which the account is assigned.

Account classes are used for grouping, sorting, and filtering of the information associated with General ledger accounts in reports and inquiries.

## The table In this table, the list shows the vouchers that match the criteria specified in the top part.
Button Description
View notification feedback Opens the Webhook notification feedback window where the message from the third-party integrator is visible.
Resend notification The notifications with status Sent can be resent by clicking this button.
Element Description
Account The unique identifier of the general ledger account in the system.
Description The description of the account.
Account class The account class to which the account is assigned.
Success If the message has been sent successfully, True appears in the column. It if failed, then False is visible.
Event

Represents the event category indicating if an entity has been created or updated. One of the following statuses will appear:

  • Entity created
  • Entity updated
  • Entity deleted
Status

Indicates the status of the message, and is one of the following:

  • Sent
  • Resent
  • Available
  • Consumed
Source

Indicates the source of the event:

Visma Net
If the source is this, the status can be Sent or Resent
APIs
If the source is this, the status is Available. It is ready to be sent to third party-integrators.
External integrator
If the source is this, the status is Consumed. The customer confirms receiving the message.
User Indicates which user made a change to the entity.
Date Indicates the date when the change was made.
Message Indicates the detailed message identifier that has been sent.
Account ID Indicates the ID of the account.
Workbooks (GL107500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/workbooks-gl107500 page As a standard practice, some companies register vouchers that are grouped into batches based on their type (for example, purchase invoices or sales invoices). 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Workbooks (GL107500) As a standard practice, some companies register vouchers that are grouped into batches based on their type (for example, purchase invoices or sales invoices). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. To follow this practice in Visma Net, you can use the General ledger workbooks functionality. With this functionality, you can add batches of vouchers of a particular type, which means that you can separate vouchers by source or type. Each workbook will also have its own number series. ## The General settings section
Element Description
Workbook ID The ID of the workbook.
Description The description of the workbook.
Workspace Select the workspace in which the workbook will be used.
Transaction type Select the transaction type you want to use in this workbook.
Reversing workbook ID You can select a workbook that will be used to reverse the documents created with the workbook selected in the Workbook ID field.
Voucher entry window

Here, you select a window that will be the entry window for this workbook.

Depending on the choices you have made above, you will get different options here.

Status

The status of the workbook:

  • Active
  • Inactive
  • Hidden
Allow only one unreleased voucher batch per workbook If you have selected the check box Allow only one unreleased voucher batch per workbook in the setup, it will not be possible to add a new voucher batch until you have released all previous unreleased batches in the workbook.
## The Number series section
Element Description
Voucher batch Select a numbering ID to use as the default number series for the voucher batch.
Voucher Select a numbering ID to use as the default number series for the vouchers within the voucher batch.
## The Voucher default values section Here, you can fill in different default values that should apply for this workbook. The values available depends on the workspace you have selected
Element Description
Default description The default description of the voucher batch.

Supplier

Customer

Cash account

The supplier, customer, or cash account connected with the voucher batch, depending on the selected workspace.
Location The location of the customer or supplier.
Default entry type The default entry type for the cash account.

Related pages

Concepts

Workbooks (GL307000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/workbooks-gl307000 page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Workbooks (GL307000) This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
View and edit Click this to view/edit the voucher batch documents of the selected workbook.
Release Click this to release the workbooks you have selected in the table.
## The top part
Element Description
Workbook ID The ID of the workbook.
Release status The release status of the workbook.
## The table In this table, the list shows the vouchers that match the criteria specified in the top part.
Column Description
Voucher batch no. The number of the voucher batch within the workbook.
Description The description on the voucher batch.
Number of documents The number of documents included in the voucher batch.
Released If the voucher batch is released, this check box is selected.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Customer and supplier reconciliation (GL408000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/customer-and-supplier-reconciliation-gl408000 page Regular reconciliation in Visma Net reconciles within ledgers. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Customer and supplier reconciliation (GL408000) Regular reconciliation in Visma Net reconciles within ledgers. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can set up reconciliation between General ledger : and **Customer ledger** General ledger : and **Supplier ledger** The window toolbar
Button Description
Cancel (Esc) Will cancel your selections.
Go to the first first record Goes to the first period.
Go to previous record Changes to the previous period. If the From period and To period fields are not the same period, this button will change both to and from periods one period back.
Go to next record Changes to the next period. If the From period and To period fields are not the same period, this button will change both to and from periods one period forward.
Go to the last record Goes to the last period.
The window will display the balances on **Accounts** between **General ledger** and **Customer ledger** / **Supplier ledger** causing the discrepancies. The top part
Field Description
Period An ID of the financial period
Control account module

With this field, you can select which control account module you want to perform reconciliation on.

A control account is a general ledger account that aggregates the balances of entities in a ledger; it can be used for analytical purposes as well as for the reconciliation of balances between ledgers and the General ledger.

You indicate that an account is to be used as a control account for a particular subledger by selecting the ledger.

The alternatives are:

  • Supplier ledger
  • Customer ledger
  • Supplier ledger and Customer ledger
  • All
Account Select the control account you want to use in the reconciliation
Company

The company you want to filter on. If no company and branch are selected, you will get the sum of all companies.

Note

Company and branch is only available when Multi-branch is activated

Branch The Branch you want to filter on. If no branch is selected, you will get all branches for the selected company.
The table
Column Description
Account The account (associated with the specified branch) whose balance will be updated by the journal entry.
Branch The unique ID of the branch.
Account name The name of the control account.
Control account module

This field indicates which control account module is selected for this reconciliation batch.

The alternatives are:

  • Supplier ledger
  • Customer ledger
  • Supplier ledger and Customer ledger
Allow manual entry A check mark that restrict direct posting to the control accounts. If the check mark is set, it indicates that the account allows manual entry to correct the errors the reconciliation discloses.
Last period The last period transactions have been posted on this account.
Balance General ledger

A statement of all transactions made in the General ledger at the time given in the field Last period.

The link will open the window General ledger details.

Balance Supplier ledger This field displays the Supplier ledger ’s balance for the selected financial period.
Balance Customer ledger This field displays the Customer ledger ’s balance for the selected financial period.
Discrepancy The discrepancy amount is the difference from what is expected or acceptable between the account and the ledgers you have set to calculate.
The additional table columns The following columns also appear if the **Split by currency** check box is selected.
Column Description
Currency ID The currency for the transactions have been posted.
Balance general ledger (currency) A statement of all transactions made in the General ledger at the time given in the field Last period in currency.
Balance supplier ledger (currency) This field displays the Supplier ledger’s balance for the selected financial period in currency.
Balance customer ledger (currency) This field displays the customer ledger’s balance in currency for the selected financial period.
Discrepancy (currency) The discrepancy amount is the difference from what is expected or acceptable between the account and the ledgers you have set to calculate in currency.
Discrepancy details customer ledger vs general ledger (GL408010) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/discrepancy-details-customer-ledger-vs-general-ledger-gl408010 page This window shows discrepancies between the Customer ledger and the posted General ledger transaction for the Customer ledger account. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Discrepancy details customer ledger vs general ledger (GL408010) This window shows discrepancies between the Customer ledger and the posted General ledger transaction for the Customer ledger account. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. It will only show documents that cause the discrepancies. You will only be able to process not-released and not-posted batches in this window. All other discrepancies must be corrected by manually posting the missing transactions. For other discrepancies, please contact Visma support, who will assist you in correcting the transactions. The window toolbar
Button Description
Release/post

By clicking Release/post, you will release marked documents. Only documents with the error message Not released in General ledger or Not posted in General ledger will be processed.

The button is only active if you have selected the Discrepancy category Unposted/Unreleased.

Hide/Unhide A button for hiding/unhiding selected lines. This is used for discrepancy lines that have been corrected.
Set reconciled period A button for updating the reconciled period, used to suggest the From period. This period is found in General ledger preferences - Discrepancy settings, Reconciled financial period.
## The top part
Field Description
Company

Filter on Company.

The column is only visible if you have activated multi-branch.

Branch

Filter on Branch.

The column is only visible if you have activated multi-branch.

Discrepancy category

Filtering different categories of discrepancies.

  • UnPosted/Unreleased [1,2,21]
  • Manually entered [22]
  • GL Transactions do not exist [0]
  • AR Transactions do not exist [20,22]
  • Amount mismatch [3,4,5,6]
  • Other work spaces [22]
  • Different branches [23]
  • Reversed batch [24]
  • Deleted documents [25]

[NN] The numbers correspond with the Discrepancy category (in the top part), see information in the Discrepancy column in the table.

Include hidden lines Selecting this checkbox will display previously hidden transactions, and you will be able to unhide the documents again.
From period

Filter on From period.

The period is suggested from Reconciled financial period in General ledger preferences and, if that is empty, it will suggest the first open period from Financial periods.

To period Filter on To period.
Account

Filter on Account.

You can only select accounts defined as Control account module for customers and suppliers.

Customer

Filter on Customer.

Select the customer you wish to filter upon.

Sum Customer ledger Sum based on the selected tab for Customer ledger documents.
Sum General ledger Sum based on the selected tab for the General ledger documents.
Sum discrepancies Sum based on the selected tab for discrepancies between the Customer ledger and the General ledger documents.
## The table This table will adjust which columns are visible, depending on the Discrepancy category selected in the **Top part**, to reduce the display of empty columns.
Column Description
Note

This is the Note from the transaction.

If the line contains a General ledger transaction, it will be the note you see or can edit and if the line only contains a Customer transaction, it will be the invoice note that will shown and can be edited.

Selected The selection column for lines you want to hide/unhide or release/post.
Hidden

A check box that, when selected, indicates that the transaction is hidden.

To hide or unhide, you can select the line and click the Hide/Unhide button. You hide transactions when you have found a matching correction transaction, so you do not need to check them again.

Discrepancy

Discrepancy types:

  1. The General ledger transaction does not exist.

  2. The General ledger transaction is not released.

  3. The General ledger transaction is not posted.

  4. The Currency ID does not match.

  5. The Currency rate does not match.

  6. The invoice ledger currency sum does not match.

  7. General ledger currency sum.

  8. The invoice ledger amount does not match General ledger amount.

  9. The Branch ID does not match.

  10. The invoice does not exist.

  11. The invoice has not been released.

  12. The General ledger transaction is directly entered.

  13. The General ledger account is used in another module.

[99] the number exists in the database text, so it can be used in Generic queries

Discrepancy amount

The difference between Customer ledger amount and General ledger amount.

(General ledger amount - Customer ledger amount)

Currency discrepancy amount The difference between Customer ledger amount and General ledger amount in currency.
Branch, Customer ledger The branch for the Customer ledger document. This document is found in the Financial setting section in customer documents.
Transaction type, Customer ledger The transaction type of the customer document.
Ref. no, Customer ledger The reference number of the customer document.
Amount, Customer ledger The total amount for the customer document.
Adjustment amount, Customer ledger Currency gain or loss amount.
Currency, Customer ledger The currency of the customer document.
Currency rate, Customer ledger The currency rate for the customer document.
Currency amount, Customer ledger The total amount in currency for the customer document.
Workspace The workspace for the voucher line in the General ledger, if the general ledger transaction is missing, it will display Customer ledger.
Transaction type, General ledger The Transaction type for the voucher line in the General ledger.
Ref. no, General ledger The Reference number for the voucher line in the General ledger.
Branch, General ledger The Branch for the voucher line in the General ledger.
General ledger, batch number The Batch no. for the voucher line in the General ledger.
Currency amount, General ledger The Currency amount for the voucher line in the General ledger.
Amount, General ledger The Amount for the voucher line.
Account number The Account number for the transaction.
Account description The Account name for the account.
Period, customer Financial period for the customer document.
Period, General ledger Financial period for the General ledger transactions.
AR Created The date when the customer document was created.
AR Created by Screen ID

The window where the customer document was created.

The screen ID will tell you what window the document was created in. (00000000 = created by API).

AR Last modified by screen ID

The window where the customer document was last edited.

The screen ID will tell you what window the document was modified in. (00000000 = created by API).

GL Created The date when the General ledger transaction was created.
Created by window ID General ledger

The window where the GL Batch was created.

The screen ID will tell you what window the document was created in. (00000000 = created by API).

GL Last modified by screen ID

The window where the customer document was last edited.

The screen ID will tell you what window the document was modified in. (00000000 = created by API).

General ledger reports /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger reports General ledger reports - overview /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-reports-overview page With the wide variety of reports for the General ledger workspace, you can promptly get vital information, analyse financial data by various criteria, review transactions efficiently, and track data edits. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger reports - overview With the wide variety of reports for the General ledger workspace, you can promptly get vital information, analyse financial data by various criteria, review transactions efficiently, and track data edits. Because the General ledger workspace is tightly integrated with other workspaces—such as Customer ledger, Supplier ledger, and Cash management —you can find and analyse the exact information you need. By using flexible selection options and data links, you can easily drill down from a financial report to any supporting details. > [!NOTE] > Because the general ledger reports can be generated by user request, they run on only accounts and subaccounts that the user is authorised to access, based on the user's roles and membership in restriction groups. The reports can be generated in multiple formats, including PDF and HTML. Also, you can print the report you generated or send the report by email. ## General ledger reports The General ledger workspace includes the following reports: ### Balance + [Trial balance summary (GL63200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/trial-balance-summary-gl63200s-report/): Displays the account balances for the period. + [Trial balance detailed (GL632500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/trial-balance-detailed-gl632500/): For the selected period, displays the balances of the accounts, detailed to subaccounts. + [Transactions for period (GL63300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-for-period-gl633000/): Displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. + [Transactions for account (GL633500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-for-account-gl633500/): Shows activities on the account and under the specified subaccount during the range of periods. ### Financial statements + [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/): Displays the company's balance sheet as of the start of the specified financial period. Assets are shown against liabilities. + [Balance sheet - quarterly (GL634500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-quarterly-gl634500/): Displays the company's balance sheet by quarter. Assets are shown against liabilities. + [Balance sheet - detailed (GL63401S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-detailed-gl63401s/): Displays the company's balance sheet by quarter. Assets are shown against liabilities. + [Balance sheet - quarterly (detailed) (GL63451S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-quarterly-detailed-gl63451s/): + Displays the company's balance sheet by quarter. Assets are shown against liabilities. + [Profit and loss (GL635000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/profit-and-loss-gl635000/): Displays your company's profits and losses for the specified period in period-to-date and year-to-date amounts, versus the period-to-date and year-to-date amounts of the previous year as calculated for the same date. + [Profit and loss (detailed) (GL63501S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/profit-and-loss-detailed-gl63501s/) + [Profit and loss - quarterly (GL635500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/profit-and-loss-quarterly-gl635500/): Displays your company's profits and losses for the specified period in period-to-date and year-to-date amounts, versus the period-to-date and year-to-date amounts of the previous year as calculated for the same date. + [Profit and loss - quarterly (detailed) (GL63551S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/profit-and-loss-quarterly-detailed-gl63551s/): Displays your company's profits and losses in year-to-date amounts for each quarter. ### Audit + [Budgets (GL612001)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/budgets-gl612001/): Displays the list of budget articles with their requested and released amounts in the selected ledger for the specified branch and for the specified financial year. + [Unreleased transactions summary (GL61150S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-summary-gl61150s/): Displays the list of transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. + [Unreleased transactions account distribution (GL61100S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-account-distribution-gl61100s/): Displays the list of transactions, with their details, that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. + [Unreleased transactions account distribution (currency) (GL61120S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-account-distribution-currency-gl61120s/): + [General ledger register (GL62050S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-register-gl62050s/): Displays the list of all the batches released and posted to General ledger during the specified financial period. + [General ledger register (detailed) (GL62100S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-register-detailed-gl62100s/): Displays the list of all the batches released and posted to General ledger during the specified financial period. Batch details include accounts, subaccounts, currency, and amounts. + [All unreleased documents (GL65601S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/all-unreleased-documents-gl65601s/) + [Account specification (GL63301S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/account-specification-gl63301s/) + [Journal transactions list (GL63302S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/journal-transactions-list-gl63302s/) + [Open general ledger documents (GL656000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/open-general-ledger-documents-gl656000/): Displays the list of all the transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. + [Recurring transactions (GL641500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/recurring-transactions-gl641500/): Displays a schedule or the list of schedules created for recurring transactions. + [Recurring transactions (detailed) (GL640500)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/recurring-transactions-detailed-gl640500/): Displays the details of a schedule or schedules to which recurring transactions are assigned. + [Reversing batches (GL690010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/reversing-batches-gl690010/): Displays the list of reversing batches with their details which have been generated for the selected batch. + [Balance sheet specification/Open entries (GL63309S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-specification-open-entries-gl63309s/) + [Audit transaction list (GL63303S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/audit-transaction-list-gl63303s/) + [Transactions with external codes (GL63304S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-with-external-codes-gl63304s/) + [Balance with external codes (GL63201S)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-with-external-codes-gl63201s/) Account specification (GL63301S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/account-specification-gl63301s section This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Account specification (GL63301S) This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Transactions are grouped by account-subaccount pair, with each pair listed by the transaction date. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Ledger ID The ledger to be reported on. You must select a ledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
Company The company for which the report should include data. Select a company to view only data for this company, or leave the field blank to view data from all companies. The default is the current company.
Branch The branch the report should cover. Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches. By default, the current branch is selected.
Account ID The ID of the item the report will cover. Select an ID to view only data related to this item, or leave the field blank to view a broader range of data.
From period The first financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period isused.
To period The last financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
Subaccount

The subaccount or mask for a group of subaccounts.

If the field is left blank, all the transactions for the selected account in the specified period will be listed. If values are specified for only some segments, this defines a group of subaccounts with the specified values, as well as all the different values in the segments that were left blank.

Multicurrency format A check box you select to display the report in multicurrency format. If you select this check box, for accounts denominated in foreign currencies, all amounts are shown in both the base currency and the currency of denomination. (Foreign currency transactions on other accounts are also shown in two currencies.) If you clear the check box, all transactions (including foreign currency transactions) are shown in only the base currency.
Show accounts with no changes A check box that you select to include accounts with no changes into the report transactions.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
All unreleased documents (GL65601S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/all-unreleased-documents-gl65601s section This report displays the list of all the transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # All unreleased documents (GL65601S) This report displays the list of all the transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Transactions are shown with their status and with batch control totals in the base currency. Transactions are grouped by period and by workspace of origin; for each workspace, they are listed by date. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
From period The first financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
To period The last financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
Show only unreleased documents with VAT When this is selected, the report is displayed only with the unreleased documents that include VAT.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
All unreleased documents with VAT (GL65603S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/all-unreleased-documents-with-vat-gl65603s section This report displays the list of all the transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # All unreleased documents with VAT (GL65603S) This report displays the list of all the transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Transactions are shown with their status and with batch control totals in the base currency. Transactions are grouped by period and by workspace of origin; for each workspace, they are listed by date. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
From period The first financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
To period The last financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Audit transaction list (GL63303S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/audit-transaction-list-gl63303s section This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Audit transaction list (GL63303S) This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. Transactions are grouped by reference number. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Ledger ID The ledger to be reported on. You must select a ledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
Company The company the report should cover. Select a company, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies. By default, the current company is selected.
Branch The branch the report should cover. Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches. By default, the current branch is selected.
From period The first financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
To period The last financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
Multicurrency format A check box you select to display the report in multi-currency format. If you select this check box, for accounts denominated in foreign currencies, all amounts are shown in both the base currency and the currency of denomination. (Foreign currency transactions on other accounts are also shown in two currencies.) If you clear the check box, all transactions (including foreign currency transactions) are shown in only the base currency.
Journal transaction list When this check box is selected, to the report will be printed the list of journal transaction from the selected period.
Account specification When this check box is selected, to the report will be printed the account specification from the selected period.
VAT specification When this check box is selected, to the report will be printed the VAT specification from the selected period.
Customer specification When this check box is selected, to the report will be printed the customer specification from the selected period.
Supplier specification When this check box is selected, to the report will be printed the supplier specification from the selected period.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Balance sheet (GL634000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000 section This report displays the company's balance sheet for the selected ledger and financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Balance sheet (GL634000) This report displays the company's balance sheet for the selected ledger and financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the company's balance sheet for the selected ledger and financial period. Assets are shown against liabilities. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed in the report:
From financial period The financial period from which you want to view information.
To period The financial period to which you want to view information.
Symbol display (+/-) Select one of the following values: Not set, Positive values, Debit/credit values or Swap liability/expense.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} **Parent topic:** [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-reports-overview/)
Balance sheet - quarterly (GL634500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-quarterly-gl634500 section This report displays the company's balance sheet as of the start of the specified financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Balance sheet - quarterly (GL634500) This report displays the company's balance sheet as of the start of the specified financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the company's balance sheet as of the start of the specified financial period. Assets are shown against liabilities. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Period

The financial period for which you want to view information.

You must select a period from the list, which contains all the periods, including the closed ones.

Symbol display (+/-)

Select one of the following values:

  • Not set
  • Positive values
  • Debit/credit values
  • Swap liability/expense
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Balance sheet - quarterly (detailed) (GL63451S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-quarterly-detailed-gl63451s section This report displays the detailed quarterly balance sheet from the selected financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Balance sheet - quarterly (detailed) (GL63451S) This report displays the detailed quarterly balance sheet from the selected financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Period The financial period for which you want to view information. You must select a period from the list, which contains all the periods, including the closed ones.
Symbol display (+/-) Select one of the following values: Not set, Positive values, Debit/credit values or Swap liability/expense.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Balance sheet specification/Open entries (GL63309S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-specification-open-entries-gl63309s section This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Balance sheet specification/Open entries (GL63309S) This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. Transactions are grouped by account-subaccount pair, with each pair listed by the transaction date. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Company The company the report should cover. Select a company, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies. By default, the current company is selected.
Branch The branch the report should cover. Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches. By default, the current branch is selected.
Ledger The ledger to be reported on. You must select a ledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
From period The first financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
To period The last financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
Account The account whose details you want to view.
Multicurrency format A check box you select to display the report in multicurrency format. If you select this check box, for accounts denominated in foreign currencies, all amounts are shown in both the base currency and the currency of denomination. (Foreign currency transactions on other accounts are also shown in two currencies.) If you clear the check box, all transactions (including foreign currency transactions) are shown in only the base currency.
Show detailed transactions A check box that you select to show detailed transactions on the report.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Balance sheet - detailed (GL63401S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-detailed-gl63401s section This report displays the detailed balance sheet from the selected financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Balance sheet - detailed (GL63401S) This report displays the detailed balance sheet from the selected financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
From financial period The financial period from which you want to view information. You must select a period from the list, which contains all the periods, including the closed ones.
To period The financial period to which you want to view information. You must select a period from the list, which contains all the periods, including the closed ones.
Symbol display (+/-) Select one of the following values: Not set, Positive values, Debit/credit values or Swap liability/expense.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Balance with external codes (GL63201S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-with-external-codes-gl63201s section On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Balance with external codes (GL63201S) On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report: This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters
Element Description
Branch ID The branch the report should cover. Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches.
Ledger ID The ledger to be reported on. You must select a ledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
From period The first financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
To period The last financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
Combine totals When this check box is selected, debits and credits will be calculated to one value.
Hide zero balances When this check box is selected, accounts with zero balances will not displayed on the report.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Budgets (GL612001) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/budgets-gl612001 section This report displays the list of budget articles with their released amounts in the selected ledger for the specified financial year. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Budgets (GL612001) This report displays the list of budget articles with their released amounts in the selected ledger for the specified financial year. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the list of budget articles with their released amounts in the selected ledger for the specified financial year. Also the report lists the user names of employees who last updated each article. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Company

The company the report should cover.

Select a company, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies. By default, the current company is selected.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Branch

The branch the report should cover.

Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches. By default, the current branch is selected.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Ledger

The ledger which stores the budget.

You must select a ledger.

Financial year

The financial year for which you want to view information.

Select a financial year from the list, which includes the closed years. By default, the current business year is specified.

Created by The user who created a budget.
Last modified by The user who last modified the budget.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

General ledger register (GL62050S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-register-gl62050s section This report displays the list of all batches released in the General ledger workspace for the specified financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger register (GL62050S) This report displays the list of all batches released in the General ledger workspace for the specified financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Transactions are listed by their date and shown with batch control totals in the base currency. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed in the report:
Columns Description
Company The company to be reported on. The default is the current company.
Branch The branch to be reported on.
Ledger The ledger to be reported on. You must select a ledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
From period The first financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
To period The last financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
Batch no. The batch the report will cover.
Created by The user who created a batch for whom you want to view information.
Last modified by The user who last modified a batch for whom you want to view information.
Multi currency format: A check box that you select to include into report transactions of other currencies.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

General ledger register (detailed) (GL62100S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-register-detailed-gl62100s section This report displays the list of all batches posted to the general ledger during the specified financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger register (detailed) (GL62100S) This report displays the list of all batches posted to the general ledger during the specified financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the list of all batches posted to the general ledger during the specified financial period. Batch details in the report include accounts, subaccounts, currency, and debit and credit amounts. Transactions are grouped by period and by workspace of origin; for each workspace, they are listed by date. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters toselect the information to be displayed on the report:
Column Description
Ledger The ledger to be reported on.You must select aledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
Company

The company the report should cover.Select acompany, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies.By default, thecurrent company is selected.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabledin the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Branch

The branch the report should cover.Select abranch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches.By default, thecurrent branch is selected.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabledin the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

From period The first financial period of the periodrange the report will cover. By default, the current financial period isused.
To period The last financial period of the period rangethe report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
Batch number The batch the report will cover.
Created by The user who created a batch for whom youwant to view information.
Last modified by The user who last modified a batch forwhom you want to view information.
Include unposted transactions A check box that you select to include unposted transactions in the report.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Journal transactions list (GL63302S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/journal-transactions-list-gl63302s section This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Journal transactions list (GL63302S) This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. Transactions are grouped by account-subaccount pair, with each pair listed by the transaction date. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Column Description
Company

The company the report should cover.

Select a company, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Branch

The branch the report should cover.

Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Ledger ID

The ledger to be reported on.

You must select a ledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.

From period The first financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
To period The last financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
Multicurrency format A check box that you select to include transactions of other currencies into the report.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Open general ledger documents (GL656000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/open-general-ledger-documents-gl656000 section This report displays the list of all the transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Open general ledger documents (GL656000) This report displays the list of all the transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Thisreportdisplays the list of all the transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. Transactions are shown with their status and with batch control totals in the base currency. Transactions are grouped by period and by workspace of origin; for each workspace, they are listed by date. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
From period The first financial period in the range of periods for which you want to view information; you must specify a start period. The list of periods contains all the periods, including closed ones.
To period The last financial period in the range of periods for which you want to view information; you must specify a period here.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} [gl-reports-overview-con.html](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-reports-overview/)

Related pages

Concepts

Profit and loss (GL635000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/profit-and-loss-gl635000 section This report displays your company profits and losses for the specified period in period-to-date and year-to-date amounts, versus these amounts of the previous year as calculated for the same date. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Profit and loss (GL635000) This report displays your company profits and losses for the specified period in period-to-date and year-to-date amounts, versus these amounts of the previous year as calculated for the same date. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed in the report:
From financial period The financial period from which you want to view information.
To period The financial period to which you want to view information.
Symbol display (+/-) Select one of the following values: Not set, Positive values, Debit/credit values or Swap liability/expense.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} **Parent topic:** [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-reports-overview/)
Profit and loss (detailed) (GL63501S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/profit-and-loss-detailed-gl63501s section This report displays your company profits and losses for the specified period in period-to-date and year-to-date amounts, versus these amounts of the previous year as calculated for the same date. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Profit and loss (detailed) (GL63501S) This report displays your company profits and losses for the specified period in period-to-date and year-to-date amounts, versus these amounts of the previous year as calculated for the same date. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
From financial period The financial period from which you want to view information. You must select a period from the list, which contains all the periods, including the closed ones.
To period The financial period to which you want to view information. You must select a period from the list, which contains all the periods, including the closed ones.
Symbol display (+/-) Select one of the following values: Not set, Positive values, Debit/credit values or Swap liability/expense.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Profit and loss - quarterly (GL635500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/profit-and-loss-quarterly-gl635500 section This report displays your company's profits and losses in year-to-date amounts for each quarter. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Profit and loss - quarterly (GL635500) This report displays your company's profits and losses in year-to-date amounts for each quarter. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. The total amounts for the previous year are shown for comparison. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed in the report:
Period The financial period for which you want to view information. You must select a period from the list, which contains all the periods, including the closed ones.
Symbol display (+/-) Select one of the following values: Not set, Positive values, Debit/credit values or Swap liability/expense.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} **Parent topic:** [General ledger reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-reports-overview/)
Profit and loss - quarterly (detailed) (GL63551S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/profit-and-loss-quarterly-detailed-gl63551s section This report displays your company's profits and losses in year-to-date amounts for each quarter. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Profit and loss - quarterly (detailed) (GL63551S) This report displays your company's profits and losses in year-to-date amounts for each quarter. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Period The financial period for which you want to view information. You must select a period from the list, which contains all the periods, including the closed ones.
Symbol display (+/-) Select one of the following values: Not set, Positive values, Debit/credit values or Swap liability/expense.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Recurring transactions (GL641500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/recurring-transactions-gl641500 section This report displays a schedule or the list of schedules created for recurring transactions. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Recurring transactions (GL641500) This report displays a schedule or the list of schedules created for recurring transactions. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Company The company the report should cover. Select a company, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies. By default, the current company is selected.
Branch The branch the report should cover. Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches.
Schedule A schedule which data should be displayed in the report. You can leave this field empty to view data on all schedules in the report.
Show active schedules only A check box that indicates (if selected) that the data of the active schedules only will be used in the report.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} Parent topic: [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-reports-overview/)
Recurring transactions (detailed) (GL640500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/recurring-transactions-detailed-gl640500 section This report displays the details of a schedule or schedules to which recurring transactions are assigned. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Recurring transactions (detailed) (GL640500) This report displays the details of a schedule or schedules to which recurring transactions are assigned. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Company The company the report should cover. Select a company, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies. By default, the current company is selected.
Branch The branch the report should cover. Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches.
Schedule A schedule which data should be displayed in the report. You can leave this field empty to view data on all schedules in the report.
Show active schedules only A check box that indicates (if selected) that the data of the active schedules only will be used in the report.
Print schedules on separate pages A check box that indicates (if selected) that information on each schedule will be displayed on a separate page of the report.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} Parent topic: [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-reports-overview/)
Reversing batches (GL690010) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/reversing-batches-gl690010 section This report displays the details of reversing batches for the specified batch. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reversing batches (GL690010) This report displays the details of reversing batches for the specified batch. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Workspace The workspace the batch originated from. You must select a workspace.
Batch number The number of a batch for which you want to view reversing batches. You must select a batch.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} Parent topic: [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-reports-overview/)
Transactions for account (GL633500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-for-account-gl633500 section This report shows activities on the account and under the specified subaccount during the range of periods. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Transactions for account (GL633500) This report shows activities on the account and under the specified subaccount during the range of periods. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report shows activities on the account and under the specified subaccount during the range of periods. Transactions and documents are listed by date. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed in the report:
Company The company the report should cover. Select a company, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies. By default, the current company is selected.
Branch The branch the report should cover. Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches.
Ledger The ledger to be reported on. You must select a ledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
From period The first financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
To period The last financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
Account The account for which you want to view information. The selection list contains only accounts that you are authorized to work with. You must specify an account.
Subaccount The subaccount for which you want to view information. This field is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled inthe Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Workspace Visma Net workspace for which you want to view information.
Include foreign currency details A check box you select to display the report in multi-currency format. If you select this check box, for accounts denominated in foreign currencies, all amounts are shown in both the base currency and the currency of denomination. (Foreign currency transactions on other accounts are also shown in two currencies.) If you clear the check box, all transactions (including foreign currency transactions) are shown in only the base currency.
Include reclassified transactions A check box that you select to include the transactions that have been reclassified into the report.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} **Parent topic:** [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/general-ledger-reports-overview/)
Transactions for period (GL633000) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-for-period-gl633000 section This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Transactions for period (GL633000) This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Transactions are grouped by account-subaccount pair, with each pair listed by the transaction date. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Branch The branch the report should cover. Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches. By default, the current branch is selected.
Ledger ID The ledger to be reported on. You must select a ledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
Period The financial period that starts a range of periods for which you want to view information. The list of periods contains all the periods, including the closed ones. By default, the financial period of the current business date is selected.
From account The first account number in the range for which you want to view information. Enter a starting and ending account to include only a range of accounts in the report; leave these fields blank to report on all accounts.
To account The last account number in the range for which you want to view information. Enter a starting and ending account to include only a range of accounts in the report; leave these fields blank to report on all accounts.
From subaccount

The starting subaccount number in the range for which you want to view information.

Enter a starting and ending subaccount to include only a range of subaccounts in the report; leave these fields blank to report on all accounts.

This field is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

To subaccount

The endring subaccount number in the range for which you want to view information.

Enter a starting and ending subaccount to include only a range of subaccounts in the report; leave these fields blank to report on all accounts.

This field is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Multicurrency format: A check box you select to display the report in multi-currency format. If you select this check box, for accounts denominated in foreign currencies, all amounts are shown in both the base currency and the currency of denomination. (Foreign currency transactions on other accounts are also shown in two currencies.) If you clear the check box, all transactions (including foreign currency transactions) are shown in only the base currency.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Transactions with external codes (GL63304S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/transactions-with-external-codes-gl63304s section This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Transactions with external codes (GL63304S) This report displays the list of transactions that occurred during the specified period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Transactions are grouped by account-subaccount pair, with each pair listed by the transaction date. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Branch ID The branch the report should cover. Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches.
Ledger ID The ledger to be reported on. You must select a ledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
From period The first financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
To period The last financial period of the period range the report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
From account The first account number in the range for which you want to view information. Enter a starting and ending account to include only a range of accounts in the report; leave these fields blank to report on all accounts.
To account The last account number in the range for which you want to view information. Enter a starting and ending account to include only a range of accounts in the report; leave these fields blank to report on all accounts.
Multicurrency format A check box you select to display the report in multi-currency format. If you select this check box, for accounts denominated in foreign currencies, all amounts are shown in both the base currency and the currency of denomination. (Foreign currency transactions on other accounts are also shown in two currencies.) If you clear the check box, all transactions (including foreign currency transactions) are shown in only the base currency.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Trial balance detailed (GL632500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/trial-balance-detailed-gl632500 section This period-end report displays the balances for accounts, including subaccount details, for the chosen period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Trial balance detailed (GL632500) This period-end report displays the balances for accounts, including subaccount details, for the chosen period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This period-end report displays the balances for accounts, including subaccount details, for the chosen period. Types of accounts are listed according to the order specified in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. Accounts of the same type are listed in alphanumeric order, and subaccounts are listed according to the alphanumeric order of segment values, starting with the leftmost segment. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed in the report:
Company

The company the report should cover. Select a company, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies. By default, the current company is selected.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Branch

The branch the report should cover. Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Ledger The ledger to be reported on. You must select a ledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
Period The financial period for which you want to view information. The list of periods contains all the periods, including the closed ones. You must specify a period.
Hide zero balances A check box that you select to remove from the report accounts that have all zero values (beginning and ending balance, credits, and debits separately or combined).
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Trial balance summary (GL63200S) report /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/trial-balance-summary-gl63200s-report section This period-end report displays the account balances for the selected period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Trial balance summary (GL63200S) report This period-end report displays the account balances for the selected period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. The report includes the beginning and ending balances, as well as the period's total debits and credits. Accounts are grouped by their types ( **Assets**, **Liabilities**, **Income**, and **Expenses** ), and these groups of accounts are listed according to the order specified in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/) window. Accounts of the same type are listed in alphanumeric order. ## Report parameters On this tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Company

The company the report should cover.

Select a company, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Branch

The branch the report should cover.

Select a branch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Ledger

The ledger to be reported on.

By default, the actual ledger is selected.

Financial year

The financial year to be reported on.

By default, the current financial year is selected.

From period

The period from when the report should start.

By default, the current financial period is selected.

To period

The period from when the report should end. By default, the current financial period is selected. The list of periods contains all periods including closed periods.

If the ’to period’ is before the ‘from period’, you will get a warning on the report saying ‘Select a To period that is after the From Period’.

If the ’to period’ is not within the financial year, you will get a warning on the report saying ‘The selected periods are crossing years. The ending balance for income and expense is not correct.’.

From account

The first account in a series of accounts that the report should include.

When the report is run, you can click on each account in the report to open the Account details (GL404000) window to see the transaction lines.

To account

The last account in a series of account that the report should include.

When the report is run, you can click on each account in the report to open the Account details (GL404000) window to see the transaction lines.

Combine totals Select this check box if you want totals to be combined in the report.
Hide zero balances Select this check box if you want to remove accounts that have all zero values (beginning and ending balance, credits, and debits separately or combined) from the report.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Unreleased transactions (detailed) (GL610500) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-detailed-gl610500 section This report displays the list of transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Unreleased transactions (detailed) (GL610500) This report displays the list of transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the list of transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. Transactions, which are shown with all details, are grouped by workspace and listed for each workspace by the date of the batch. ## Report parameters On thistab, use the following parameters to select theinformation to be displayed on the report:
Company

The company the report should cover.Select acompany, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies.By default, thecurrent company is selected.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabledin the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Branch

The branch the report should cover.Select abranch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches.By default, thecurrent branch is selected.

This field is only available if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabledin the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Ledger

The ledger to be reported on.You must select a ledger.

By default, the actual ledger is selected.

From period The first financial period of the periodrange the report will cover.You must select a period. By default, the currentfinancial period is selected.
To period: The last financial period of the period rangethe report will cover.You must select a period. By default, the currentfinancial period is selected.
Created by The user who created a batch for whom youwant to view information.
Last modified by The user who last modified a batch forwhom you want to view information.
Include transactions on hold A check box that you select to include into report transactions that have the Hold status.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Unreleased transactions summary (GL61150S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-summary-gl61150s section This report displays the list of all the transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period.Transactions are shown with their status and with batch control totals in the base currency.Transactions are grouped by period and by workspace of origin; for each workspace, they are listed by date. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Unreleased transactions summary (GL61150S) This report displays the list of all the transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period.Transactions are shown with their status and with batch control totals in the base currency.Transactions are grouped by period and by workspace of origin; for each workspace, they are listed by date. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report** parameters tab. ## Report parameters On thistab, use the following parameters to select theinformation to be displayed on the report:
Columns Description
Ledger The ledger to be reported on.You must select aledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
From period The first financial period of the periodrange the report will cover. By default, the current financial period isused.
To period The last financial period of the period rangethe report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
Created by The user who created a batch for whom youwant to view information.
Last modified by The user who last modified a batch forwhom you want to view information.
Include transactions on hold A check box that you select to include into report transactions that have the Hold status.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Unreleased transactions account distribution (GL61100S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-account-distribution-gl61100s section This report shows transactions entered but not released for different accounts during the specified period (or all open periods). 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Unreleased transactions account distribution (GL61100S) This report shows transactions entered but not released for different accounts during the specified period (or all open periods). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report shows transactions entered but not released for different accounts during the specified period (or all open periods). Batches are grouped by account–subaccount pair, and for each pair they are listed by date. All amounts are shown in the base currency. ## Report parameters On thistab, use the following parameters to select theinformation to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Ledger ID The ledger to be reported on.You must select aledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
Company The company the report should cover.Select acompany, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies. By default, thecurrent company is selected.
From period The first financial period of the periodrange the report will cover. By default, the current financial period isused.
To period The last financial period of the period rangethe report will cover. By default, the current financial period is used.
Created by The user who created a batch for whom youwant to view information.
Last modified by The user who last modified a batch forwhom you want to view information.
Include transactions on hold A check box that you select to include into report transactions that have the Hold status.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Unreleased transactions account distribution (currency) (GL61120S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/unreleased-transactions-account-distribution-currency-gl61120s section This report displays the list of transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Unreleased transactions account distribution (currency) (GL61120S) This report displays the list of transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the list of transactions that were entered but not released during the specified financial period. Transactions, which are shown with all details, are grouped by account and listed by the date of the batch. ## Report parameters On thistab, use the following parameters to select theinformation to be displayed on the report:
Column Description
Ledger ID The ledger to be reported on.You must select aledger. By default, the actual ledger is selected.
Company The company the report should cover.Select acompany, or leave the field blank to view data on all companies. By default, thecurrent company is selected.
Branch The branch the report should cover.Select abranch, or leave the field blank to view data on all branches. By default, thecurrent branch is selected.
From period The first financial period of the periodrange the report will cover. By default, the current financial period isused.
To period The last financial period of the period rangethe report will cover.By default, the current financial period is used.
Created by The user who created a batch for whom youwant to view information.
Last modified by The user who last modified a batch forwhom you want to view information.
Include transactions on hold A check box that you select to include into report transactions that have the Hold status.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Voucher details inquiry (GL40601S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/voucher-details-inquiry-gl40601s page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Voucher details inquiry (GL40601S) This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
View batch Opens the Journal transactions (GL301000) window where you can view the details of the batch in which the voucher is included.
View document Opens the window where the document in which the voucher is included was first created.
## The top part
Element Description
Ref. no. The reference number of the voucher whose details you want to view.
From period The financial period that begins the date range of the vouchers you want to view.
To period The financial period that ends the date range of the vouchers you want to view.
Ledger Select the ledger to which the vouchers belong you want to view.
Workspace Select the workspace from which the vouchers originate you want to view.
From account The account starting from which you want to view vouchers.
To account The account to which you want to view vouchers.
Subaccount Select a subaccount if you want to view vouchers with a certain subaccount.
Include unreleased general ledger documents When this is checked, unreleased general documents are also included in the table.
## The table In this table, the list shows the vouchers that match the criteria specified in the top part.
Column Description
Ref. no. The reference number of the voucher whose details you are viewing.
Batch number The number of the batch in which the voucher is included.
Workspace

The workspace where the transaction originated.

This column is displayed for the selected range of days or periods, there are transactions originating in other workspaces that updated the balance of the selected account.

Transaction type The type of the transaction on the line.
Transaction date The date of the transaction on the line.
Post period The post period of the transaction.
Account The payment account of the transaction.
Subaccount The subaccount used on the transaction, if any.
Transaction description The description of the transaction.
Debit amount The debit amount of the transaction.
Credit amount The credit amount of the transaction.
Batch status The status of the batch to which the transaction belongs.
Amount This is the amount shown as positive for debit transactions and negative for credit transactions.
Ledger

It shows the name of the selected ledger in the heading.

NOTE! All ledger types except budget will be shown here.

Related pages

Concepts

Voucher document inquiry (GL40400S) /visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/voucher-document-inquiry-gl40400s page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Voucher document inquiry (GL40400S) This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The top part
Element Description
Branch The branch to which the documents you want to view belong.
Workspace To view the documents that originate from a certain workspace, select the workspace here.
Doc. type The type of the documents you want to view.
Workbook ID To view the documents that originate from a certain workbook, select the workbook here.
From period The first financial period in the date range of the documents you want to view.
From ref. no. The first reference number in the date range of the documents you want to view.
Show only deleted When you select this check box, only the deleted documents will be displayed in the table.
To period The last financial period in the date range of the documents you want to view.
To ref. no. The last reference number in the date range of the documents you want to view.
## The table with option General ledger
Column Description
Branch The branch to which the document belongs.
Workspace The workspace where the transaction originated.
Batch no. The batch number of the external document on which this transaction is based. Click the link to navigate to the appropriate window to view the details of the transaction.
Description The description of the transaction, if any.
Workbook ID The workbook from which the transaction originates.
Transaction date The date of the transaction.
Post period The post period of the transaction.
Debit total The total debit amount on the transaction.
Credit total The total credit amount on the transaction.
Status The status of the transaction in the general ledger.
Released This check box is selected, if the transaction has been released.
Posted This check box is selected, if the transaction has been posted.
Voided This check box is selected, if the transaction has been voided.
Deleted This check box is selected, if the transaction has been deleted.
Created by The name of the user who has created the transaction.
Created in window ID The system window in which the transaction was created.
Created on The date when the transaction was created.
Last modified by The user who has last modified the transaction.
Last modified on The date when the transaction was last modified.
Last modified in window ID The system window where the transaction was last modified.
## The table with the option Supplier ledger
Column Description
Branch The branch to which the document belongs.
Type The type of the supplier ledger document.
Ref. no The number that identifies the supplier ledger document in the system, as generated by the system according to the number series assigned to documents of this type in the Supplier ledger preferences window.
Description The description of the document, if any.
Batch no. The batch number of the external document on which this transaction is based. Click the link to navigate to the appropriate window so you can view the details of the document.
Pre-releasing batch no If the document has been pre-released in a batch, the number of the batch is displayed here.
Workbook ID The workbook from which the document originates.
Supplier The number of the supplier on the purchase document.
Supplier name The name of the supplier on the purchase document.
Date The date of the document.
Post period The post period of the document.
Amount The total amount for the specified quantity of items or services of this type (after the discount has been taken).
Balance The open balance of the document.
Status The status of the document in the supplier ledger.
Approval status The status of the document in Approval.
Released This check box is selected, if the transaction has been released.
Voided This check box is selected, if the transaction has been voided.
Deleted This check box is selected, if the transaction has been deleted.
Created by The name of the user who has created the transaction.
Created on The date when the transaction was created.
Created in window ID The system window in which the transaction was created.
Last modified by The user who has last modified the transaction.
Last modified in window ID The system window where the transaction was last modified.
Last modified on The date when the transaction was last modified.
## The table with the Customer ledger option
Column Description
Branch The branch to which the document belongs.
Type The type of the customer ledger document.
Ref. no The number that identifies the customer ledger document in the system.
Invoice text The informative text written to the sales invoice, if any.
Batch no. The batch number of the external document on which this transaction is based. Click the link to navigate to the appropriate window so you can view the details of the document.
Workbook ID The workbook from which the document originates.
Customer The number of the customer on the sales document.
Customer name The name of the customer on the sales document.
Date The date of the document.
Post period The post period of the document.
Amount The total amount for the specified quantity of items or services of this type (after the discount has been taken).
Balance The open balance of the document.
Status The status of the document in the supplier ledger.
Released This check box is selected, if the transaction has been released.
Voided This check box is selected, if the transaction has been voided.
Deleted This check box is selected, if the transaction has been deleted.
Created by The name of the user who has created the transaction.
Created in window ID The system window in which the transaction was created.
Created on The date when the transaction was created.
Last modified by The user who has last modified the transaction.
Last modified in window ID The system window where the transaction was last modified.
Last modified on The date when the transaction was last modified.
## The table with the Cash management option is selected
Column Description
Branch The branch to which the document belongs.
Trans. Type The type of the transaction.
Ref. no The number that identifies the customer ledger document in the system.
Description The description of the transaction, if any.
Batch no. The batch number of the external document on which this transaction is based. Click the link to navigate to the appropriate window so you can view the details of the document.
Workbook ID The workbook from which the transaction originates.
Cash account The cash account connected with the transaction.
Disb./receipt The type of the transaction, disbursement or receipt.
Entry type The entry type of this disbursement or receipt.
Trans. date The date of the transaction.
Period The post period of the document.
Amount The total amount for the specified quantity of items or services of this type (after the discount has been taken).
Status The status of the transaction in cash management.
Released This check box is selected, if the transaction has been released.
Deleted This check box is selected, if the transaction has been deleted.
Created by The name of the user who has created the transaction.
Created in window ID The system window in which the transaction was created.
Created on The date when the transaction was created.
Last modified by The user who has last modified the transaction.
Last modified in window ID The system window where the transaction was last modified.
Last modified on The date when the transaction was last modified.